[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025219844A1 - Storage device - Google Patents

Storage device

Info

Publication number
WO2025219844A1
WO2025219844A1 PCT/IB2025/053870 IB2025053870W WO2025219844A1 WO 2025219844 A1 WO2025219844 A1 WO 2025219844A1 IB 2025053870 W IB2025053870 W IB 2025053870W WO 2025219844 A1 WO2025219844 A1 WO 2025219844A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
insulating layer
electrode
layer
transistor
conductive layer
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/IB2025/053870
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
山崎舜平
宮入秀和
松木充弘
沼田至優
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd filed Critical Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025219844A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025219844A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10BELECTRONIC MEMORY DEVICES
    • H10B53/00Ferroelectric RAM [FeRAM] devices comprising ferroelectric memory capacitors
    • H10B53/30Ferroelectric RAM [FeRAM] devices comprising ferroelectric memory capacitors characterised by the memory core region
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10DINORGANIC ELECTRIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
    • H10D30/00Field-effect transistors [FET]
    • H10D30/60Insulated-gate field-effect transistors [IGFET]
    • H10D30/67Thin-film transistors [TFT]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10DINORGANIC ELECTRIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
    • H10D86/00Integrated devices formed in or on insulating or conducting substrates, e.g. formed in silicon-on-insulator [SOI] substrates or on stainless steel or glass substrates
    • H10D86/40Integrated devices formed in or on insulating or conducting substrates, e.g. formed in silicon-on-insulator [SOI] substrates or on stainless steel or glass substrates characterised by multiple TFTs

Definitions

  • One aspect of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device.
  • one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned technical field.
  • the technical field of the invention disclosed in this specification relates to an object, an operating method, or a manufacturing method.
  • one embodiment of the present invention relates to a process, a machine, manufacture, or a composition of matter. Therefore, more specific examples of the technical field of one embodiment of the present invention disclosed in this specification include semiconductor devices, display devices (including liquid crystal display devices), light-emitting devices, power storage devices, imaging devices, memory devices, processing devices, signal processing devices, sensors, arithmetic devices (including processors), electronic devices, systems, driving methods thereof, manufacturing methods thereof, and inspection methods thereof.
  • Non-Patent Document 1 Research and development of ferroelectric memories is currently underway (Non-Patent Document 1).
  • active research is also being conducted on hafnium oxide-related materials, including ferroelectric HfO2 -based materials (Non-Patent Document 2), ferroelectric properties of Hf0.5Zr0.5O2 thin films (Non-Patent Document 3), and ferroelectric properties of HfO2 thin films (Non-Patent Document 4 ).
  • ferroelectric Hf0.5Zr0.5O2 - based FeRAM Feroelectric Random Access Memory
  • a ferroelectric capacitor is a type of capacitive element in which a ferroelectric insulating material is sandwiched between a pair of electrodes, and is able to retain data by utilizing the hysteresis characteristics of the remanent polarization of the ferroelectric insulating material. This allows data to be retained even without the application of voltage, and so there are high hopes for the realization of non-volatile memory (FeRAM) using ferroelectric capacitors.
  • FeRAM non-volatile memory
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose a circuit configuration that retains data in a ferroelectric capacitor even when the power supply voltage to the flip-flop circuit is cut off. This circuit configuration makes it possible to back up the data retained by the flip-flop circuit to the ferroelectric capacitor, allowing the flip-flop circuit to be shut down.
  • An object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a memory device with a reduced occupation area. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a memory device from which data can be accurately read. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a memory device that can be easily manufactured. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor device with a reduced occupation area. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor device from which data can be accurately read. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor device that can be easily manufactured. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide an electronic device including the above-described memory device. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel memory device, a novel semiconductor device, or a novel electronic device.
  • problems of one embodiment of the present invention are not limited to the above-mentioned problems.
  • the above-mentioned problems do not preclude the existence of other problems.
  • the other problems are problems not mentioned in this section, which will be described below. Problems not mentioned in this section can be derived by a person skilled in the art from the description in the specification or drawings, etc., and can be extracted as appropriate from these descriptions.
  • one embodiment of the present invention solves at least one of the above-mentioned problems and other problems. Therefore, one embodiment of the present invention does not necessarily solve all of the above-mentioned problems and other problems.
  • One aspect of the present invention is a transistor having a first transistor, a second transistor, a first capacitor, a second capacitor, a first insulating layer, a second insulating layer, a third insulating layer, and a bit line, wherein the first transistor, the second transistor, and the second insulating layer are each located on the first insulating layer, the third insulating layer is located on the first transistor and the second transistor, the first capacitor, the second capacitor, and the bit line are each located on the third insulating layer, the second insulating layer has a first opening reaching the first insulating layer and a second opening reaching the first insulating layer, the first transistor has a portion located within the first opening, the second transistor has a portion located within the second opening, and the first transistor has a first electrode functioning as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode, and a second electrode functioning as the other.
  • the second transistor has a first electrode that functions as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode, and a third electrode that functions as the other, the first electrode being connected to a bit line;
  • the first capacitor has a columnar fifth electrode, a fourth insulating layer that covers at least a portion of a columnar side surface of the fifth electrode, and a sixth electrode;
  • the second capacitor has a columnar seventh electrode, a fifth insulating layer that covers at least a portion of a columnar side surface of the seventh electrode, and an eighth electrode;
  • the fourth insulating layer has a portion located between the fifth electrode and the sixth electrode, and the fifth insulating layer has a portion located between the seventh electrode and the eighth electrode;
  • the fourth insulating layer and the fifth insulating layer include a material that can have ferroelectricity;
  • the second electrode is connected to the fifth electrode of the first capacitor, and the third electrode is connected to the seventh electrode of the second capacitor.
  • the semiconductor device has a first plug, a second plug, and a third plug, the first plug to the third plug each having a portion provided in the third insulating layer, the first electrode to the third electrode each being located on the second insulating layer, the first electrode being connected to the bit line via the first plug, the second electrode being connected to the fifth electrode of the first capacitance element via the third plug, and the third electrode being connected to the seventh electrode of the second capacitance element via the third plug.
  • a semiconductor layer shared by a first transistor and a second transistor the first transistor having a first gate line, and the second transistor having a second gate line
  • the semiconductor layer having a first portion in contact with a first side surface of the first opening, a second portion in contact with an upper surface of the first insulating layer within the first opening, a third portion in contact with a second side surface of the first opening, a fourth portion in contact with a third side surface of the second opening, a fifth portion in contact with an upper surface of the first insulating layer within the second opening, and a sixth portion in contact with a fourth side surface of the second opening
  • the first and third portions are preferably arranged with the first gate line sandwiched therebetween
  • the fourth and sixth portions are preferably arranged with the second gate line sandwiched therebetween.
  • the semiconductor layer has a metal oxide, and that the metal oxide contains indium.
  • one aspect of the present invention is a transistor having a first plurality of transistors, a second plurality of transistors, a first plurality of capacitance elements, a second plurality of capacitance elements, a first insulating layer, a second insulating layer, a third insulating layer, and a bit line, wherein the first plurality of transistors, the second plurality of transistors, and the second insulating layer are each located on the first insulating layer, the third insulating layer is located on the first plurality of transistors and the second plurality of transistors, the first plurality of capacitance elements, the second plurality of capacitance elements, and the bit line are each located on the third insulating layer, the second insulating layer has a first opening reaching the first insulating layer and a second opening reaching the first insulating layer, each of the first plurality of transistors has a portion located within the first opening, and each of the second plurality of transistors has a portion located within the second opening, the first plurality of capacit
  • the first transistor is one of the first plurality of transistors, and one of its source and drain is connected to a bit line and the other is connected to one of the first plurality of capacitance elements.
  • the second transistor is one of the second plurality of transistors, and one of its source and drain is connected to the bit line and the other is connected to one of the second plurality of capacitance elements.
  • Each of the first plurality of capacitance elements has a fifth electrode having a columnar shape
  • each of the second plurality of capacitance elements has a sixth electrode having a columnar shape.
  • Each of the first plurality of capacitance elements has a fourth insulating layer sandwiched between the fifth electrode and the first plate line
  • each of the second plurality of capacitance elements has a fifth insulating layer sandwiched between the sixth electrode and the second plate line.
  • the fourth insulating layer and the fifth insulating layer include a material that may have ferroelectricity.
  • each of the first plurality of transistors has a first semiconductor layer, and within the first opening, the first semiconductor layers of the first plurality of transistors are arranged in order along the first direction
  • each of the second plurality of transistors has a second semiconductor layer, and within the second opening, the second semiconductor layers of the second plurality of transistors are arranged in order along the second direction
  • the bit line extends in a third direction, and the first direction and the second direction each intersect with the third direction.
  • the first plurality of transistors have a first gate line shared by the first plurality of transistors, and in each of the first plurality of transistors, the first semiconductor layer has a first portion in contact with the first side surface of the first opening, a second portion in contact with the top surface of the first insulating layer within the first opening, and a third portion in contact with the second side surface of the first opening, with the first portion and the third portion being disposed with the first gate line sandwiched between them, and the second plurality of transistors have a second gate line shared by the second plurality of transistors, and in each of the second plurality of transistors, the second semiconductor layer has a fourth portion in contact with the third side surface of the second opening, a fifth portion in contact with the top surface of the first insulating layer within the second opening, and a sixth portion in contact with the fourth side surface of the second opening, with the fourth portion and the sixth portion being disposed with the second gate line sandwiched between them.
  • One embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a reduced occupation area. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device from which data can be accurately read. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device that can be easily manufactured. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a reduced occupation area. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device from which data can be accurately read. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device that can be easily manufactured. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide an electronic device that includes the above-described memory device. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a novel memory device, a novel semiconductor device, or a novel electronic device.
  • FIG. 1A is a top view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device
  • FIG. 1B is a perspective view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device
  • FIG. 1C is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device
  • FIG. 1D is a top view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
  • 2A is a top view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device
  • FIG. 2B is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device
  • FIG. 2C is a perspective view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device
  • FIG. 2D is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
  • FIG. 3A is a top view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device
  • FIGS. 3B and 3C are cross-sectional views showing the example of the configuration of a storage device.
  • Fig. 4A is a top view showing a configuration example of a memory device.
  • Fig. 4B is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of a memory device.
  • Fig. 4C is a top view showing a configuration example of a memory device.
  • Figs. 4D and 4E are cross-sectional views showing configuration examples of a memory device.
  • Figs. 5A to 5E are cross-sectional views showing examples of a method for manufacturing a memory device.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
  • FIG. 7A and 7B are cross-sectional and top views showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
  • FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
  • FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
  • FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of a semiconductor device.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of a circuit configuration of a memory cell array and memory cells.
  • FIG. 14A is a graph showing an example of a hysteresis characteristic, and FIG.
  • FIG. 14B is a timing chart showing an example of a method for driving a memory cell.
  • FIG. 15 is a conceptual diagram illustrating the hierarchy of a storage device.
  • FIG. 16A is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a semiconductor device, and FIG. 16B is a schematic perspective view showing the configuration example of the semiconductor device.
  • 17A to 17E are diagrams illustrating an example of a storage device.
  • 18A to 18D are diagrams showing an example of an electronic component.
  • 19A and 19B are diagrams showing an example of an electronic device, and FIGS. 19C to 19E are diagrams showing an example of a mainframe computer.
  • Fig. 20A is a diagram illustrating an example of space equipment, and Fig.
  • 20B is a diagram illustrating an example of a storage system applicable to a data center.
  • 21A and 21B are diagrams illustrating the carrier concentration dependence of Hall mobility
  • Fig. 21C is a cross-sectional view illustrating an indium oxide film.
  • 22A1 to 22A7 and 22B1 to 22B6 are diagrams for explaining electrical connections.
  • a semiconductor device is a device that utilizes semiconductor characteristics, and refers to a circuit including a semiconductor element (for example, a transistor, a diode, and a photodiode), or a device having such a circuit.
  • a semiconductor device also refers to any device that can function by utilizing semiconductor characteristics.
  • An example of a semiconductor device is an integrated circuit.
  • Another example of a semiconductor device is a chip equipped with an integrated circuit.
  • Another example of a semiconductor device is an electronic component in which a chip is housed in a package.
  • a memory device, a display device, a light-emitting device, a computing device, a lighting device, and an electronic device may themselves be a semiconductor device or may include a semiconductor device.
  • connection includes, for example, “electrical connection.”
  • electrical connection includes, for example, “direct connection” and “indirect connection.”
  • a and B are directly connected refers to a connection between A and B without the intervention of a circuit element (e.g., a transistor or a switch; wiring is not considered a circuit element).
  • a and B are indirectly connected refers to a connection between A and B via one or more circuit elements. Note that A, B, and C, which will be described later, represent objects such as elements, circuits, wiring, electrodes, terminals, semiconductor layers, and conductive layers.
  • a and B are indirectly connected
  • a circuit is operating, if there is a time during the operation of the circuit when electrical signals or potential interactions occur between A and B, then such a circuit can be defined as an entity, with “A and B being indirectly connected.” Even if there is a time during the operation of the circuit when electrical signals or potential interactions do not occur between A and B, it can still be defined as "A and B being indirectly connected” if there is a time during the operation of the circuit when electrical signals or potential interactions occur between A and B.
  • a and B are indirectly connected is a definition of the connection relationship between circuit elements as an entity.
  • the circuit can still be defined as "A and B being indirectly connected" (however, for example, this only applies when electrical signals or potential interactions occur between A and B during the operation of the circuit when power supply voltage is supplied to the circuit and the circuit is operating).
  • a and B are connected via an insulator
  • a transistor gate insulating film or the like is interposed between A and B, as shown in Figure 22A5.
  • A the transistor gate
  • B the transistor source or drain
  • FIG. 22A6 and 22A7 Another example of a case where it cannot be said that "A and B are indirectly connected" is when there is no timing when electrical signals are exchanged or potential interactions occur between A and B.
  • An example of this is when, as shown in Figures 22A6 and 22A7, multiple transistors are connected via their sources and drains in the path from A to B, and a constant potential V is supplied to the node between the transistors from a power supply, GND, etc.
  • Examples of "A and B are directly connected” include cases where A and B are connected without any circuit elements between them, as shown in Figures 22B1, 22B2, and 22B3. Note that when A and B are connected to a power supply that supplies a constant potential V or to GND without any circuit elements between them, as shown in Figures 22B4 and 22B5, it is possible to say that "A and B are directly connected,” “A and V are directly connected,” or “B and V are directly connected.” Note that even when A (or B) is connected to a constant potential V via the source and drain of a transistor, as shown in Figure 22B6, it is still possible to say that "A and B are directly connected.” Note that because A and V or B and V are connected via the source and drain of a transistor, they cannot be said to be directly connected; instead, it is possible to say that "A and V are indirectly connected” or "B and V are indirectly connected.”
  • a “resistance element” can be, for example, a circuit element having a resistance value higher than 0 ⁇ , or a wiring having a resistance value higher than 0 ⁇ . Therefore, in this specification, a “resistance element” is intended to include a wiring having a resistance value, a transistor in which a current flows between a source and a drain, a diode, or a coil.
  • resistance element can sometimes be replaced with the terms “resistance,””load,” or “region having a resistance value.” Conversely, the terms “resistance,””load,” or “region having a resistance value” can sometimes be replaced with the term “resistance element.”
  • the resistance value can be, for example, preferably 1 m ⁇ or more and 10 ⁇ or less, more preferably 5 m ⁇ or more and 5 ⁇ or less, and even more preferably 10 m ⁇ or more and 1 ⁇ or less. Alternatively, it may be, for example, 1 ⁇ or more and 1 x 10 9 ⁇ or less.
  • a “capacitive element” can refer to, for example, a circuit element having a capacitance greater than 0 F, a wiring region having a capacitance greater than 0 F, or the gate capacitance of a transistor.
  • the terms “capacitive element” and “gate capacitance” can sometimes be replaced with “capacitance.” Conversely, the term “capacitance” can sometimes be replaced with “capacitive element” or “gate capacitance.”
  • a “capacitive element” (including a “capacitive element” with three or more terminals) includes an insulator and a pair of conductors sandwiching the insulator.
  • the term “pair of conductors" in a “capacitive element” can be replaced with “pair of electrodes,” “pair of conductive regions,” “pair of regions,” or “pair of terminals.”
  • the terms “one of the pair of terminals” and “the other of the pair of terminals” may be referred to as a first terminal and a second terminal, respectively.
  • the capacitance value can be, for example, 0.05 fF to 10 pF. It may also be, for example, 1 pF to 10 ⁇ F.
  • a transistor has three terminals called a gate, a source, and a drain.
  • the gate is a control terminal that controls the conduction state of the transistor.
  • the two terminals that function as a source or a drain are input/output terminals of the transistor.
  • One of the two input/output terminals serves as a source and the other as a drain depending on the transistor's conductivity type (n-channel or p-channel) and the level of the potential applied to the three terminals.
  • the terms “source” and “drain” are sometimes interchangeable.
  • the terms "one of the source or drain” and “the other of the source or drain” are used.
  • one of the source or drain may be interchangeable with “first terminal” or “first electrode,” and “the other of the source or drain” may be interchangeable with “second terminal” or “second electrode.”
  • a backgate may be included in addition to the three terminals described above.
  • one of the gate or backgate of the transistor may be referred to as a first gate
  • the other of the gate or backgate of the transistor may be referred to as a second gate.
  • the terms “gate” and “back gate” may be interchangeable.
  • the respective gates may be referred to as the first gate, second gate, third gate, etc. in this specification.
  • a transistor with a multi-gate structure having two or more gate electrodes can be used as an example of a transistor.
  • the channel formation regions are connected in series, resulting in a structure in which multiple transistors are connected in series. Therefore, the multi-gate structure can reduce the off-state current and improve the transistor's breakdown voltage (improved reliability).
  • the multi-gate structure when operating in the saturation region, even if the voltage between the drain and source changes, the current between the drain and source does not change much, resulting in a voltage-current characteristic with a flat slope. By utilizing voltage-current characteristics with a flat slope, an ideal current source circuit or an active load with a very high resistance value can be realized. As a result, a differential circuit or a current mirror circuit with good characteristics can be realized.
  • circuit element may actually comprise multiple circuit elements.
  • a circuit diagram shows one resistive element, this includes two or more resistive elements connected in series.
  • a circuit diagram shows one capacitive element, this includes two or more capacitive elements connected in parallel.
  • a circuit diagram shows one transistor, this includes two or more transistors connected in series, with the gates of the respective transistors connected to each other.
  • a circuit diagram shows one switch, this includes two or more transistors connected in series or in parallel, with the gates of the respective transistors connected to each other.
  • node can be referred to as a terminal, wiring, electrode, conductive layer, conductor, or impurity region, depending on the circuit configuration and device structure. Furthermore, terminals, wiring, etc. can also be referred to as nodes.
  • the term “selector” may refer to, for example, a circuit having multiple input terminals and one output terminal, selecting one of the multiple input terminals, and establishing a state of conduction between the selected input terminal and the one output terminal.
  • the term “selector” may refer to a circuit that selects one of the input signals input to each of the multiple input terminals and outputs the selected input signal to the output terminal.
  • the term “selector” may refer to, for example, a circuit having multiple output terminals and one input terminal, selecting one of the multiple output terminals, and establishing a state of conduction between the selected output terminal and the one input terminal.
  • the term “selector” may refer to a circuit that selects one of the multiple output terminals and outputs the input signal input to the input terminal to the selected output terminal.
  • the term “selector” may refer to a multiplexer or demultiplexer.
  • the selector when inputting or outputting an analog potential or analog current, the selector may refer to an analog multiplexer or analog demultiplexer.
  • Voltage refers to the potential difference from a reference potential. For example, if the reference potential is ground potential (earth potential), then “voltage” can be replaced with “potential.” Note that ground potential does not necessarily mean 0V. Furthermore, potential is relative, and as the reference potential changes, the potential applied to wiring, the potential applied to circuits, and the potential output from circuits also change.
  • the terms “high-level potential” and “low-level potential” do not refer to specific potentials. For example, if two wirings are both described as “functioning as wirings that supply high-level potential,” the high-level potentials provided by both wirings do not have to be equal to each other. Similarly, if two wirings are both described as “functioning as wirings that supply low-level potential,” the low-level potentials provided by both wirings do not have to be equal to each other.
  • the term “high potential” can be appropriately replaced with “high-level potential.”
  • the term “low potential” can be appropriately replaced with “low-level potential.”
  • electrical current refers to the phenomenon of charge transfer (electrical conduction).
  • electrical conduction of positively charged bodies is occurring can be rephrased as “electrical conduction of negatively charged bodies is occurring in the opposite direction.” Therefore, in this specification, unless otherwise specified, “current” refers to the phenomenon of charge transfer (electrical conduction) accompanying the movement of carriers. Examples of carriers here include electrons, holes, anions, cations, and complex ions. The carriers differ depending on the system through which the current flows (e.g., semiconductors, metals, electrolytes, and vacuums). Furthermore, the "direction of current" in wiring, etc., refers to the direction in which positively charged carriers move and is expressed as a positive current amount.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first,” “second,” and “third” are used to avoid confusion between components. Therefore, they do not limit the number of components. Furthermore, they do not limit the order of the components. For example, a component referred to as “first” in one embodiment of this specification may be a component referred to as “second” in another embodiment or in the claims. Also, for example, a component referred to as “first” in one embodiment of this specification may be omitted in another embodiment or in the claims.
  • the terms “above” and “below” do not limit the positional relationship between components to being directly above or below, and in direct contact.
  • the expression “electrode B on insulating layer A” does not require that electrode B be formed in direct contact with insulating layer A, and does not exclude the inclusion of other components between insulating layer A and electrode B.
  • the expression “electrode B above insulating layer A” does not require that electrode B be formed in direct contact with insulating layer A, and does not exclude the inclusion of other components between insulating layer A and electrode B.
  • the expression “electrode B below insulating layer A” does not require that electrode B be formed in direct contact below insulating layer A, and does not exclude the inclusion of other components between insulating layer A and electrode B.
  • rows and columns may be used to describe components arranged in a matrix and their relative positions. Furthermore, the relative positions of the components change as appropriate depending on the direction in which each component is depicted. Therefore, the terms are not limited to those used in the specification, etc., and can be rephrased as appropriate depending on the situation. For example, the expression “row direction” can sometimes be rephrased as “column direction” by rotating the orientation of the drawing shown by 90 degrees.
  • the terms “film” and “layer” can be interchanged depending on the situation.
  • the term “conductive layer” can be changed to the term “conductive film”.
  • the term “insulating film” can be changed to the term “insulating layer”.
  • the terms “film” and “layer” can be replaced with other terms without using them.
  • the terms “conductive layer” or “conductive film” can be changed to the term “conductor”.
  • the terms “insulating layer” or “insulating film” can be changed to the term "insulator”.
  • Electrode used in this specification do not functionally limit these components.
  • an “electrode” may be used as part of a “wiring,” and vice versa.
  • the terms “electrode” and “wiring” include cases where multiple “electrodes” or “wirings” are formed integrally.
  • a “terminal” may be used as part of a “wiring” or “electrode,” and vice versa.
  • the term “terminal” includes cases where one or more selected from “electrode,” “wiring,” and “terminal” are formed integrally.
  • an “electrode” can be part of a “wiring” or “terminal,” and a “terminal” can be part of a “wiring” or “electrode.”
  • the terms “electrode,” “wiring,” and “terminal” may be replaced with the term “region” in some cases.
  • wiring may be changed to the term “signal line.”
  • the term “wiring” may be changed to a term such as “power line.”
  • terms such as “signal line” or “power line” may be changed to the term “wiring.”
  • the term “power line” may be changed to the term “signal line.”
  • terms such as “signal line” may be changed to the term “power line.”
  • potential applied to wiring may be changed to the term “signal” depending on the situation or circumstances.
  • the term “signal” may be changed to the term “potential.”
  • timing charts may use timing charts to explain the operation method of a semiconductor device.
  • the timing charts used in this specification show ideal operation examples, and the periods, magnitudes, and timings of signals (e.g., potential or current) shown in the timing charts are not limited unless otherwise specified.
  • the magnitudes and timings of signals (e.g., potential or current) input to each wiring (including a node) in the timing charts described in this specification may be changed depending on the situation. For example, even if two periods are shown at equal intervals in a timing chart, the lengths of the two periods may be different. For example, even if one period is shown as long and the other as short, the lengths of the two periods may be equal, or one period may be short and the other period may be long.
  • two or more overlapping signals may be intentionally shifted.
  • semiconductor impurities refer to, for example, substances other than the main components that make up the semiconductor layer.
  • impurities may cause one or more of the following: an increase in the defect level density of the semiconductor, a decrease in carrier mobility, and a decrease in crystallinity.
  • a switch refers to a device that can be in a conductive state (on state) or a non-conductive state (off state) and has the function of controlling whether or not a current flows.
  • a switch refers to a device that has the function of selecting and switching the path through which a current flows. Therefore, a switch may have two or more terminals through which a current flows, in addition to a control terminal.
  • an electrical switch, a mechanical switch, etc. can be used.
  • a switch is not limited to a specific type as long as it has the function of controlling a current.
  • Examples of electrical switches include transistors (e.g., bipolar transistors, MOS transistors, etc.), diodes (e.g., PN diodes, PIN diodes, Schottky diodes, MIM (Metal Insulator Metal) diodes, MIS (Metal Insulator Semiconductor) diodes, and diode-connected transistors), or logic circuits that combine these.
  • transistors e.g., bipolar transistors, MOS transistors, etc.
  • diodes e.g., PN diodes, PIN diodes, Schottky diodes, MIM (Metal Insulator Metal) diodes, MIS (Metal Insulator Semiconductor) diodes, and diode-connected transistors
  • the "conductive state" of the transistor refers to, for example, a state in which the source electrode and drain electrode of the transistor can be considered to be electrically short-circuited, or a state in which current can flow between the source electrode and drain electrode.
  • the "non-conductive state" of the transistor refers to a state in which the source electrode and drain electrode of the transistor can be considered to be electrically disconnected.
  • the polarity (conductivity type) of the transistor is not particularly limited.
  • a mechanical switch is a switch that uses MEMS (microelectromechanical systems) technology.
  • MEMS microelectromechanical systems
  • Such a switch has an electrode that can be mechanically moved, and the movement of this electrode controls whether the switch is conductive or non-conductive.
  • parallel refers to a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of -10 degrees or more and 10 degrees or less. Therefore, it also includes cases where the angle is -5 degrees or more and 5 degrees or less.
  • substantially parallel or “roughly parallel” refers to a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of -30 degrees or more and 30 degrees or less.
  • perpendicular refers to a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of 80 degrees or more and 100 degrees or less. Therefore, it also includes cases where the angle is 85 degrees or more and 95 degrees or less.
  • substantially perpendicular or “approximately perpendicular” refers to a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of 60 degrees or more and 120 degrees or less.
  • the content (part or all of the content) described in one embodiment may be applied to, combined with, or substituted for at least one of the other content (part or all of the content) described in that embodiment and the content (part or all of the content) described in one or more other embodiments.
  • figure (in whole or in part) described in one embodiment can be combined with at least one of another portion of that figure, another figure (in whole or in part) described in that embodiment, and one or more figures (in whole or in part) described in another embodiment, to form even more figures.
  • an identification symbol such as “_1”, “[n]”, or “[m,n]” may be added to the reference numeral. Also, when an identification symbol such as “_1”, “[n]”, or “[m,n]” is added to a reference numeral in drawings, etc., the identification symbol may not be added if there is no need to distinguish between them in this specification.
  • FIG. 1A shows a schematic top view of a memory device having two memory cells 15.
  • Fig. 1B shows a perspective view corresponding to the schematic top view of Fig. 1A
  • Fig. 1C shows schematic cross-sectional views taken along lines A1-A2, A2-A3, and A3-A4 shown in Fig. 1A
  • Fig. 1D shows a schematic top view taken along chain double-dashed line B1-B2 shown in Fig. 1C.
  • FIG. 1A two memory cells 15 are arranged side by side along the direction in which the semiconductor layer 21 extends.
  • the semiconductor layer 21 is provided across the two memory cells 15.
  • the memory cell 15 includes a transistor 20 and a capacitor 30 thereon.
  • the capacitor 30 can be provided overlapping the transistor 20.
  • Memory cell 15 is a memory circuit having one transistor and one capacitive element, and has a DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory) configuration. Furthermore, by using a material that can have ferroelectric properties as the dielectric of the capacitive element, the capacitive element can be made into a ferroelectric capacitor, and memory cell 15 can have an FeRAM (Ferroelectric Random Access Memory) configuration.
  • DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • the transistor 20 and the capacitor 30 are provided on an insulating layer 11 provided on a substrate (not shown).
  • the insulating layer 11 functions as a base insulating layer.
  • the transistor 20 has a portion located within an opening provided in the insulating layer 43.
  • Transistor 20 has a semiconductor layer 21, an insulating layer 22 that functions as a gate insulating layer, a conductive layer 23 that functions as a gate electrode, and a conductive layer 25a that functions as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode, and a conductive layer 25b that functions as the other.
  • Conductive layer 25a is connected to conductive layer 24, and conductive layer 25b is connected to a capacitor element 30.
  • Conductive layer 25a can be shared by two adjacent memory cells 15.
  • the conductive layer 23 is disposed within the opening of the insulating layer 43.
  • the semiconductor layer 21 has a portion located within the opening of the insulating layer 43, and this portion faces the conductive layer 23 with the insulating layer 22 sandwiched therebetween.
  • Conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b are located on insulating layer 43, with conductive layer 23 sandwiched between them in a planar view.
  • Two memory cells are provided in one island-shaped semiconductor layer 21, and the two memory cells are connected to the same conductive layer 24. Furthermore, the transistors 20 in each of the two memory cells share conductive layer 25a, but have separate conductive layers 25b. Two conductive layers 23 are arranged perpendicular to conductive layer 24, with one conductive layer 25a sandwiched between them. Two conductive layers 25b are also arranged, each sandwiching one of the conductive layers 23 between them.
  • the integration density of the memory device can be increased.
  • the semiconductor layers 21 are provided separately. This reduces noise, leakage, etc. between memory cells and improves the reliability of the memory device.
  • the capacitance element 30 has a conductive layer 51 that functions as a lower electrode, a conductive layer 53 that functions as an upper electrode, and an insulating layer 52 that is disposed between them and functions as a dielectric.
  • the conductive layer 51 has a columnar shape.
  • a columnar body refers to a structure having a high aspect ratio in a cross-sectional view.
  • the aspect ratio of the conductive layer 51 refers to the ratio of the length M of the conductive layer 51 in the A2-A3 direction (which can also be referred to as the width M of the conductive layer 51) to the length K (which can also be referred to as the height of the conductive layer 51) in a direction perpendicular or approximately perpendicular to the surface on which it is formed (e.g., one or both of the conductive layer 46b and the insulating layer 46).
  • the aspect ratio of the conductive layer 51 is preferably as large as possible without causing the conductive layer 51 to collapse during the manufacturing process of the capacitive element 30.
  • the height K of the conductive layer 51 is preferably greater than the width M of the conductive layer 51, provided that the conductive layer 51 does not collapse.
  • the height H of the conductive layer 51 is preferably greater than the width L of the conductive layer 51, provided that the conductive layer 51 does not collapse, even in cross-sectional views other than those of FIG. 1C .
  • columnar body may be alternatively referred to as "pillar.”
  • the columnar body or pillar may have a tapered shape.
  • a columnar body or pillar having a tapered shape may be referred to as a truncated cone.
  • a tapered shape refers to a shape in which at least a portion of the side of a structure is inclined with respect to the substrate surface. Alternatively, it refers to a shape in which at least a portion of the side of a structure is inclined with respect to the film surface underlying the structure.
  • the angle between the inclined side and the substrate surface or film surface is referred to as the taper angle.
  • a tapered shape with a taper angle greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees is referred to as a forward taper shape
  • a tapered shape with a taper angle greater than 90 degrees and less than 180 degrees is referred to as a reverse taper shape.
  • the insulating layer 52 covers the side surfaces of the columnar shape of the conductive layer 51. Furthermore, the conductive layer 53 has a portion that faces the side surface of the conductive layer 51, with the insulating layer 52 sandwiched between them.
  • Figure 1D shows an example in which the conductive layer 51 is circular in plan view, the insulating layer 52 and the conductive layer 53 have highly uniform film thicknesses, and the outlines (also called perimeters) of each layer in plan view, more specifically, the outer outlines, are circular.
  • FIG 2A shows a schematic top view of the memory device 10.
  • the memory device 10 shown in Figure 2A has a plurality of memory cells 15 shown in Figure 1A.
  • the plurality of memory cells 15 are arranged in a matrix. Note that a conductive layer 53 overlaps the conductive layer 51, but here, to make the conductive layer 51 easier to see, the conductive layer 51 is shown with a solid line instead of a dotted line.
  • Figure 2B shows schematic cross-sectional views taken along the cutting lines A5-A6, A6-A7, and A7-A8 shown in Figure 2A
  • Figure 2C shows a perspective view corresponding to a portion of Figure 2A.
  • the memory device 10 has a configuration in which multiple memory cells 15 are arranged along a line 99 that forms an angle ⁇ with the X-axis and along a line that is perpendicular to the Z-axis and perpendicular to the line 99.
  • the semiconductor layer 21 has a strip-like region extending along the line 99.
  • is 27°.
  • can be, for example, 30° or an angle close to that. Reducing ⁇ can sometimes increase the integration density of the memory device.
  • is preferably large enough so that the region where the conductive layer 51 of the capacitance element 30 is formed does not overlap with the conductive layer 24 functioning as the bit line.
  • can be, for example, 10° to 35°.
  • the conductive layer 24 functioning as the bit line and the conductive layer 23 functioning as the word line are preferably arranged to intersect.
  • the conductive layer 24 functioning as the bit line extends in the X-direction
  • the conductive layer 23 functioning as the word line extends in the Y-direction.
  • the conductive layer 23 can function as a gate line shared by multiple transistors 20 arranged in sequence in the Y direction.
  • the conductive layer 23 can function as a gate electrode for each of the multiple shared transistors 20.
  • memory cells 15 are arranged in a matrix, and conductive layer 24 extends in the X direction to region 80 on the left side (the negative X coordinate side).
  • conductive layer 24 may be connected to peripheral circuits of memory cells 15, for example. Region 80 will be described later in FIG. 12.
  • Memory cell 15, transistor 20, and capacitor 30 can be applied to memory cell MC or memory cell 1480, transistor M9, and capacitor Cfe, respectively, in embodiment 2 described below. Furthermore, conductive layer 24 and conductive layer 23 can be applied to wiring BL and wiring WL, respectively.
  • a semiconductor layer is formed along the side and bottom surfaces of a slit-shaped opening in an insulating layer, and a gate insulating layer and a gate electrode are formed in this order on the semiconductor layer.
  • a slit-shaped opening is provided in the insulating layer 43, and the longitudinal direction of the slit coincides with the Y direction. It can also be expressed as having a slit-shaped opening extending in the Y direction in the insulating layer 43. It can also be expressed as having a region that extends in a band shape in a plan view.
  • a plurality of semiconductor layers 21 are provided in the slit along the Y direction.
  • each of the plurality of semiconductor layers 21 is included in a different transistor 20.
  • the plurality of semiconductor layers 21 are arranged in order along the Y direction.
  • the conductive layer 23 is provided extending in the Y direction within an opening extending in the Y direction.
  • the slit-shaped opening in the insulating layer 43 has a first side surface and a second side surface facing each other with the conductive layer 23 sandwiched therebetween. The first side surface and the second side surface each extend in the Y direction.
  • the conductive layer 23 can be processed without using a photomask or the like.
  • the upper surface of the conductive layer 23 may be higher than the lower surfaces of the conductive layers 25a and 25b.
  • the transistor 20 shown in Figure 1C and other figures shows an example in which the upper surface of the conductive layer 23 is lower than the upper surfaces of the conductive layers 25a and 25b.
  • a current path is formed in semiconductor layer 21 in the following order: a portion in contact with one of conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b, a portion in contact with one of the first side surface and second side surface, a portion in contact with the top surface of insulating layer 11, a portion in contact with the other of the first side surface and second side surface, and a portion in contact with the other of conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b.
  • An insulating layer 44 is provided covering the transistor 20.
  • An insulating layer 45 is provided on the insulating layer 44.
  • An insulating layer 46 and a conductive layer 24 are provided on the insulating layer 45.
  • An insulating layer 46 is provided on the insulating layer 45 and the conductive layer 24.
  • An insulating layer 47 and an insulating layer 48 are provided in this order on the insulating layer 46.
  • Conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 24 are connected via conductive layer 88a.
  • Conductive layer 88a is formed so as to be embedded in insulating layer 45, insulating layer 44, and semiconductor layer 21, and can function as a plug.
  • a capacitance element 30 is provided on the insulating layer 46.
  • the conductive layer 51 of the capacitor 30 is connected to the conductive layer 25b of the transistor 20 via the conductive layer 46b and the conductive layer 88b.
  • the conductive layer 88b is formed so as to be embedded in the insulating layer 46, the insulating layer 45, the insulating layer 44, and the semiconductor layer 21, and can function as a plug.
  • the conductive layer 46b is formed on the insulating layer 46 and the conductive layer 88b.
  • the conductive layer 46b has a portion that overlaps with the conductive layer 51 and a portion that overlaps with the conductive layer 88b.
  • the conductive layer 51 overlaps the conductive layer 23 in plan view. This allows for a configuration in which the direction in which the multiple capacitance elements 30 are provided and the direction in which the conductive layer 23 extends to coincide, as shown in Figures 2A to 2D.
  • the conductive layer 51 has a portion embedded in the insulating layer 47 and a portion embedded in the insulating layer 48.
  • the conductive layer 51 also has a columnar portion protruding above the insulating layer 48. While Figures 1A to 2C and other figures show examples in which the conductive layer 51 has a columnar shape and the bottom shape of the column is circular, the bottom shape is not limited to a circle and can be an ellipse, a rectangle with rounded corners, or the like.
  • the outline shape of the conductive layer 51 in a planar view may be a regular polygon such as an equilateral triangle, square, or regular pentagon, or a polygon other than a regular polygon.
  • the channel width can be increased by using a concave polygon, such as a star-shaped polygon, which is a polygon with at least one interior angle exceeding 180°.
  • a concave polygon such as a star-shaped polygon, which is a polygon with at least one interior angle exceeding 180°.
  • Other shapes include a polygon with rounded corners and a closed curve combining straight lines and curves.
  • the conductive layer 53 may be shared between two adjacent capacitance elements 30.
  • Figure 2D is a modified example of the capacitance element shown in Figure 2B, in which conductive layer 53 is formed to fill the region between conductive layers 51, and the upper surface of conductive layer 53 is made approximately flat.
  • Figure 7A is a modified example of Figure 1C, showing an example in which the upper part of conductive layer 51 is rounded.
  • conductive layer 51 has rounded upper corners in a cross-sectional view. By using a rounded shape, it is possible to alleviate electric field concentration between conductive layer 51 and conductive layer 53. Alleviating electric field concentration can suppress short circuits in capacitive element 30, thereby improving the reliability of memory device 10.
  • the conductive layer 53 of the capacitance element 30 has a columnar appearance, with a conductive layer 51 and an insulating layer 52 disposed inside.
  • the conductive layer 53 has a shape in which adjacent circles overlap in a plan view. It can also be expressed as the conductive layers 53 of the two capacitance elements 30 overlapping and connected.
  • multiple memory cells 15 can be arranged at high density.
  • the conductive layers 53 can function as wiring. Since the length of the wiring can be shortened, wiring resistance can sometimes be reduced.
  • the conductive layer 53 has a shape in which adjacent circles overlap each other, and the adjacent circles are aligned in the Y direction.
  • the capacitive elements 30 aligned in the Y direction one adjacent capacitive element is connected to the conductive layer 53, and the other adjacent capacitive element is separated by the conductive layer 53.
  • capacitive element dm a dummy pattern capacitive element
  • the conductive layer 51 is provided separately for each of the multiple capacitance elements 30.
  • the insulating layer 52 can be shared by the multiple capacitance elements 30.
  • the insulating layer 52 can be provided separately for each of the multiple capacitance elements 30.
  • Figure 3A shows a schematic top view of the memory device 10
  • Figure 3B shows a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the cutting line A9-A10. Note that conductive layer 53 overlaps conductive layer 51, but in Figure 3B, conductive layer 51 is shown with a solid line instead of a dotted line to make it easier to see.
  • the conductive layer 53 has a shape in which adjacent circles overlap each other and multiple circles are arranged along the Y direction. For this reason, the conductive layer 53 is sometimes referred to as rosary-shaped wiring.
  • the memory device 10 shown in Figure 3A has multiple rosary-shaped wiring that extends in the Y direction, and the multiple wirings are arranged in order in the X direction.
  • the conductive layer 53 has a region that functions as wiring.
  • the conductive layer 53 has a region that functions as wiring PL, which will be described in embodiment 2 below.
  • the conductive layer 53 (wiring PL) functions as a plate line for transmitting a predetermined signal when writing or reading data from the memory cell 15.
  • the conductive layer 53 (wiring PL) preferably functions as wiring for applying a fixed potential.
  • adjacent wirings need to be electrically isolated from each other.
  • adjacent rosary-shaped wirings in the X direction are spaced apart, and can be suitably used as electrically isolated wirings.
  • the wiring is configured to connect the conductive layers 53 of adjacent capacitance elements 30, and in the region of the conductive layer 53 sandwiched between the conductive layers 51 between multiple capacitance elements 30, the conductive layer 53 is provided so as to fill the spaces between the conductive layers 51, allowing the thickness of the conductive layer 53 in the height direction (Z direction) to be increased. By making the conductive layer 53 thicker, the wiring resistance can be reduced.
  • the conductive layer 53 can function as a plate line, the manufacturing process can be simplified compared to when a separate plate line is provided.
  • the plate line and the conductive layer 53 of the capacitive element can be connected using a plug or the like.
  • the plug is provided on the top surface of the conductive layer 53, depending on the thickness of the conductive layer 53, there is a concern that the plug may penetrate the insulating layer 52 below the conductive layer 53, causing a short circuit between the plug and the conductive layer 51. If the plug is positioned so that it does not overlap the conductive layer 51 in a plan view in order to avoid a short circuit, there is a concern that this will result in an increase in the circuit area.
  • the conductive layer 53 functions as a plate line, which enables circuit integration and improved reliability of the memory device.
  • Figure 3C shows a modified example of Figure 3B.
  • conductive layer 53 has a portion that faces the side of conductive layer 51 with insulating layer 52 sandwiched therebetween, and does not cover the top surface of conductive layer 51. If a planarization process using a polishing method is used to form conductive layer 53, the configuration shown in Figure 3C may be obtained.
  • the wiring resistance can be reduced.
  • the capacitance element dm which functions as a dummy pattern, has a conductive layer 51, similar to the capacitance element 30.
  • An insulating layer 52 is provided on the conductive layer 51 of the capacitance element dm, and a conductive layer 53 is provided on the insulating layer 52.
  • the conductive layer 53 has a portion facing the side of the conductive layer 51 and a portion facing the top surface of the conductive layer 51, with the insulating layer 52 sandwiched between them.
  • the conductive layer 51 is not connected to the conductive layer 25b of the transistor 20 and is in a floating state. Therefore, a plug for connecting to the conductive layer 25b does not need to be provided below the conductive layer 51. Because one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitor dm is in a floating state, it does not retain data, unlike the capacitor 30.
  • Figure 7B shows four conductive layers 23 arranged in order: conductive layer 23[1], conductive layer 23[2], conductive layer 23[3], and conductive layer 23[4]; and three conductive layers 24 arranged in order: conductive layer 24[1], conductive layer 24[2], and conductive layer 24[3].
  • Figure 7B shows memory cell 15[1,2], memory cell 15[2,2], and memory cell 15[3,2] as memory cells 15 connected to conductive layer 23[2].
  • the conductive layers 53 in memory cell 15[1,2], memory cell 15[2,2], and memory cell 15[3,2] can be connected in a rosary pattern and used as a common plate line.
  • memory cell 15[1,1], memory cell 15[2,1], and memory cell 15[3,1] connected to conductive layer 23[1] by providing capacitance element dm between capacitance element 30 of memory cell 15[1,1] and capacitance element 30 of memory cell 15[2,1], the conductive layers 53 in memory cell 15[1,1], memory cell 15[2,1], and memory cell 15[3,1] can be connected in a rosary shape and used as a common plate line.
  • conductive layer 25a connected to conductive layer 24 via conductive layer 88a is shared.
  • conductive layer 25b is provided separately in each.
  • the semiconductor layer 21 has a portion that contacts the side of the insulating layer 43 and a portion that contacts the top surface of the insulating layer 11.
  • the side of the insulating layer 43 is preferably perpendicular to the top surface of the insulating layer 11. Note that the side of the insulating layer 43 does not necessarily have to be strictly perpendicular to the top surface of the insulating layer 11. If the side of the insulating layer 43 is inclined with respect to the Z direction, the semiconductor layer 21 is also inclined along the side.
  • the semiconductor layer 21 also has portions that contact the side of the conductive layer 25a and the side of the conductive layer 25b, and these portions can function as one and the other of the source and drain regions of the transistor.
  • the vicinity of the portion of the semiconductor layer 21 that contacts the side of the conductive layer 25a may also function as one of the source and drain regions.
  • the vicinity of the portion that contacts the side of the conductive layer 25b may also function as the other of the source and drain regions.
  • the region sandwiched between the source and drain regions functions as a channel formation region.
  • at least a portion of the region in contact with the side surface of the insulating layer 43 functions as a channel formation region.
  • the semiconductor layer 21 has a portion that is provided along the side of the insulating layer 43 and whose surface (either or both of the surface of the semiconductor layer 21 facing the insulating layer 43 or the surface of the insulating layer 22) is perpendicular or approximately perpendicular to the top surface of the insulating layer 11, and a portion that is provided along the top surface of the insulating layer 11 and whose surface (the surface of the semiconductor layer 21 facing the insulating layer 11 or the surface of the insulating layer 22) is parallel or approximately parallel to the top surface of the insulating layer 11.
  • the insulating layer 43 has two side surfaces (hereinafter referred to as the first side surface and the second side surface) that face each other with the conductive layer 23 sandwiched therebetween.
  • the semiconductor layer 21 has a portion that contacts the first side surface and a portion that contacts the second side surface. The portion that contacts the first side surface and the portion that contacts the second side surface are arranged with the gate electrode sandwiched between them.
  • the channel formation region of transistor 20 is provided along the side of an opening provided in insulating layer 43.
  • semiconductor layer 21 can also be described as having a U-shape. Current flows through semiconductor layer 21 along the U-shape.
  • the channel length direction has not only a horizontal portion but also a vertical portion. Therefore, the occupied area can be reduced compared to so-called planar transistors in which semiconductors are arranged on a flat surface.
  • conductive layers 25a and 25b can be formed at different heights from the channel formation region. That is, the source and drain electrodes can be formed at different heights from the channel formation region. This can be considered a configuration that makes it easier to suppress the short channel effect. Furthermore, even when the channel length is increased to a level that sufficiently suppresses the short channel effect, an increase in the area occupied by transistor 20 can be suppressed.
  • the semiconductor layer 21 can be easily formed on the side surface of the opening provided in the insulating layer 43 using a thin-film method.
  • the semiconductor layers of adjacent transistors By configuring the semiconductor layers of adjacent transistors to be insulated by the insulating layer 43, noise, leakage, and the like between adjacent transistors can be minimized. Therefore, a highly reliable memory device can be realized even when miniaturization is performed and integration is increased.
  • the channel length of the transistor 20 can be precisely controlled by the thickness of the insulating layer 43, which functions as a spacer. Therefore, the variation in channel length can be significantly reduced compared to planar transistors. Furthermore, by thinning the insulating layer 43, transistors with extremely short channel lengths can be fabricated. For example, transistors with channel lengths of 10 nm to 2 ⁇ m, 10 nm to 1 ⁇ m, 10 nm to 500 nm, 10 nm to 300 nm, 10 nm to 200 nm, 10 nm to 100 nm, 15 nm to 100 nm, 20 nm to 100 nm, or 20 nm to 50 nm can be fabricated. Therefore, transistors with extremely short channel lengths that could not be achieved using mass-production exposure equipment can be fabricated. Furthermore, transistors with channel lengths of less than 20 nm can be fabricated without using the extremely expensive exposure equipment used in cutting-edge LSI technology.
  • Conductive layers 25a1 and 25b1 of transistor 20 are preferably made of a conductive material with lower resistance than conductive layers 25a2 and 25b2. In particular, they preferably contain a metal material. Conductive layers 25a2 and 25b2 are preferably made of a conductive metal oxide (oxide conductor).
  • a conductive metal oxide for conductive layer 25a2 and conductive layer 25b2 which are in contact with semiconductor layer 21 containing a metal oxide, is preferable because it reduces the contact resistance between them and reduces the load on the wiring.
  • conductive layer 25a2 and conductive layer 25b2 it is preferable for conductive layer 25a2 and conductive layer 25b2 to contain the same metal element as the metal element contained in semiconductor layer 21, as this further reduces the contact resistance.
  • using a metal material with lower resistance than conductive layer 25a2 and conductive layer 25b2 for conductive layer 25a1 and conductive layer 25b1 makes it possible to reduce both the contact resistance and the wiring resistance, thereby further reducing the load on the wiring.
  • insulating layers 44, 46, and 47 function as interlayer insulating films.
  • Insulating layers 44, 46, and 47 can be made of inorganic insulating materials such as silicon oxide and silicon oxynitride.
  • an insulating film that has barrier properties against hydrogen. This prevents hydrogen from diffusing from above insulating layers 45 and 48 toward the semiconductor layer 21.
  • insulating layers 45 and 48 it is preferable to use a silicon nitride film, silicon nitride oxide film, aluminum oxide film, magnesium oxide film, hafnium oxide film, gallium oxide film, or the like. It is particularly preferable to use a silicon nitride film or a silicon nitride oxide film.
  • FIG. 4A shows a schematic top view of the storage device 10
  • FIG. 4B shows a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the cutting lines A11-A12 and A12-A13 shown in FIG. 4A.
  • adjacent capacitance elements 30 in the Y direction are arranged with a gap between them. Furthermore, adjacent capacitance elements 30 in the X direction with a single conductive layer 23 sandwiched between them are arranged so that their Y coordinates are offset. Therefore, the configuration shown in FIG. 4A can increase the packing rate of capacitance elements 30. This may enable an increase in the integration density of the memory device 10.
  • the conductive layer 51 of the capacitance element 30 is shifted closer to the conductive layer 24 than the position of the conductive layer 25b.
  • the conductive layer 51 may have a portion that overlaps with the conductive layer 24 in a planar view.
  • Figure 4C shows a configuration in which the conductive layers 53 that were spaced apart in multiple capacitance elements 30 arranged side by side in the Y direction in Figure 4A are connected.
  • the conductive layers 53 are shared by multiple capacitance elements 30 arranged side by side in the Y direction and can function as wiring extending in the Y direction.
  • Figure 4D shows a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the cutting line A14-A15 shown in Figure 4C. Note that Figure 4C omits the configuration below the insulating layer 46.
  • the conductive layer 53 is shared by multiple capacitive elements 30 arranged in the Y direction.
  • Figure 4E also shows a modified example of Figure 4D.
  • Figure 4D shows an example in which the thickness of conductive layer 53 is roughly the same in the portion covering the side surface of conductive layer 51 and the portion covering the top surface
  • Figure 4E shows an example in which conductive layer 53 is formed so as to be embedded in the region between conductive layers 51, and the top end is roughly flat.
  • the conductive film in the portions to be removed is thin, which may make it easier to remove.
  • the conductive layer 53 is thick, which may make it possible to reduce the wiring resistance of conductive layer 53.
  • Example of manufacturing method An example of a method for manufacturing a memory device of one embodiment of the present invention will be described below, taking the memory device 10 illustrated in FIG. 2B as an example.
  • the thin films (insulating films, semiconductor films, conductive films, etc.) that make up memory devices can be formed using methods such as sputtering, chemical vapor deposition (CVD), vacuum evaporation, pulsed laser deposition (PLD), and atomic layer deposition (ALD).
  • CVD methods include plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) and thermal CVD (TCVD).
  • PECVD plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition
  • TCVD thermal CVD
  • MOCVD metal organic chemical vapor deposition
  • the thin films (insulating films, semiconductor films, conductive films, etc.) that make up the memory device can be formed by methods such as spin coating, dipping, spray coating, inkjet printing, dispensing, screen printing, offset printing, doctor knife, slit coating, roll coating, curtain coating, and knife coating.
  • Sputtering methods include RF sputtering, which uses a high-frequency power source as the sputtering power source; DC sputtering, which uses a direct-current power source; and pulsed DC sputtering, which changes the voltage applied to the electrode in a pulsed manner.
  • RF sputtering is suitable for film deposition using insulating targets.
  • DC sputtering is primarily used for depositing metal conductive films.
  • DC sputtering can also be used to form insulating films through reactive sputtering using pulsed DC sputtering.
  • pulsed DC sputtering can be used to deposit films of compounds such as oxides, nitrides, and carbides using reactive sputtering.
  • CVD methods can be classified into PECVD, TCVD, and photo-CVD (photo-CVD) methods, which use light. They can also be further divided into metal CVD (MCVD) and MOCVD methods depending on the source gas used.
  • PECVD PECVD
  • TCVD photo-CVD
  • MOCVD metal CVD
  • MOCVD MOCVD
  • Plasma CVD can produce high-quality films at relatively low temperatures. Furthermore, because thermal CVD does not use plasma, it is possible to minimize plasma damage to the workpiece. Furthermore, because thermal CVD does not cause plasma damage during film formation, it produces films with fewer defects.
  • ALD methods that can be used include thermal ALD, in which the reaction between the precursor and reactant is carried out using only thermal energy, and PEALD, which uses plasma-excited reactants.
  • CVD and ALD are film formation methods that are less affected by the shape of the workpiece and have good step coverage.
  • ALD in particular, has excellent step coverage and thickness uniformity, making it suitable for coating the surfaces of openings with high aspect ratios.
  • ALD has a relatively slow film formation rate, it may be preferable to use it in combination with other film formation methods, such as CVD, which have a faster film formation rate.
  • CVD methods allow for the deposition of films of any composition by adjusting the flow rate ratio of the source gases.
  • CVD methods allow for the deposition of films with continuously changing compositions by changing the flow rate ratio of the source gases while the film is being deposited.
  • the time required for film deposition can be shortened compared to when multiple deposition chambers are used, as no time is required for transport or pressure adjustment. This can potentially increase the productivity of memory devices.
  • films of any desired composition can be deposited by simultaneously introducing multiple different precursors.
  • films of any desired composition can be deposited by controlling the number of cycles of each precursor.
  • films with continuously changing compositions can be deposited.
  • the thin films that make up the memory device can be processed using methods such as photolithography.
  • the thin films may be processed using methods such as nanoimprinting, sandblasting, and lift-off.
  • island-shaped thin films may be directly formed using a film-forming method that uses a shielding mask such as a metal mask.
  • the light used for exposure can be, for example, i-line (wavelength 365 nm), g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), or a mixture of these.
  • Other light sources that can be used include ultraviolet light, KrF laser light, and ArF laser light.
  • Exposure can also be performed using immersion exposure technology. Extreme ultraviolet (EUV) light or X-rays can also be used as light for exposure. Electron beams can also be used instead of light for exposure. Extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, or electron beams are preferred because they enable extremely fine processing. When exposure is performed by scanning a beam such as an electron beam, a photomask is not required.
  • Thin film etching can be performed using methods such as dry etching, wet etching, and sandblasting.
  • a substrate (not shown) is prepared, and an insulating layer 11 is formed on the substrate.
  • the substrate can be one that is heat-resistant enough to withstand at least the subsequent heat treatment.
  • the insulating layer 11 can be an inorganic insulating film such as a silicon oxide film or a silicon oxynitride film.
  • the insulating layer 11 can be formed by sputtering, CVD, MBE, PLD, ALD, or other methods. If the surface on which the insulating layer 11 is to be formed is not flat, a planarization process may be performed after the insulating layer 11 is formed to make the upper surface of the insulating layer 11 flat.
  • an insulating film that will become insulating layer 43 is formed on insulating layer 11. It is preferable to use an oxide film for this insulating film that contains enough oxygen to release oxygen when heated, and has a low hydrogen content.
  • heat treatment may be performed.
  • the heat treatment may be performed at a temperature of 250°C to 650°C, preferably 300°C to 500°C, and more preferably 320°C to 450°C.
  • the heat treatment is performed in a nitrogen gas or inert gas atmosphere, or in an atmosphere containing an oxidizing gas at 10 ppm or more, 1% or more, or 10% or more.
  • the oxygen gas concentration may be approximately 20%.
  • the heat treatment may be performed under reduced pressure.
  • the heat treatment may be performed in an atmosphere containing an oxidizing gas at 10 ppm or more, 1% or more, or 10% or more to replenish desorbed oxygen.
  • an oxidizing gas at 10 ppm or more, 1% or more, or 10% or more to replenish desorbed oxygen.
  • a conductive film that will become conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b is formed on the insulating film that will become insulating layer 43.
  • slit-shaped openings are formed in the conductive film that will become conductive layers 25a and 25b. Subsequently, using the conductive layer with the openings as a mask, slit-shaped openings are formed in the insulating film that will become insulating layer 43, thereby forming insulating layer 43.
  • the side surfaces of the insulating layer 43 may be inclined relative to the direction perpendicular to the surface on which they are formed, resulting in a tapered shape.
  • a semiconductor film that will become the semiconductor layer 21 is deposited, covering the conductive layer with the slit-shaped openings and the insulating layer 43.
  • the semiconductor film can be a metal oxide (oxide semiconductor) film with semiconductor properties.
  • the metal oxide film can be formed by a sputtering method, CVD method, MBE method, PLD method, ALD method, or the like, as appropriate.
  • conductive layer 25a is not shown in the cross sections shown in Figures 5A to 5E, conductive layer 25a can be fabricated by referring to the fabrication method for conductive layer 25b.
  • an insulating layer 22 is formed.
  • a conductive layer 23 is formed to fill the slit-shaped openings in the insulating layer 43 ( Figure 5B).
  • insulating layer 44 and insulating layer 45 are formed in this order on conductive layer 23 and insulating layer 22. Openings are then formed in insulating layer 45, insulating layer 44, and semiconductor layer 21, and conductive layer 88a is formed to fill the openings. Note that conductive layer 88a is not shown here.
  • the conductive layer 24 is formed on the insulating layer 45.
  • the insulating layer 46 is formed on the insulating layer 45 and the conductive layer 24.
  • openings are formed in insulating layer 46, insulating layer 45, insulating layer 44, and semiconductor layer 21, and conductive layer 88b is formed to fill the openings.
  • conductive layer 46b is formed on insulating layer 46 and conductive layer 88b.
  • insulating layer 47, insulating layer 48, and insulating layer 79 are formed in this order on conductive layer 46b and insulating layer 46.
  • insulating layer 79 is an insulating layer that is removed after conductive layer 51 is formed. Therefore, insulating layer 79 is sometimes called a sacrificial layer.
  • conductive layer 51 is formed by filling the openings with a conductive layer ( Figure 5C).
  • insulating layer 79 is removed by etching.
  • insulating layer 48 can function as an etching stopper for insulating layer 79.
  • an insulating layer 52 is formed to cover the side and top surfaces of the conductive layer 51 and the top surface of the insulating layer 48.
  • a conductive film 53f which will become the conductive layer 53, is formed on the insulating layer 52 ( Figure 5D).
  • a conductive layer 53 is formed by removing part of the conductive film 53f, and a memory device of one embodiment of the present invention can be manufactured (Figure 5E).
  • a layer in which functional circuits are provided can be stacked on a layer in which memory cells 15 are provided.
  • the functional circuits can include, for example, a driver circuit for driving the memory cells 15, as well as an arithmetic circuit and a power supply circuit.
  • the driver circuit can include, for example, one or more of a row decoder, a column decoder, a row driver, a column driver, an input circuit, an output circuit, a sense amplifier, etc. This can reduce the footprint of the semiconductor chip including the memory device 10 and can shorten the wiring length compared to when the functional circuits and the memory cells 15 are arranged side by side, thereby achieving high-speed operation and low power consumption.
  • Figure 6 shows an example in which a transistor 90 constituting a functional circuit is arranged below the insulating layer 11.
  • one of the source electrode and drain electrode of the transistor 90 is connected to a conductive layer 24 that functions as a bit line.
  • Figure 6 corresponds to region 80 shown in Figure 2A and is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along line C1-C2.
  • Transistor 90 is a transistor in which a channel is formed in a portion of substrate 91, which is a single-crystal semiconductor substrate.
  • Substrate 91 can typically be made of single-crystal silicon.
  • Substrate 91 can also be made of a semiconductor composed of a single element such as germanium, or a compound semiconductor composed of silicon carbide, silicon germanium, gallium arsenide, indium phosphide, zinc oxide, gallium oxide, or gallium nitride.
  • substrate 91 can be a semiconductor substrate having an insulator region within the aforementioned semiconductor substrate, such as an SOI (Silicon On Insulator) substrate.
  • SOI Silicon On Insulator
  • Transistor 90 is provided on substrate 91 and has a conductive layer 94 that functions as a gate, an insulating layer 93 that functions as a gate insulating layer, a semiconductor region 92 made of part of the substrate 91, and low-resistance regions 95a and 95b that function as source and drain regions. Transistor 90 may be either a p-channel or n-channel type. An element isolation layer 98 is provided on substrate 91 between two adjacent transistors 90.
  • Transistor 90 has a semiconductor region 92 in which a channel is formed that has a convex shape (fin shape). Although not shown in FIG. 6 , a conductive layer 94 is provided to cover the side and top surfaces of semiconductor region 92 in the X direction, with an insulating layer 93 interposed between them. Such a transistor 90 is also called a FIN-type transistor.
  • An insulating layer 85 is provided covering the transistor 90, an insulating layer 86 is provided on the insulating layer 85, and an insulating layer 87 is provided on the insulating layer 86.
  • a conductive layer 81 is provided so as to be embedded in the insulating layer 87.
  • An insulating layer 11 is provided covering the conductive layer 81 and the insulating layer 87.
  • a plug 82 is provided inside an opening provided in the insulating layer 85 and the insulating layer 86, and the plug 82 connects the conductive layer 81 to the low-resistance region 95b.
  • a plug 83 is provided inside an opening provided in the insulating layer 43 and the insulating layer 11, and the plug 83 connects the conductive layer 25c to the conductive layer 81.
  • a conductive layer 88c is provided inside an opening provided in the insulating layer 44 and the insulating layer 45. The conductive layer 25c is connected to the conductive layer 24 via the conductive layer 88c.
  • Conductive layer 25c includes conductive layer 25c1 and conductive layer 25c2 on conductive layer 25c1.
  • Conductive layer 25c1 and conductive layer 25c2 refer to those for conductive layer 25a1 and conductive layer 25a2, respectively.
  • a conductive layer 81 is provided as a wiring layer
  • a structure in which interlayer insulating layers and wiring layers are alternately stacked also be used between the layer in which the transistor 90 is provided and the layer in which the memory cell 15 is provided.
  • Substrates on which transistors are formed may be, for example, insulating substrates, semiconductor substrates, or conductive substrates.
  • insulating substrates include glass substrates, quartz substrates, sapphire substrates, stabilized zirconia substrates (e.g., yttria-stabilized zirconia substrates), and resin substrates.
  • semiconductor substrates include semiconductor substrates made of silicon or germanium, or compound semiconductor substrates made of silicon carbide, silicon germanium, gallium arsenide, indium phosphide, zinc oxide, gallium oxide, and gallium nitride.
  • Examples of semiconductor substrates having an insulating region within the aforementioned semiconductor substrate include silicon-on-insulator (SOI) substrates.
  • Examples of conductive substrates include graphite substrates, metal substrates, alloy substrates, and conductive resin substrates. Substrates containing metal nitrides and substrates containing metal oxides can also be used. Examples of substrates include an insulating substrate having a conductive layer or semiconductor layer provided thereon, a semiconductor substrate having a conductive layer or insulating layer provided thereon, and a conductive substrate having a semiconductor layer or insulating layer provided thereon.
  • a substrate provided with elements may be used, such as a capacitor, a resistor, a switch (including a transistor), a light-emitting element, a memory element, or the like.
  • the insulating layer 52 can be made of a material that functions as a dielectric.
  • a high-dielectric-constant (high-k) material is preferably used as the dielectric.
  • a high-dielectric-constant material such as aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, zirconium oxide, or hafnium zirconium oxide can be used for the insulating layer 52.
  • an oxide containing one or both of aluminum and hafnium is preferably used, more preferably an oxide having an amorphous structure and containing one or both of aluminum and hafnium, and even more preferably hafnium oxide having an amorphous structure.
  • PZT lead zirconate titanate
  • strontium titanate SrTiO 3
  • Ba,SrTiO 3 BST
  • Using a high-dielectric-constant material for the dielectric of the capacitive element 30 can increase the capacitance value and enable the voltage written to the capacitive element 30 to be retained for a long period of time.
  • the capacitive element 30 can be made into a ferroelectric capacitor.
  • Examples of materials that can have ferroelectricity include hafnium oxide, zirconium oxide, zirconium hafnium oxide (sometimes referred to as HfZrO X (X is a real number greater than 0)), a material in which element J 1 is added to hafnium oxide (here, element J 1 refers to one or more elements selected from zirconium (Zr), silicon (Si), aluminum (Al), gadolinium (Gd), yttrium (Y), lanthanum (La), and strontium (Sr)), and a material in which element J 2 is added to zirconium oxide (here, element J 2 refers to one or more elements selected from hafnium (Hf), silicon (Si), aluminum (Al), gadolinium (Gd), yttrium (Y), lanthanum (La), and strontium (Sr)).
  • hafnium oxide zirconium oxide
  • zirconium hafnium oxide sometimes referred to as HfZ
  • piezoelectric ceramics having a perovskite structure such as lead titanate (sometimes referred to as PbTiO X ), barium strontium titanate (BST), strontium titanate, lead zirconate titanate (PZT), strontium bismuth tantalate (SBT), bismuth ferrite (BFO), and barium titanate, may also be used as materials capable of exhibiting ferroelectricity.
  • lead titanate sometimes referred to as PbTiO X
  • BST barium strontium titanate
  • PZT lead zirconate titanate
  • SBT strontium bismuth tantalate
  • BFO bismuth ferrite
  • barium titanate such as lead titanate (sometimes referred to as PbTiO X ), barium strontium titanate (BST), strontium titanate, lead zirconate titanate (PZT), strontium bismuth tantalate (SBT), bismuth ferrite (BFO), and barium titanate
  • the crystal structure (characteristics) of hafnium oxide, zirconium oxide, zirconium hafnium oxide, and materials obtained by adding element J1 to hafnium oxide may change depending not only on the film formation conditions but also on various processes. Therefore, in this specification, materials that exhibit ferroelectricity are referred to not only as ferroelectrics but also as materials capable of exhibiting ferroelectricity.
  • materials that can exhibit ferroelectricity materials containing hafnium oxide or materials containing hafnium oxide and zirconium oxide are preferred because they can exhibit ferroelectricity even in thin films of only a few nanometers. This allows the process of fabricating ferroelectric capacitors to be shortened.
  • a layer of a material that can exhibit ferroelectricity may be referred to as a ferroelectric layer or metal oxide film.
  • the insulating layer 52 is formed by the ALD method using a material containing hafnium oxide and zirconium oxide
  • a material containing hafnium oxide and zirconium oxide for example, tetrakis(ethylmethylamido)hafnium (TEMAHf) or hafnium tetrachloride can be used as a precursor containing hafnium.
  • TEMAHf tetrakis(ethylmethylamido)zirconium
  • zirconium tetrachloride can be used as a precursor containing zirconium.
  • H2O and O3 can be used as an oxidizing agent.
  • the oxidizing agent is not limited to these.
  • the oxidizing agent can include one or more selected from O2 , O3 , N2O , NO2 , H2O , and H2O2 .
  • the insulating layer 52 can have a single-layer structure or a laminated structure.
  • each insulating layer included in the insulating layer 52 can be made of, for example, one or both of the above-mentioned high-k material and the above-mentioned material that can have ferroelectricity.
  • the film thickness of the insulating layer 52 is preferably 1 nm or more and 30 nm or less, more preferably 2 nm or more and 20 nm or less, and even more preferably 3 nm or more and 15 nm or less.
  • ferroelectric materials maintain their internal dielectric polarization even when no voltage is applied (sometimes called remanent polarization). Because the dielectric polarization is maintained, using a ferroelectric capacitor for the capacitive element 30 suppresses degradation of the data stored in the memory cells 15. This makes it possible to reduce refresh operations for the memory cells 15, thereby reducing the power consumption of the storage device 10.
  • the insulating layer 22 functions as the gate insulating layer of the transistor.
  • the insulating layer 22 can be made of an insulating material that is a high-k material.
  • a laminated insulating material made of a high-k material is also preferable to use as the insulating layer 22, and it is preferable to use a laminated structure of a high-k material and a material with a higher dielectric strength than the high-k material.
  • a material exhibiting ferroelectricity may be used for the insulating layer 22.
  • the insulating layer 22 can have an insulating film that has the function of capturing or fixing hydrogen.
  • the insulating layer 22 can also have an insulating film that has barrier properties against hydrogen.
  • Insulating film materials capable of capturing or adhering hydrogen include metal oxides such as oxides containing hafnium, oxides containing magnesium, oxides containing aluminum, and oxides containing aluminum and hafnium (hafnium aluminate). These metal oxides may also contain zirconium, such as oxides containing hafnium and zirconium. Metal oxides with an amorphous structure have dangling bonds in some oxygen atoms, which enhance their ability to capture or adhering hydrogen. Therefore, these metal oxides preferably have an amorphous structure. For example, an amorphous structure may be achieved by including silicon in these oxides. For example, it is preferable to use an oxide containing hafnium and silicon (hafnium silicate). Metal oxides may have crystalline regions and/or grain boundaries.
  • an insulating film having barrier properties against hydrogen it is preferable to use a silicon nitride film, a silicon nitride oxide film, an aluminum oxide film, a magnesium oxide film, a hafnium oxide film, a gallium oxide film, or the like.
  • the insulating layer 22 may have an insulating film that releases oxygen when heated.
  • the insulating layer 22 can have an insulating film that has a barrier property against oxygen.
  • an insulating film that has a barrier property against oxygen it is preferable to use an aluminum oxide film, a silicon nitride film, a hafnium oxide film, a hafnium silicate film, or the like.
  • an insulating film that has a barrier property against oxygen and hydrogen it is preferable to use an aluminum oxide film, a silicon nitride film, a hafnium oxide film, or the like.
  • the insulating layer 22 may have an insulating film that has barrier properties against hydrogen.
  • Aluminum oxide not only acts as a barrier against oxygen, but also has the ability to capture or fix hydrogen, thereby preventing hydrogen from diffusing into the semiconductor layer 21.
  • each insulating film is preferably a thin film.
  • the thickness of the insulating layer 22 1 nm or more and 20 nm or less, preferably 3 nm or more and 10 nm or less, the subthreshold swing value (also referred to as the S value) of the transistor can be reduced.
  • each insulating film is preferably 0.1 nm or more and 10 nm or less, more preferably 0.1 nm or more and 5 nm or less, more preferably 0.5 nm or more and 5 nm or less, more preferably 1 nm or more and less than 5 nm, and even more preferably 1 nm or more and 3 nm or less.
  • carrier property refers to a property that makes it difficult for a corresponding substance to diffuse (also referred to as a property that makes it difficult for a corresponding substance to permeate, a property that the permeability of a corresponding substance is low, or a function that suppresses the diffusion of a corresponding substance).
  • hydrogen refers to at least one of, for example, a hydrogen atom, a hydrogen molecule, and a substance bonded to hydrogen, such as a water molecule or OH ⁇ .
  • impurities when impurities are described as a corresponding substance, unless otherwise specified, they refer to impurities in a channel formation region or a semiconductor layer, and refer to at least one of, for example, a hydrogen atom, a hydrogen molecule, a water molecule, a nitrogen atom, a nitrogen molecule, a nitrogen oxide molecule (such as N 2 O, NO, or NO 2 ), a copper atom, and the like.
  • oxygen when oxygen is described as a corresponding substance, it refers to at least one of, for example, an oxygen atom, an oxygen molecule, and the like.
  • the electrical characteristics of a transistor using a metal oxide film can be stabilized by surrounding it with an insulating film that has the function of suppressing the permeation of impurities and oxygen.
  • the insulating film that has the function of suppressing the permeation of impurities and oxygen can be, for example, an insulating film containing one or more elements selected from boron, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine, magnesium, aluminum, silicon, phosphorus, chlorine, argon, gallium, germanium, yttrium, zirconium, lanthanum, neodymium, hafnium, and tantalum, and can be used in a single layer or a stacked layer.
  • the insulating film that has the function of suppressing the permeation of impurities and oxygen can be made of oxides such as aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, gallium oxide, germanium oxide, yttrium oxide, zirconium oxide, lanthanum oxide, neodymium oxide, hafnium oxide, or tantalum oxide, or nitrides such as aluminum nitride, silicon nitride oxide, or silicon nitride.
  • insulating film materials that function to suppress the permeation of impurities such as water and hydrogen, and oxygen include oxides such as aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, gallium oxide, germanium oxide, yttrium oxide, zirconium oxide, lanthanum oxide, neodymium oxide, hafnium oxide, and tantalum oxide. Furthermore, examples of insulating film materials that function to suppress the permeation of impurities such as water and hydrogen, and oxygen include hafnium aluminate.
  • examples of insulating film materials that function to suppress the permeation of impurities such as water and hydrogen, and oxygen include nitrides such as aluminum nitride, aluminum titanium nitride, silicon nitride oxide, and silicon nitride.
  • Insulating layer 11, insulating layer 43, insulating layer 46, and insulating layer 47 can be used as interlayer insulating films.
  • they are preferably formed by a film formation method such as sputtering or plasma CVD.
  • a film formation method such as sputtering or plasma CVD.
  • hydrogen gas does not need to be used as the film formation gas, and therefore a film with an extremely low hydrogen content can be obtained. This prevents hydrogen from being supplied to semiconductor layer 21, stabilizing the electrical characteristics of transistor 20.
  • the insulating layer 43 is preferably an oxide insulating film because it is in contact with the channel formation region of the semiconductor layer 21. In particular, it is preferable to use an oxide insulating film that releases oxygen when heated.
  • the oxide insulating film that can be used for the gate insulating layer described above can be used as the insulating layer 43.
  • Insulating layer 45 and insulating layer 48 can be, for example, an insulating film that has barrier properties against hydrogen, or an insulating film that has the function of capturing or fixing hydrogen. This makes it possible to prevent hydrogen from diffusing from above insulating layer 45 or insulating layer 48 toward semiconductor layer 21.
  • the conductive layer is preferably made of, for example, a metal element selected from aluminum, chromium, copper, silver, gold, platinum, tantalum, nickel, cobalt, titanium, molybdenum, tungsten, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, manganese, magnesium, zirconium, beryllium, indium, ruthenium, palladium, iridium, strontium, and lanthanum, or an alloy containing two or more of the above metal elements, or an alloy combining two or more of the above metal elements.
  • a metal element selected from aluminum, chromium, copper, silver, gold, platinum, tantalum, nickel, cobalt, titanium, molybdenum, tungsten, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, manganese, magnesium, zirconium, beryllium, indium, ruthenium, palladium, iridium, strontium, and lanthanum, or an alloy containing two or more of
  • the conductive layer is preferably made of, for example, tantalum nitride, titanium nitride, nitrides containing titanium and aluminum, nitrides containing tantalum and aluminum, ruthenium oxide, ruthenium nitride, oxides containing strontium and ruthenium, or oxides containing lanthanum and nickel.
  • Tantalum nitride, titanium nitride, nitrides containing titanium and aluminum, nitrides containing tantalum and aluminum, ruthenium oxide, ruthenium nitride, oxides containing strontium and ruthenium, and oxides containing lanthanum and nickel are also preferred because they are conductive materials that are resistant to oxidation or maintain conductivity even when absorbing oxygen.
  • the conductive layer may be made of a semiconductor with high electrical conductivity, typified by polycrystalline silicon containing an impurity element (for example, phosphorus), or silicide (for example, nickel silicide).
  • Using a material with high electrical conductivity can reduce the power consumption of the memory device 10. Furthermore, using a material with high electrical conductivity (a material with low electrical resistance) can reduce the amount of electric heat generated, thereby reducing the thermal impact on the transistor 20.
  • a layered structure may be formed by combining the above-mentioned material containing a metal element with a conductive material containing oxygen.
  • a layered structure may be formed by combining the above-mentioned material containing a metal element with a conductive material containing nitrogen.
  • a layered structure may be formed by combining the above-mentioned material containing a metal element with a conductive material containing oxygen and a conductive material containing nitrogen.
  • Conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b are in contact with semiconductor layer 21.
  • an oxide semiconductor is used as semiconductor layer 21
  • an insulating oxide e.g., aluminum oxide
  • conductive layer 25a2 and conductive layer 25b2 in contact with semiconductor layer 21 it is preferable to use, for example, titanium, tantalum nitride, titanium nitride, nitride containing titanium and aluminum, nitride containing tantalum and aluminum, ruthenium, ruthenium oxide, ruthenium nitride, oxide containing strontium and ruthenium, oxide containing lanthanum and nickel, etc. These are preferable because they are conductive materials that are resistant to oxidation or materials that maintain their conductivity even when oxidized.
  • conductive oxides such as indium oxide, zinc oxide, In-Sn oxide, In-Zn oxide, In-W oxide, In-W-Zn oxide, In-Ti oxide, In-Ti-Sn oxide, In-Sn-Si oxide, and Ga-Zn oxide can be used.
  • Conductive oxides containing indium are particularly preferred due to their high conductivity.
  • oxide materials such as In-Ga-Zn oxide that can be used for the semiconductor layer 21 can also be used as a conductive layer by increasing the carrier concentration.
  • conductive layer 25a2 and conductive layer 25b2 can each be a single-layer structure of the above-mentioned conductive oxide film, a three-layer structure in which a titanium nitride film, a tungsten film, and a titanium nitride film are stacked in this order, a two-layer structure in which a ruthenium film or a ruthenium oxide film is stacked on tungsten, a two-layer structure in which a ruthenium film or a ruthenium oxide film is stacked on the above-mentioned conductive oxide film, or a two-layer structure in which the above-mentioned conductive oxide film is stacked on a ruthenium film or a ruthenium oxide film.
  • the conductive layer 23 functions as a gate electrode and can be made of a variety of conductive materials.
  • a metal element selected from the group consisting of aluminum, chromium, copper, silver, gold, platinum, tantalum, nickel, cobalt, titanium, molybdenum, tungsten, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, manganese, magnesium, zirconium, beryllium, indium, ruthenium, iridium, strontium, and lanthanum, or an alloy containing such a metal element.
  • Nitrides of the above metals or alloys, or oxides of the above metals or alloys may also be used.
  • tantalum nitride, titanium nitride, nitrides containing titanium and aluminum, nitrides containing tantalum and aluminum, ruthenium oxide, ruthenium nitride, oxides containing strontium and ruthenium, and oxides containing lanthanum and nickel are preferable.
  • Semiconductors with high electrical conductivity such as polycrystalline silicon containing impurity elements such as phosphorus, or silicides such as nickel silicide may also be used.
  • the conductive layer 23 may be made of nitrides and oxides that can be used for the conductive layers 25a and 25b.
  • the conductive layer 51 functions as one electrode of the capacitance element 30, and the conductive layer 53 functions as the other electrode of the capacitance element 30.
  • Various conductive materials can be used for conductive layer 51 and conductive layer 53.
  • the materials listed above that can be used as conductive layers can be used.
  • each of conductive layer 51 and conductive layer 53 may be a single layer or may have a laminated structure.
  • the conductive layer 51 has, for example, a columnar shape. Therefore, when a layered structure is applied to the conductive layer 51, it can have, for example, a configuration having a first layer that forms the core and second and subsequent layers that surround the core.
  • titanium nitride for conductive layers 51 and 53. Furthermore, if the conductive layer has a laminated structure, for example, using titanium nitride for the layer in contact with insulating layer 52 may make it easier for the ferroelectricity of insulating layer 52 to be expressed.
  • the ALD method has high coverage and is suitable as a method for forming conductive films in fine openings with high aspect ratios.
  • the conductive layer 53 can also function as a wiring layer. Therefore, by using a low-resistance material for the conductive layer 53, the wiring resistance can be reduced and the operating speed of the memory device can be increased.
  • the resistance of the conductive layer 53 can be suitably reduced. It is also possible to stack these metals with titanium nitride, for example.
  • titanium nitride can be used as the first layer (here, the layer in contact with the insulating layer 52), and tungsten can be used as the second layer on the titanium nitride.
  • conductive layer 53, conductive layer 23, conductive layer 25a, and conductive layer 25b also function as wiring, it is preferable to use a laminate of low-resistance conductive materials.
  • the upper layer of conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b can also be made of a low-resistance conductive material that can be used for conductive layer 23 described above.
  • the conductive layer 24 can function as wiring.
  • the conductive material that can be used for the conductive layer 23, the conductive layer 25a, and the conductive layer 25b described above can be used for the conductive layer 24. It is particularly preferable to use a low-resistance conductive material.
  • the semiconductor layer 21 preferably contains a metal oxide (oxide semiconductor).
  • In oxide is preferably used as the metal oxide that can be used for the semiconductor layer 21.
  • metal oxides that can be used for the semiconductor layer 21 include Ga oxide and Zn oxide.
  • the metal oxide preferably contains at least In or Zn.
  • the metal oxide preferably contains two or three elements selected from In, element M, and Zn.
  • the element M is a metal element or semimetal element with a high bond energy with oxygen, such as a metal element or semimetal element with a bond energy with oxygen higher than that of indium.
  • the element M include Al, Ga, Sn, Y, Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Zr, Mo, Hf, Ta, W, La, Ce, Nd, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, B, Si, Ge, and Sb.
  • the element M contained in the metal oxide is preferably one or more of the above elements, and is particularly preferably one or more selected from Al, Ga, Y, and Sn, with Ga being more preferred.
  • Indium oxide is preferably used for the semiconductor layer.
  • indium oxide having at least a crystalline portion or crystalline region in the film is referred to as crystalline indium oxide (crystal IO) or crystalline indium oxide (crystalline IO).
  • crystalline indium oxide crystal IO
  • crystalline IO crystalline indium oxide
  • examples of crystalline IO or crystalline IO include single-crystalline indium oxide, polycrystalline indium oxide, and microcrystalline indium oxide.
  • Indium oxide is a semiconductor material with completely different physical properties from oxide semiconductors such as In-Ga-Zn oxide (hereinafter also referred to as IGZO) and zinc oxide.
  • oxide semiconductors such as In-Ga-Zn oxide (hereinafter also referred to as IGZO) and zinc oxide.
  • Fig. 21A is a schematic diagram showing the carrier concentration dependence of the Hall mobility for silicon (Si) and indium oxide (InO x ), and Fig. 21B is a schematic diagram showing the carrier concentration dependence of the Hall mobility for IGZO.
  • IGZO tends to exhibit higher hole mobility as the carrier concentration increases, as indicated by the arrows in Figure 21B.
  • indium oxide tends to exhibit higher hole mobility as the carrier concentration decreases, as indicated by the arrows in Figure 21A (see Non-Patent Document 6).
  • This trend is similar to that of silicon; the lower the dopant (impurity) concentration in the material, the less impurity scattering there is and the higher the hole mobility.
  • the higher the purity and intrinsic the indium oxide the higher the hole mobility. From these results, it can be said that indium oxide, unlike IGZO, is a material with physical properties closer to silicon. Note that the characteristics of indium oxide shown in Figure 21A are assumed to be single crystal. Therefore, when indium oxide is non-single crystal (e.g., polycrystalline), the characteristics may differ from those shown in Figure 21A.
  • the low carrier concentration range R1 has extremely high hole mobility, and can therefore be considered a carrier concentration range suitable for, for example, a transistor channel formation region.
  • range R1 is a range including a carrier concentration value of 1 ⁇ 10 15 cm ⁇ 3 , for example, a range of 1 ⁇ 10 14 cm ⁇ 3 or more and 1 ⁇ 10 18 cm ⁇ 3 or less.
  • the hole mobility value can be increased to approximately 270 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s).
  • the region where the carrier concentration is in range R1 can contain elements that lower the carrier concentration.
  • elements that lower the carrier concentration include magnesium, calcium, zinc, cadmium, and copper. By substituting these elements for indium, the carrier concentration can be lowered.
  • elements that lower the carrier concentration include nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, and antimony. For example, by substituting nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, or antimony for oxygen, the carrier concentration can be lowered.
  • the range R2 with a high carrier concentration has a low electrical resistance, and can be said to be a range of carrier concentrations suitable for, for example, the source and drain regions of a transistor, a resistor, or a transparent conductive film.
  • Range R2 is a range in which the carrier concentration value includes 1 ⁇ 10 20 cm ⁇ 3 , for example, a range of 1 ⁇ 10 19 cm ⁇ 3 or more and 1 ⁇ 10 22 cm ⁇ 3 or less. By sufficiently increasing the carrier concentration, it is expected that the resistivity can be reduced to 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 ⁇ cm or less.
  • the region with a carrier concentration in range R2 can contain an element that increases the carrier concentration.
  • the region contains the same element as the source electrode and drain electrode of the transistor.
  • examples of such elements include titanium, zirconium, hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, molybdenum, tin, silicon, and boron. It is particularly preferable to use an element whose oxide has conductive or semiconducting properties.
  • the element that increases the carrier concentration can be supplied by forming a film containing the element and diffusing it, ion implantation, ion doping, plasma immersion ion implantation, or plasma treatment.
  • the present specification does not limit the use of mass separation.
  • the present specification refers to a method of supplying ions after mass separation as the ion implantation method, and a method of supplying ions without mass separation as the ion doping method.
  • indium oxide uses a region with a low carrier concentration for the channel formation region of a transistor, and a region with a high carrier concentration for the source and drain regions of the transistor.
  • indium oxide can be considered an oxide capable of valence electron control.
  • strain can form in the source and drain regions due to stress from electrodes in contact with the IGZO, resulting in the formation of n-type regions.
  • indium oxide allows for valence electron control, so strain does not need to be formed in the film as with IGZO. Minimizing strain in the film is expected to improve reliability.
  • n-i-n junction a junction between an n-type region, an i-type region, and an n-type region
  • valence electron control in silicon-based transistors is generally known.
  • valence electron control in indium oxide-based transistors is a novel technological concept that would not normally be conceived.
  • the transistor containing indium oxide in this specification has two or more, preferably three or more, more preferably four or more, and most preferably five of the following characteristics (1) to (5): (1) A high on-state current (in other words, high mobility). (2) A low off-state current. (3) Normally-off operation is possible. (4) High reliability. (5) A high cutoff frequency (fT).
  • the transistor containing indium oxide in this specification has high mobility, a low off-state current, and is normally-off operation. This transistor has high mobility and is different from a normally-on transistor.
  • Ef Fermi level
  • Ei intrinsic Fermi level
  • a transistor containing indium oxide is likely to be normally-off due to its low carrier concentration. Therefore, a transistor containing indium oxide can be normally-off and achieve high field-effect mobility.
  • normally-off refers to a state in which no current flows through a transistor when no potential is applied to the gate or when the gate-source voltage is 0 V. Furthermore, normally-off can be evaluated by the threshold voltage (Vth) or shift value (Vsh) of the transistor. Unless otherwise specified, Vth is calculated by a constant current method. More specifically, Vth is defined as the gate voltage (Vg) when the value of drain current (Id) ⁇ channel length (L) ⁇ channel width (W) in the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor is 1 nA (1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 A).
  • Vth and Vsh are zero or a positive value, the transistor can be considered to be normally off.
  • a film containing oxygen such as a silicon oxynitride film, a silicon nitride oxide film, an aluminum oxide film, or a gallium oxide film, can also be used.
  • a silicon nitride oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film, or the like can also be used.
  • the hafnium oxide film which is located closer to the indium oxide film than the silicon nitride film, functions as a gettering site for hydrogen.
  • the above film configuration can also be considered as a stacked structure of a film capable of supplying oxygen to the indium oxide film from the indium oxide film side (e.g., a silicon oxide film), a film capable of gettering hydrogen (e.g., a hafnium oxide film), and a film that suppresses the penetration of oxygen and hydrogen (e.g., a silicon nitride film).
  • a film capable of supplying oxygen to the indium oxide film from the indium oxide film side e.g., a silicon oxide film
  • a film capable of gettering hydrogen e.g., a hafnium oxide film
  • a film that suppresses the penetration of oxygen and hydrogen e.g., a silicon nitride film.
  • oxygen vacancies in the indium oxide film are filled with oxygen in the silicon oxide film.
  • hydrogen in the indium oxide film is captured by the hafnium oxide film by heat treatment or the like.
  • the provision of a silicon nitride film results
  • the indium oxide film be crystalline (i.e., have crystal grains).
  • films having crystal grains include single-crystal films, polycrystalline films, and amorphous films containing crystal grains (also known as microcrystalline films).
  • polycrystalline indium oxide films are preferred, and single-crystal films are even more preferred.
  • Single-crystal films do not have grain boundaries. Impurities that impede carrier flow (typically, insulating impurities, insulating oxides, etc.) tend to segregate at grain boundaries.
  • Using a single-crystal film can suppress carrier scattering at grain boundaries, resulting in a transistor with high field-effect mobility. It also offers the excellent effect of suppressing variations in transistor characteristics due to the grain boundaries.
  • polycrystalline films are preferable because they can reduce carrier scattering and exhibit high field-effect mobility compared to microcrystalline or amorphous films.
  • a polycrystalline film it is preferable to use a film with as large a crystal grain size as possible and as few crystal grain boundaries as possible. Note that in a transistor using a polycrystalline film of indium oxide, if there are no crystal grain boundaries in the channel formation region or no crystal grain boundaries are observed, the channel formation region is located within a single crystal region included in the polycrystalline film, and therefore the transistor can be considered to use single-crystal indium oxide.
  • the crystallinity of indium oxide can be analyzed, for example, by X-ray diffraction (XRD), transmission electron microscopy (TEM), or electron diffraction (ED). Alternatively, analysis may be performed by combining multiple of these techniques.
  • XRD X-ray diffraction
  • TEM transmission electron microscopy
  • ED electron diffraction
  • a semiconductor layer in which no crystal grain boundaries are observed in the channel formation region a semiconductor layer in which the channel formation region is contained in a single crystal grain, or a semiconductor layer in which the crystal axis direction is the same in at least two regions within the channel formation region can be referred to as a single crystal film.
  • a semiconductor layer in which, within a single crystal grain in the channel formation region, the direction of the other crystal axis changes continuously around a certain crystal axis or a certain crystal orientation as the axis of rotation can be referred to as a single crystal film.
  • the channel formation region refers to the region of the semiconductor layer that overlaps (or faces) the gate electrode via the gate insulating layer, and is located between the region in contact with the source electrode and the region in contact with the drain electrode.
  • the current path in the channel formation region is the shortest distance between the source electrode and the drain electrode. Therefore, the crystal grains, crystal grain boundaries, crystal axes, crystal orientation, etc. in the channel formation region can be confirmed by observing a cross section including the semiconductor layer, source electrode, and drain electrode.
  • Impurities in the indium oxide film in the channel formation region can act as a source of carrier scattering, which can reduce field-effect mobility. These impurities can also hinder the crystal growth of the indium oxide film. Impurities in the indium oxide film include boron and silicon.
  • the indium oxide film preferably has a concentration of these impurities of 0.1% or less, and more preferably 0.01% (100 ppm) or less. Note that carbon, hydrogen, and other elements can be contained in the film formation gas or precursor during film formation, and may remain in the indium oxide film in greater amounts than the above impurities.
  • the indium oxide film in the channel formation region can contain elements that can maintain a low carrier concentration, as long as the crystals maintain a cubic crystal structure (bixbyite type).
  • elements include gallium, aluminum, scandium, yttrium, and lanthanides (lanthanum, neodymium, samarium, erbium, ytterbium, etc.). These elements exist primarily as trivalent cations in the oxide, allowing the carrier concentration of the indium oxide to be maintained low.
  • the field-effect mobility of the transistor can be increased to 50 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more, preferably 100 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more, more preferably 150 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more, even more preferably 200 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more, and still more preferably 250 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more.
  • an indium oxide film is its high oxygen permeability (diffusibility) compared to an IGZO film.
  • oxygen (O) diffusing into an indium oxide film passes through the indium oxide film and is released as oxygen molecules (O 2 ). It may also react with hydrogen contained in the film and be released as water molecules (H 2 O).
  • oxygen vacancies ( VO ) exist in the film the diffusing oxygen atoms compensate for the oxygen vacancies. Since oxygen easily diffuses into an indium oxide film, it can also be said that oxygen vacancies are more easily compensated for compared to an IGZO film.
  • indium oxide films are easier to reduce oxygen vacancies in than IGZO films, and by applying such indium oxide films to transistors, it is possible to create transistors that exhibit extremely high reliability.
  • the indium oxide film diffuses hydrogen. Hydrogen that diffuses into the indium oxide film from the outside passes through the indium oxide film and is released as hydrogen molecules (H 2 ). Alternatively, hydrogen reacts with oxygen contained in the film and is released as water molecules.
  • Transistors using indium oxide film are accumulation-type transistors that use electrons as majority carriers. Assuming that the carrier relaxation time is a constant value, the smaller the effective mass of the electrons (carriers), the higher the electron mobility. In other words, using indium oxide, which has a small effective electron mass, in a transistor can increase the transistor's on-current or field-effect mobility.
  • Table 1 shows the effective masses of single-crystal indium oxide (here, In 2 O 3 ) and single-crystal silicon (Si).
  • indium oxide is characterized by a small effective mass of electrons and a large effective mass of holes.
  • the effective mass of electrons in indium oxide is characterized by being almost independent of the crystal orientation. Therefore, by using crystalline indium oxide for a transistor, a transistor with high field-effect mobility and high frequency characteristics (also referred to as f characteristics) can be realized.
  • f characteristics also referred to as f characteristics
  • the off-state current per 1 ⁇ m of channel width can be 1 fA (1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 15 A) or less or 1 aA (1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 18 A) or less in an environment of 125° C., and 1 aA (1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 18 A) or less or 1 zA (1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 21 A) or less in an environment of room temperature (25° C.).
  • indium oxide has a smaller effective mass of electrons and a larger effective mass of holes than silicon, and therefore may be able to realize a transistor with higher field-effect mobility and lower off-state current than a Si transistor.
  • the seed layer For the layer (hereinafter referred to as the seed layer) that comes into contact with at least a portion of the crystalline indium oxide film, it is preferable to use a material containing crystals with a small difference in lattice constant from indium oxide (also referred to as lattice mismatch). This can improve the crystallinity of the indium oxide film.
  • a substrate e.g., a single-crystal substrate
  • ⁇ a can be set to between -5% and 5%, preferably between -4% and 4%, more preferably between -3% and 3%, and even more preferably between -2% and 2%.
  • the indium oxide crystals have a cubic crystal structure (bixbyite type).
  • yttria-stabilized zirconia (YSZ) crystals can have a cubic crystal structure (fluorite type).
  • the lattice mismatch of the indium oxide crystals with the cubic YSZ crystals is within the range of -2% to 2%, and a single crystal film of indium oxide can be epitaxially grown on a YSZ substrate.
  • the crystal structure of the seed layer and the crystal structure of the indium oxide film may not necessarily have the same crystal system or crystal orientation.
  • a film having hexagonal or trigonal crystal structure can be used under an indium oxide film having cubic crystal structure.
  • hexagonal or trigonal crystals include wurtzite structure, YbFe2O4 structure, Yb2Fe3O7 structure, and modified structures thereof .
  • a crystal having a YbFe2O4 structure or a Yb2Fe3O7 structure is IGZO .
  • a single crystal film of indium oxide can be formed not only on a YSZ substrate but also on an insulating film.
  • silicon crystals have a diamond structure.
  • indium oxide and silicon have similar properties in terms of single crystals.
  • they have different properties.
  • crystal grains can be seen in high-resolution transmission electron microscope (TEM) images. Furthermore, in crystalline films, for example, crystal grain boundaries can sometimes be seen in high-resolution TEM images. In other words, crystal grains and crystal grain boundaries can sometimes be observed in high-resolution TEM images of crystalline films.
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the content of the first element in the semiconductor layer is preferably low. Furthermore, the concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer is preferably low. In particular, the concentration of the first element in the channel formation region is preferably low.
  • the first element is at least one of boron, carbon, aluminum, silicon, zinc, and gallium.
  • the concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer is preferably, for example, 1 atomic % or less, more preferably 0.1 atomic % or less, and even more preferably 0.01 atomic % (100 ppm) or less.
  • the concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer can be 0.01 atomic% (100 ppm) or less, 0.0001% (1 ppm) or less, or 0.00001% (0.1 ppm or 100 ppb) or less.
  • the indium content (purity) excluding oxygen in the semiconductor layer can be 99.99 atomic% or more (4N), 99.9999 atomic% or more (6N), or 99.99999 atomic% or more (7N).
  • the crystallinity of the semiconductor layer can be improved.
  • the gallium atoms bond with excess oxygen atoms to form a Ga-O structure.
  • the Ga-O structure functions as an acceptor that traps electrons. Therefore, in a transistor having a semiconductor layer containing gallium atoms and excess oxygen atoms, the amount of variation in threshold voltage during PBTS (Positive Bias Temperature Stress) testing increases. Therefore, by lowering the gallium concentration in the semiconductor layer, the amount of variation in threshold voltage during PBTS testing can be reduced. This results in a transistor with high reliability when a positive bias is applied. Note that the same phenomenon as when gallium atoms are included can occur when the semiconductor layer contains zinc atoms.
  • the concentration of the first element can be measured using, for example, inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS), XPS, SIMS, time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (ToF-SIMS), Auger electron spectroscopy (AES), and other methods. Evaluation can be performed using techniques such as ion beam electron spectroscopy (ELC), energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDX), or inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES).
  • ICP-MS inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry
  • XPS XPS
  • SIMS time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry
  • TOF-SIMS time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry
  • AES Auger electron spectroscopy
  • Evaluation can be performed using techniques such as ion beam electron spectroscopy (ELC), energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDX), or inductively coupled plasma
  • Metal oxides that function as semiconductors preferably have a band gap of 2.0 eV or more, and more preferably 2.5 eV or more. By using a metal oxide with a wide band gap for the semiconductor layer, the off-state current of the transistor can be reduced, and the power consumption of the semiconductor device can be significantly reduced.
  • the off-state current per ⁇ m of channel width at room temperature can be 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 17 A/ ⁇ m or less, preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 18 A/ ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 19 A/ ⁇ m or less.
  • the off-state current per ⁇ m of channel width at 85° C. can be 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 16 A/ ⁇ m or less, preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 17 A/ ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 18 A/ ⁇ m or less.
  • miniaturization of an OS transistor can improve the high-frequency characteristics of the transistor.
  • the cutoff frequency of the transistor can be improved.
  • the cutoff frequency of the transistor can be set to 50 GHz or higher, preferably 100 GHz or higher, and more preferably 150 GHz or higher at room temperature.
  • the semiconductor layer may be a single layer or a laminated structure of two or more layers.
  • the semiconductor layer has a two-layer structure consisting of a first semiconductor layer and a second semiconductor layer on the first semiconductor layer
  • a metal oxide typically indium oxide
  • the first semiconductor layer can function mainly as a current path (channel).
  • the first semiconductor layer has a channel formation region on the surface facing the second semiconductor layer and in its vicinity.
  • zinc oxide, aluminum zinc oxide (Al-Zn oxide, also referred to as AZO), and aluminum tin oxide (Al-Sn oxide) can also be used.
  • the crystallinity of the metal oxide contained in the second semiconductor layer is not particularly limited.
  • the second semiconductor layer may contain one or more of an amorphous semiconductor (a semiconductor having an amorphous structure), a single-crystal semiconductor (a semiconductor having a single-crystal structure), or a semiconductor having crystallinity other than single crystal (a microcrystalline semiconductor, a polycrystalline semiconductor, or a semiconductor having a crystalline region in part).
  • the semiconductor material that can be used for the semiconductor layer 21 is not limited to oxide semiconductors.
  • semiconductors made of single elements or compound semiconductors can be used.
  • semiconductors made of single elements include silicon (including single crystal silicon, polycrystalline silicon, microcrystalline silicon, and amorphous silicon) and germanium.
  • compound semiconductors include gallium arsenide and silicon germanium.
  • compound semiconductors include organic semiconductors, nitride semiconductors, and oxide semiconductors. Note that these semiconductor materials may contain impurities as dopants.
  • the semiconductor layer 21 may include a layered material that functions as a semiconductor.
  • a layered material is a general term for a group of materials that have a layered crystal structure.
  • a layered crystal structure is a structure in which layers formed by covalent or ionic bonds are stacked via bonds weaker than covalent or ionic bonds, such as van der Waals bonds.
  • a layered material has high electrical conductivity within a single layer, that is, high two-dimensional electrical conductivity.
  • Examples of the layered material include graphene, silicene, and chalcogenides.
  • Chalcogenides are compounds containing chalcogen (an element belonging to Group 16).
  • Examples of chalcogenides include transition metal chalcogenides and Group 13 chalcogenides.
  • transition metal chalcogenides that can be used as the semiconductor layer of a transistor include molybdenum sulfide (typically MoS 2 ), molybdenum selenide (typically MoSe 2 ), molybdenum tellurium (typically MoTe 2 ), tungsten sulfide (typically WS 2 ), tungsten selenide (typically WSe 2 ), tungsten tellurium (typically WTe 2 ), hafnium sulfide (typically HfS 2 ), hafnium selenide (typically HfSe 2 ), zirconium sulfide (typically ZrS 2 ), and zirconium selenide (typically ZrSe 2 ).
  • MoS 2 molybdenum sulfide
  • MoSe 2 molybdenum selenide
  • MoTe 2 moly MoTe 2
  • tungsten sulfide typically WS 2
  • tungsten selenide typically
  • the crystallinity of the semiconductor material used for the semiconductor layer 21 is not particularly limited, and any of an amorphous semiconductor, a single-crystal semiconductor, or a semiconductor having crystallinity other than single crystal (a polycrystalline semiconductor, a microcrystalline semiconductor, or a semiconductor having a crystalline region in part) may be used. Using a crystalline semiconductor is preferable because it can suppress deterioration of the transistor characteristics.
  • the transistor 20 used in the memory cell 15 can be formed using a thin-film method. Therefore, the memory cell 15 including the transistor 20 can be stacked on another functional layer, such as a layer in which a memory cell array is formed or a layer in which a functional circuit is formed. For example, as shown in Figure 6 above, a layer including a memory cell array having multiple memory cells 15 can be stacked on a functional circuit provided on a substrate 91. By providing a layer including a memory cell array on a functional circuit, circuit integration can be achieved. Furthermore, by providing a layer including a memory cell array on a functional circuit, the wiring length between the functional circuit and the layer can be shortened, thereby improving data accessibility and reducing power consumption.
  • memory cell arrays can be stacked. By stacking memory cell arrays, the memory density per chip can be increased.
  • Figure 8 shows an example of stacking a layer 77 in which a memory cell array is provided.
  • Layer 77 is provided with a plurality of memory cells 15, which are arranged, for example, in a matrix in plan view.
  • layers 77 can be stacked. Note that Figure 8 shows an example in which two layers 77 are stacked, but three or more layers 77 can also be stacked.
  • a layer 77_S can be formed using transistor 90 formed on substrate 91 instead of transistor 20, and layer 77 can be stacked on layer 77_S.
  • the layer 77_S shown in FIG. 9 has multiple memory cells 15. Note that each memory cell 15 has a transistor 90 and a capacitor 30 provided over the transistor 90.
  • the transistor 90 shown in FIG. 6 can be used as the transistor 90.
  • Figure 8 shows an example in which one layer 77 is stacked on top of layer 77_S, two or more layers 77 can also be stacked.
  • Figure 10 shows an example in which the configuration of transistor 90 is different from that of Figure 9.
  • the transistor 90 shown in Figure 10 has a configuration in which an insulating layer 93 functioning as a gate insulating layer and a conductive layer 94 functioning as a gate electrode are provided in a trench portion formed in a substrate 91. Furthermore, an insulating layer UI1 is formed on the conductive layer 94 within the trench.
  • a semiconductor region 92 is formed in the region corresponding to the side and bottom of the trench portion.
  • Low-resistance regions 95a and 95b are formed above the semiconductor region 92.
  • the transistor 20 shown in Figure 10 has a semiconductor region 92 that is U-shaped in cross section, and low-resistance regions 95a and 95b that face each other across a trench portion in plan or cross section.
  • the insulating layer UI1 functions as an insulating layer to prevent direct contact between the low resistance regions 95a and 95b.
  • the capacitor 30 can be made nonvolatile. This allows data to be retained in the memory cell 15 for a long time. Furthermore, by using a ferroelectric insulating layer for the insulating layer 52, the reliability of the memory cell 15 may be improved.
  • the configuration of the capacitance elements 30 in layer 77 differs from that in Figure 10.
  • the conductive layers 53 of the capacitance elements 30 in layer 77 are not provided separately for each capacitance element 30 or for each series of capacitance elements 30 arranged in one direction (for example, the Y direction shown in Figure 3A, etc.), but rather, for example, the conductive layers 53 of the capacitance elements 30 in an entire block of layer 77 are provided in common. If, for example, a ferroelectric insulating layer is not used as the insulating layer 52 of the capacitance element 30, the configuration shown in Figure 11 can also be used.
  • the manufacturing process of the memory cell 15 and the peripheral circuits can be simplified in some cases. Furthermore, the material used for the insulating layer 52 can be selected appropriately according to the operating speed, process temperature, etc. required for the memory cell 15.
  • a ferroelectric insulating layer can be used for the insulating layer 52 of the capacitor used in layer 77_S, and an insulating layer that is less ferroelectric than layer 77_S can be used for the insulating layer 52 of the capacitor used in layer 77.
  • a ferroelectric insulating layer can be used for layer 77_S, and an OS transistor can be used as the transistor in layer 77.
  • Multiple layers 77 can be stacked, allowing for increased memory capacity. This makes it suitable for use as a large-capacity memory.
  • This embodiment can be implemented by appropriately combining at least a portion of it with other embodiments described in this specification.
  • ⁇ Configuration example of storage device> 12 shows an example of the configuration of a memory device.
  • the memory device 1400 includes a peripheral circuit 1411 and a memory cell array 1470.
  • the peripheral circuit 1411 includes a row circuit 1420, a column circuit 1430, an output circuit 1440, and a control logic circuit 1460.
  • the column circuit 1430 includes, for example, a column decoder, a precharge circuit, a sense amplifier, and a write circuit.
  • the precharge circuit has the function of precharging the wiring.
  • the sense amplifier has the function of amplifying the data signal read from the memory cell. Note that the above wiring is connected to the memory cell in the memory cell array 1470.
  • the amplified data signal is output to the outside of the memory device 1400 as a data signal RDATA via the output circuit 1440.
  • the row circuit 1420 also includes, for example, a row decoder, a word line driver circuit, a plate line driver circuit, and the like, and can select the row to access.
  • the memory device 1400 is supplied with a low power supply voltage (VSS), a high power supply voltage (VDD) for the peripheral circuit 1411, and a high power supply voltage (VIL) for the memory cell array 1470 from the outside.
  • Control signals (CE, WEN, RES), an address signal ADDR, and a data signal WDATA are also input to the memory device 1400 from the outside.
  • the address signal ADDR is input to the row decoder and column decoder, and the data signal WDATA is input to the write circuit.
  • the control logic circuit 1460 processes control signals (CE, WEN, RES) input from the outside to generate control signals for the row decoder and column decoder.
  • the control signal CE is a chip enable signal
  • the control signal WEN is a write enable signal
  • the control signal RES is a read enable signal.
  • the signals processed by the control logic circuit 1460 are not limited to these, and other control signals can be input as needed.
  • the memory cell array 1470 has a plurality of memory cells MC arranged in a matrix and a plurality of wirings.
  • the number of wirings connecting the memory cell array 1470 and the row circuit 1420 is determined by the configuration of the memory cells MC, the number of memory cells MC in a column, etc.
  • the number of wirings connecting the memory cell array 1470 and the column circuit 1430 is determined by the configuration of the memory cells MC, the number of memory cells MC in a row, etc.
  • peripheral circuit 1411 the memory cell array 1470, and the like shown in this embodiment are not limited to those described above.
  • the arrangement or functions of these circuits, and the wirings, circuit elements, and the like connected to the circuits may be changed, deleted, or added as necessary.
  • the memory device of one embodiment of the present invention has high operating speed and can retain data for a long period of time.
  • Figure 13 shows an example configuration of the memory cell array 1470 and memory cells MC described above.
  • the memory cell array 1470 shown in FIG. 13 has memory cells 1480 arranged in a matrix of m/2 rows and n columns (m is an even number greater than or equal to 1, and n is an integer greater than or equal to 1).
  • the memory cell 1480 shown in FIG. 13 is a memory circuit applicable to the memory cell MC described above, and is an example of the circuit configuration of a memory cell using a ferroelectric capacitor. Also shown in FIG. 13 are a row circuit 1420 and a column circuit 1430.
  • memory cell 1480 has transistor M9 and capacitance element Cfe.
  • transistor M9 can correspond to transistor 20 described in embodiment 1
  • capacitance element Cfe can correspond to capacitance element 30 described in embodiment 1.
  • m memory cells 1480 are connected to one wiring BL.
  • One of the source and drain of transistor M9 is connected to wiring BL (e.g., one of wirings BL[1] to BL[n]).
  • the other of the source and drain of transistor M9 is connected to one of a pair of electrodes of capacitor Cfe.
  • the gate of transistor M9 is connected to wiring WL (e.g., one of wirings WL[1] to WL[m]).
  • the other of the pair of electrodes of capacitor Cfe is connected to wiring PL (e.g., one of wirings PL[1] to PL[m]).
  • the wiring WL functions as a word line, and can control the on/off switching of the transistor M9 by applying a potential to the wiring WL as a selection signal or non-selection signal.
  • the transistor M9 can be turned on by setting the selection signal applied to the wiring WL to a high potential (H), and the transistor M9 can be turned off by setting the non-selection signal applied to the wiring WL to a low potential (L).
  • the wiring WL is connected to a word line driver circuit included in the row circuit 1420, and the word line driver circuit can apply a selection signal or non-selection signal to the wiring WL.
  • the wiring BL functions as a bit line, and when the transistor M9 is on, a potential corresponding to a data signal applied to the wiring BL is applied to one of a pair of electrodes of the capacitor Cfe.
  • the wiring BL is connected to a bit line driver circuit included in the column circuit 1430.
  • the bit line driver circuit has a function of generating a data signal to be written to the memory cell MC.
  • the bit line driver circuit also has a function of reading data output from the memory cell MC. Specifically, the bit line driver circuit is provided with a sense amplifier, and the data output from the memory cell MC can be read using the sense amplifier.
  • the wiring PL functions as a plate line.
  • a predetermined potential is applied to the wiring PL and is supplied to the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe.
  • the wiring PL is connected to a plate line driver circuit included in the row circuit 1420, and the plate line driver circuit is a circuit that can apply the potential to the wiring PL, for example, during a write operation or a read operation.
  • the capacitance element Cfe has a dielectric layer between two electrodes made of a material that can have ferroelectric properties.
  • a ferroelectric layer that can be thinned as the dielectric layer of the capacitance element and combining it with miniaturized transistors a highly integrated memory device can be created.
  • the dielectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe will be referred to as the ferroelectric layer.
  • the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe has a hysteresis characteristic.
  • Figure 14A is a graph showing an example of this hysteresis characteristic.
  • the horizontal axis represents the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer. This voltage can be, for example, the difference between the potential of one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe and the potential of the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe.
  • the vertical axis represents the polarization of the ferroelectric layer
  • a positive value indicates that positive charges are biased toward one side of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe, and negative charges are biased toward the other side of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe.
  • a negative value for polarization indicates that positive charges are biased toward the other side of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe, and negative charges are biased toward one side of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe.
  • the voltage shown on the horizontal axis of the graph in FIG. 14A may be the difference between the potential of the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe and the potential of one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe.
  • the polarization shown on the vertical axis of the graph in FIG. 14A may be a positive value when positive charges are biased toward the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe and negative charges are biased toward one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe, and a negative value when positive charges are biased toward one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe and negative charges are biased toward the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe.
  • the hysteresis characteristics of the ferroelectric layer can be represented by curve 61 and curve 62.
  • the voltages at the intersections of curve 61 and curve 62 are VSP and -VSP.
  • VSP and -VSP can be said to have opposite polarities.
  • VSP and -VSP can each be referred to as saturation polarization voltages.
  • VSP may be referred to as the first saturation polarization voltage
  • -VSP may be referred to as the second saturation polarization voltage.
  • Figure 14A shows a case where the absolute values of the first and second saturation polarization voltages are equal, the absolute values of the two may be different.
  • Vc denotes the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer when the polarization of the ferroelectric layer changes according to curve 61 and the polarization of the ferroelectric layer is 0.
  • -Vc denotes the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer when the polarization of the ferroelectric layer changes according to curve 62 and the polarization of the ferroelectric layer is 0.
  • Vc and -Vc can each be referred to as coercive voltages.
  • the values of Vc and -Vc can be said to be values between -VSP and VSP.
  • Vc may be referred to as the first coercive voltage
  • -Vc may be referred to as the second coercive voltage.
  • Figure 14A shows that the absolute values of the first coercive voltage and the second coercive voltage are equal, their absolute values may be different.
  • the maximum value of polarization is called the "remanent polarization Pr” and the minimum value is called the “remanent polarization -Pr.” Furthermore, the difference between the remanent polarization Pr and the remanent polarization -Pr is called the “remanent polarization 2Pr.”
  • the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe can be expressed as the difference between the potential of one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe and the potential of the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe.
  • the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe is connected to the wiring PL. Therefore, by controlling the potential of the wiring PL, it is possible to control the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe.
  • the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe is the difference (potential difference) between the potential of one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe and the potential of the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe (wiring PL).
  • the transistor M9 is an n-channel transistor.
  • Figure 14B is a timing chart showing an example of a method for driving memory cell 1480.
  • Figure 14B shows an example of writing and reading binary digital data to memory cell 1480.
  • Figure 14B shows an example in which data "1" is written to memory cell 1480 from time T01 to time T02, read and rewrite are performed from time T03 to time T05, read and write data "0" to memory cell 1480 from time T11 to time T13, read and rewrite are performed from time T14 to time T16, and read and write data "1" to memory cell 1480 from time T17 to time T19.
  • the sense amplifier electrically connected to the wiring BL is supplied with Vref as a reference potential.
  • Vref the potential of the wiring BL
  • data "1" is read by the bit line driver circuit.
  • the potential of the wiring BL is lower than Vref, data "0" is read by the bit line driver circuit.
  • the word line driver circuit applies a high potential to the wiring WL as a selection signal. This turns on transistor M9.
  • the potential of the wiring BL is also set to Vw. Because transistor M9 is on, the potential of one of the pair of electrodes of capacitance element Cfe becomes Vw.
  • GND is applied to the wiring PL by the plate line driver circuit. As a result, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of capacitance element Cfe becomes "Vw-GND.” This allows data "1" to be written to memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T01 to time T02 can be said to be the period during which the write operation is performed.
  • Vw is preferably equal to or greater than VSP, for example, and is preferably equal to VSP.
  • GND is the ground potential, but it does not necessarily have to be the ground potential as long as the memory cell 1480 can be driven in a manner that satisfies the spirit of one aspect of the present invention.
  • GND can be a potential other than ground.
  • the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the line BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies GND to the line PL.
  • the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe becomes 0V.
  • the voltage "Vw-GND" applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe can be set to VSP or higher, so from time T02 to time T03, the polarization amount of the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe changes according to curve 62 shown in FIG. 14A.
  • no polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe.
  • the word line driver circuit After applying GND to both the wiring BL and the wiring PL, the word line driver circuit applies a low potential to the wiring WL as a non-selection signal. This turns off transistor M9. This completes the write operation, and data "1" is stored in memory cell 1480.
  • the potentials of the wiring BL and the wiring PL can be set to any potential as long as no polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe, i.e., as long as the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe is equal to or greater than the second coercive voltage, -Vc.
  • the word line driver circuit applies a high potential to the line WL as a selection signal. This turns on transistor M9. Furthermore, the plate line driver circuit applies Vw to the line PL. By setting the potential of line PL to Vw, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe becomes "GND-Vw.” As described above, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe is "Vw-GND" from time T01 to time T02. Therefore, polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe. During polarization reversal, current flows through the line BL, and the potential of the line BL becomes higher than Vref.
  • the period from time T03 to time T04 can be considered a period during which a read operation is performed. Note that although Vref is higher than GND and lower than Vw, it may also be higher than Vw, for example.
  • the bit line driver circuit applies Vw to the wiring BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies GND to the wiring PL. This rewrites the data "1" to memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T04 to time T05 can be said to be the period during which the rewrite operation is performed.
  • the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the wiring BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies GND to the wiring PL. Then, the word line driver circuit applies a low potential to the wiring WL as a non-selection signal. This completes the rewrite operation, and data "1" is retained in memory cell 1480.
  • the word line driver circuit applies a high potential to the wiring WL as a selection signal. Furthermore, the plate line driver circuit applies a potential Vw to the wiring PL. Because data "1" is stored in memory cell 1480, the potential of wiring BL becomes higher than Vref, and the data "1" stored in memory cell 1480 is read out. Therefore, the period from time T11 to time T12 can be considered a period during which a read operation is performed.
  • the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the wiring BL. Because transistor M9 is on, the potential of one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe becomes GND. In addition, the plate line driver circuit applies a potential Vw to the wiring PL. As a result, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe becomes "GND-Vw". This allows data "0" to be written to memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T12 to time T13 can be said to be the period during which the write operation is performed.
  • the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the line BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies GND to the line PL.
  • the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe becomes 0V. Since the voltage "GND-Vw" applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe from time T12 to time T13 can be set to -VSP or less, the polarization amount of the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe changes according to curve 61 shown in FIG. 14A from time T13 to time T14. As a result, no polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe from time T13 to time T14.
  • the word line driver circuit After applying GND to both the wiring BL and the wiring PL, the word line driver circuit applies a low potential to the wiring WL as a non-selection signal. This turns off transistor M9. This completes the write operation, and data "0" is stored in memory cell 1480.
  • the potentials of the wiring BL and the wiring PL can be set to any potential as long as no polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe, i.e., as long as the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe is equal to or lower than the first coercive voltage Vc.
  • the word line driver circuit applies a high potential to the line WL as a selection signal. This turns on transistor M9. Furthermore, the plate line driver circuit applies a potential Vw to the line PL. By setting the potential of line PL to Vw, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe becomes "GND-Vw.” As described above, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe is "GND-Vw" from time T12 to time T13. Therefore, no polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe.
  • the amount of current flowing through the line BL is smaller than when polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe.
  • the increase in the potential of the line BL is smaller than when polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe; specifically, the potential of the line BL becomes Vref or lower. Therefore, the bit line driver circuit can read the data "0" stored in memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T14 to time T15 can be said to be the period during which the read operation is performed.
  • the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the wiring BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies potential Vw to the wiring PL. This rewrites data "0" to memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T15 to time T16 can be considered the period during which the rewrite operation is performed.
  • bit line driver circuit applies GND to the line BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies GND to the line PL. Then, the word line driver circuit applies a low potential to the line WL as a non-select signal. This completes the rewrite operation, and data "0" is retained in memory cell 1480.
  • the word line driver circuit applies a high potential to the wiring WL as a selection signal. Furthermore, the plate line driver circuit applies a potential Vw to the wiring PL. Because data "0" is stored in memory cell 1480, the potential of wiring BL becomes lower than Vref, and the data "0" stored in memory cell 1480 is read out. Therefore, the period from time T17 to time T18 can be considered a period during which a read operation is performed.
  • the bit line driver circuit applies a potential Vw to the wiring BL. Because transistor M9 is on, the potential of one electrode of capacitance element Cfe becomes Vw. In addition, the plate line driver circuit applies a potential GND to the wiring PL. As a result, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of capacitance element Cfe becomes "Vw-GND.” This allows data "1" to be written to memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T18 to time T19 can be said to be the period during which the write operation is performed.
  • the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the line BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies GND to the line PL. Then, the word line driver circuit applies a low potential to the line WL as a non-select signal. This completes the write operation, and data "1" is stored in memory cell 1480.
  • a semiconductor device that uses a ferroelectric layer for the capacitance element Cfe functions as a non-volatile memory element that can retain written information even when the power supply is interrupted.
  • DRAM requires periodic refresh operations, which increases power consumption.
  • a semiconductor device that uses a ferroelectric layer for the capacitance element Cfe does not require refresh operations, thereby reducing power consumption.
  • a memory element or a memory circuit including a ferroelectric layer may be referred to as a "ferroelectric memory” or an "FE memory.” Therefore, a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention is both a ferroelectric memory and an FE memory.
  • the FE memory can be expected to achieve an rewrite count of 1 ⁇ 10 10 or more, preferably 1 ⁇ 10 12 or more, and more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 15 or more. Furthermore, the FE memory can be expected to achieve an operating frequency of 10 MHz or more, preferably 1 GHz or more.
  • FE memory there is a correlation between the remnant polarization 2Pr and data retention capacity, and as the remnant polarization 2Pr decreases, the data retention capacity decreases.
  • the period until the remnant polarization 2Pr decreases by 5% is referred to as the "memory retention period.”
  • FE memory can be expected to achieve a memory retention period of one day or more, preferably ten days or more, more preferably one year or more, and even more preferably ten years or more in a temperature environment of 150°C or 200°C.
  • FE memory can also be applied to cache memory and registers of CPUs (Central Processing Units) and GPUs (Graphics Processing Units).
  • CPUs Central Processing Units
  • GPUs Graphics Processing Units
  • FE memory can also be applied to cache memory and registers of CPUs (Central Processing Units) and GPUs (Graphics Processing Units).
  • a normally-off CPU NoffCPU (registered trademark)
  • NoffGPU normally-off GPU
  • FIG. 15 A transistor including an oxide as a semiconductor (hereinafter also referred to as an OS transistor) and a capacitor are used in a memory device of one embodiment of the present invention. Because the off-state current of an OS transistor is extremely small, a memory device including an OS transistor has excellent data retention characteristics and can function as a nonvolatile memory.
  • an OS transistor an oxide as a semiconductor
  • a memory device including an OS transistor has excellent data retention characteristics and can function as a nonvolatile memory.
  • Figure 15 shows a conceptual diagram explaining the hierarchy of memory devices used in semiconductor devices.
  • the conceptual diagram explaining the hierarchy of memory devices is represented by a triangle, with memory devices located higher in the triangle requiring faster operating speeds, and memory devices located lower in the triangle requiring larger memory capacities and higher recording densities.
  • Registers are used for temporary storage of calculation results, and is therefore frequently accessed by the arithmetic processing unit. Therefore, fast operating speeds are required rather than large storage capacities. Registers also have the function of storing setting information for the arithmetic processing unit.
  • Cache memory has the function of duplicating and storing a portion of the data stored in DRAM. By duplicating frequently used data and storing it in cache memory, it is possible to increase the speed of access to the data. Cache memory requires less storage capacity than DRAM, but is required to operate at a faster speed than DRAM. In addition, data rewritten in cache memory is duplicated and supplied to DRAM.
  • a memory device can be used as a DRAM.
  • the cache memory is illustrated only up to the L3 cache, but this is not limited to this.
  • a storage device according to one embodiment of the present invention can be used as the LLC (Last Level cache) or FLC (Final Level cache), which are the lowest level caches.
  • DRAM has the function of storing programs, data, etc. read from 3D NAND.
  • 3D NAND has the ability to store data that requires long-term storage, various programs used in computing devices (for example, artificial neural network models), and more. Therefore, 3D NAND requires large storage capacity and high recording density rather than fast operating speeds.
  • Hard disks have large storage capacity and are non-volatile.
  • SSDs solid-state drives
  • the memory device of one embodiment of the present invention can be monolithically structured with peripheral circuits. Furthermore, by using OS transistors, the memory device can be monolithically stacked with the peripheral circuits. This is advantageous in terms of data access with the peripheral circuits. Furthermore, since the memory device can be stacked with the peripheral circuits, the degree of integration can be increased. Furthermore, by using OS transistors, the memory device of one embodiment of the present invention can retain data for a long period of time. Therefore, when used as a DRAM, the frequency of refresh can be reduced.
  • the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention can reduce leakage current by using an OS transistor. Therefore, for example, data can be sufficiently stored even if the capacitance value of a capacitor is small. Therefore, for example, by using the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention as a DRAM, the operation speed of the DRAM, for example, the speed at which data is rewritten, can be increased in some cases.
  • the memory device of one embodiment of the present invention can retain data for a long time by including a capacitor element containing a ferroelectric material. Therefore, when used as a DRAM, the frequency of refresh can be reduced. Furthermore, the reliability of the memory device can be improved.
  • a storage device of one embodiment of the present invention can be used for the Target2 area and the Target1 area shown in FIG. 15. In particular, it can be suitably used for the Target1 area.
  • Target1 includes the boundary area (Target1_1) between DRAM and 3D NAND, and the boundary area (Target1_2) between DRAM and cache (L1, L2, L3).
  • Examples of Target1_2 include the LLC and FLC mentioned above.
  • the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention By replacing the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention with a DRAM, power consumption can be reduced. With this configuration, power consumption can be reduced to half or less, preferably one-tenth or less, more preferably one-hundredth, and even more preferably one-thousandth or less, compared to a configuration using DRAM. Therefore, the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used for Target 1.
  • the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention can retain data for a long time and has advantages in terms of data access. Therefore, the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used for Target1_1, which is a region of Target1 that is rewritten relatively infrequently.
  • Target1_1 is a region of Target1 that is rewritten relatively infrequently.
  • the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention has high operating speed and is advantageous in terms of data access, and therefore can be suitably used for Target1_2, which is a part of Target1 that is rewritten more frequently.
  • Target1_2 the computational efficiency of the storage device can be improved and its power consumption can be reduced.
  • Another means for reducing power consumption is a configuration in which a memory device such as a DRAM or FeRAM (including a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention) is stacked on a processor such as a CPU, GPU, or NPU.
  • a configuration in which a processor and a memory device are stacked is called a monolithic stack.
  • the processor and the memory device By configuring the processor and the memory device as a monolithic stack, it is possible to significantly reduce the power consumption required for data access between the processor and the memory device, for example. Therefore, by deploying information processing devices including supercomputers (also called HPCs (High Performance Computers)), computers, servers, etc. that employ such a configuration worldwide, it is possible to mitigate global warming.
  • supercomputers also called HPCs (High Performance Computers)
  • a memory device using an oxide semiconductor according to one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to a wide range of memories, from memories integrated as registers in arithmetic processing units such as CPUs, GPUs, and NPUs, to memories located in the boundary area between DRAM and 3D NAND.
  • FIG. 4 shows an example of a chip 1200 on which a semiconductor device of the present invention is mounted.
  • a plurality of circuits (systems) are mounted on the chip 1200.
  • a technology for integrating a plurality of circuits (systems) on a single chip in this manner is sometimes called a system on chip (SoC).
  • SoC system on chip
  • the chip 1200 has a CPU 1211, a GPU 1212, one or more analog arithmetic units 1213, one or more memory controllers 1214, one or more interfaces 1215, and one or more network circuits 1216.
  • Bumps (not shown) are provided on the chip 1200, which connect to the first surface of the package substrate 1201, as shown in FIG. 16B. Furthermore, multiple bumps 1202 are provided on the back surface opposite the first surface of the package substrate 1201, which connects to the motherboard 1203.
  • the motherboard 1203 may be provided with storage devices such as DRAM 1221 and flash memory 1222.
  • storage devices such as DRAM 1221 and flash memory 1222.
  • the storage device 10 described in the first embodiment can be used instead of the DRAM 1221 and flash memory 1222.
  • the CPU 1211 has multiple CPU cores. It is also preferable that the GPU 1212 has multiple GPU cores.
  • the CPU 1211 and GPU 1212 may each have memory for temporarily storing data. Alternatively, a memory common to the CPU 1211 and GPU 1212 may be provided on the chip 1200. The memory can be the storage device 10 described above.
  • the GPU 1212 is also suitable for parallel calculation of a large amount of data, and can be used for image processing or multiply-and-accumulate operations.
  • the wiring between the CPU 1211 and GPU 1212 can be shortened, enabling high-speed data transfer from the CPU 1211 to the GPU 1212, data transfer between the memories of the CPU 1211 and GPU 1212, and transfer of calculation results from the GPU 1212 to the CPU 1211 after calculation in the GPU 1212.
  • the analog calculation unit 1213 has either an AD (analog-digital) conversion circuit or a DA (digital-analog) conversion circuit, or both.
  • the analog calculation unit 1213 may also be provided with the above-mentioned product-sum calculation circuit.
  • the memory controller 1214 has a circuit that functions as a controller for the DRAM 1221 and a circuit that functions as an interface for the flash memory 1222.
  • Interface 1215 has interface circuits with externally connected devices such as a display device, speaker, microphone, camera, and controller. Controllers include mice, keyboards, and game controllers. Examples of such interfaces that can be used include USB (Universal Serial Bus) and HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface, registered trademark).
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface
  • Network circuit 1216 includes a network circuit such as a LAN (Local Area Network). It may also include a circuit for network security.
  • LAN Local Area Network
  • circuits can be formed on chip 1200 using the same manufacturing process. Therefore, even if the number of circuits required for chip 1200 increases, there is no need to increase the manufacturing process, and chip 1200 can be manufactured at low cost.
  • the package substrate 1201 on which the chip 1200 having the GPU 1212 is mounted, the motherboard 1203 on which the DRAM 1221 and the flash memory 1222 are mounted can be called the GPU module 1204.
  • GPU module 1204 includes chip 1200 using SoC technology, allowing for a small size. Furthermore, due to its superior image processing capabilities, it is suitable for use in portable electronic devices such as smartphones, tablet devices, laptop PCs, and portable (portable) game consoles. Furthermore, the product-sum operation circuit included in GPU 1212 allows for calculations such as deep neural networks (DNNs), which are AI models. Representative examples of AI models include convolutional neural networks (CNNs), recurrent neural networks (RNNs), autoencoders, deep Boltzmann machines (DBMs), and deep belief networks (DBNs). Therefore, chip 1200 can be used as an AI chip, and GPU module 1204 can be used as an AI system module.
  • DNNs deep neural networks
  • CNNs convolutional neural networks
  • RNNs recurrent neural networks
  • DBMs deep Boltzmann machines
  • DBNs deep belief networks
  • the storage device 10 described in the above embodiment can be applied to various removable storage devices such as a memory card (e.g., an SD card), a USB memory, and an SSD (solid-state drive) as a cache memory or a main memory.
  • a memory card e.g., an SD card
  • USB memory e.g., USB-volatile memory
  • SSD solid-state drive
  • FIGS. 17A to 17E Several configuration examples of removable storage devices are schematically shown in FIGS. 17A to 17E .
  • the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention is processed into a packaged memory chip and used in various storage devices and removable memories.
  • FIG 17A is a schematic diagram of a USB memory.
  • the USB memory 1100 has a housing 1101, a cap 1102, a USB connector 1103, and a board 1104.
  • the board 1104 is housed in the housing 1101.
  • a memory chip 1105 and a controller chip 1106 are attached to the board 1104.
  • a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be incorporated into the memory chip 1105 or the like.
  • FIG 17B is a schematic diagram of the appearance of an SD card
  • Figure 17C is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of an SD card.
  • the SD card 1110 has a housing 1111, a connector 1112, and a substrate 1113.
  • the substrate 1113 is housed in the housing 1111.
  • a memory chip 1114 and a controller chip 1115 are attached to the substrate 1113.
  • a wireless chip with wireless communication function may also be provided on the substrate 1113. This enables data to be read from and written to the memory chip 1114 through wireless communication between a host device and the SD card 1110.
  • a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be incorporated into the memory chip 1114 or the like.
  • FIG 17D is a schematic diagram of the appearance of an SSD
  • Figure 17E is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the SSD.
  • SSD 1150 has a housing 1151, a connector 1152, and a board 1153.
  • Board 1153 is housed in housing 1151.
  • memory chip 1154, memory chip 1155, and controller chip 1156 are attached to board 1153.
  • Memory chip 1155 is a work memory for controller chip 1156, and may be, for example, a DOSRAM chip.
  • a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be incorporated into memory chip 1154 or the like.
  • Embodiment 6 This embodiment will describe electronic components, electronic devices, mainframes, space equipment, and data centers (also referred to as data centers (DCs)) that can use the semiconductor device described in the above embodiment.
  • the electronic components, electronic devices, mainframes, space equipment, and data centers that use the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention are effective in achieving high performance, such as low power consumption.
  • FIG. 18A shows a perspective view of electronic component 700.
  • Electronic component 700 shown in Fig. 18A has a substrate 701, a semiconductor device 710 on substrate 701, and a mold 711.
  • semiconductor device 710 is sealed by mold 711.
  • Fig. 18A omits some parts in order to show the inside of electronic component 700.
  • the substrate 701 can be, for example, a ceramic substrate, a plastic substrate, or a glass epoxy substrate.
  • Electronic component 700 is provided with, for example, a lead frame 712.
  • a portion of lead frame 712 located on substrate 701 is covered by mold 711, and another portion of lead frame 712 is exposed outside mold 711.
  • the lead frame 712 exposed outside mold 711 functions as, for example, a terminal for mounting electronic component 700 to a printed circuit board.
  • electrode pads 713 are provided on a lead frame 712, and the electrode pads 713 are connected to the semiconductor device 710 via wires 714.
  • the electronic component 700 is mounted on a printed circuit board, for example, by contacting the lead frame 712 with wiring on the printed circuit board. In this way, a mounted board is completed by combining multiple electronic components and connecting them on the printed circuit board.
  • the semiconductor device 710 has a drive circuit layer 715 and a memory layer 716.
  • the memory layer 716 can be configured with multiple memory cell arrays stacked together.
  • the stacked drive circuit layer 715 and memory layer 716 can be configured as a monolithic stack. Configurations other than monolithic stacks include stacking multiple memory layers 716 using through-electrode technology (e.g., TSV (Through Silicon Via)) and Cu-Cu direct bonding.
  • TSV Through Silicon Via
  • the semiconductor device 710 has a configuration in which multiple memory cell arrays are stacked, which can improve either or both the memory bandwidth and memory access latency.
  • bandwidth refers to the amount of data transferred per unit time
  • access latency refers to the time from access to the start of data exchange.
  • the semiconductor device 710 may also be referred to as a die.
  • a die refers to a chip piece obtained during the semiconductor chip manufacturing process by forming a circuit pattern on, for example, a disk-shaped substrate (also called a wafer) and dicing it into cubes.
  • Semiconductor materials that can be used for the die include, for example, silicon (Si), silicon carbide (SiC), and gallium nitride (GaN).
  • Si silicon
  • SiC silicon carbide
  • GaN gallium nitride
  • a die obtained from a silicon substrate also called a silicon wafer
  • a silicon die obtained from a silicon substrate (also called a silicon wafer) may be called a silicon die.
  • Electronic component 700A shown in Figure 18C differs from electronic component 700 in that it does not use lead frame 712, but has electrodes 733 provided on the bottom of substrate 701. Electrodes 733 function as connection terminals for mounting electronic component 700A on a printed circuit board.
  • Figure 18C shows an example in which electrodes 733 are formed using solder balls.
  • solder balls By arranging solder balls in a matrix on the bottom of substrate 701, BGA (Ball Grid Array) mounting can be achieved.
  • substrate 701 is provided with through-hole vias, and these vias are provided with conductive layers 732 that function as wiring.
  • Electrode pads 713 are provided above conductive layer 732 on substrate 701 so as to be in contact with them, and electrodes 733 are provided below conductive layer 732 below substrate 701 so as to be in contact with them.
  • the electrodes 733 may be formed using conductive pins instead of solder balls. By arranging conductive pins in a matrix on the bottom of the substrate 701, PGA (Pin Grid Array) mounting can be achieved.
  • the electronic component 700A can be mounted on other substrates using various mounting methods, not limited to BGA and PGA.
  • mounting methods include SPGA (Staggered Pin Grid Array), LGA (Land Grid Array), QFP (Quad Flat Package), QFJ (Quad Flat J-leaded package), and QFN (Quad Flat Non-leaded package).
  • an electronic component according to one embodiment of the present invention may be in the form of a SiP (System in Package) or an MCM (Multi-Chip Module).
  • an electronic component 700C shown in FIG. 18D has an interposer 731 provided on a package substrate 734 (printed circuit board), and a semiconductor device 735 and multiple semiconductor devices 710 provided on the interposer 731.
  • the semiconductor device 710 is used as a high bandwidth memory (HBM).
  • the semiconductor device 735 can be used as an arithmetic circuit in an integrated circuit such as a CPU, GPU, or FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array).
  • the package substrate 734 can be, for example, a ceramic substrate, a plastic substrate, or a glass epoxy substrate.
  • the interposer 731 can be, for example, a silicon interposer or a resin interposer.
  • the interposer 731 has multiple wirings and functions to connect multiple integrated circuits with different terminal pitches.
  • the multiple wirings are provided in a single layer or multiple layers.
  • the interposer 731 also functions to connect the integrated circuits provided on the interposer 731 to electrodes provided on the package substrate 734.
  • the interposer is sometimes called a "rewiring substrate” or "intermediate substrate.”
  • through electrodes are provided in the interposer 731, and the integrated circuits and package substrate 734 are connected using these through electrodes.
  • TSVs can also be used as through electrodes.
  • the interposer on which the HBM is mounted must have fine, high-density wiring. Therefore, it is preferable to use a silicon interposer for the interposer on which the HBM is mounted.
  • SiP and MCM using silicon interposers are less likely to experience a decrease in reliability due to differences in the expansion coefficient between the integrated circuit and the interposer. Furthermore, because silicon interposers have a highly flat surface, poor connections between the integrated circuit mounted on the silicon interposer and the silicon interposer are less likely to occur. It is particularly preferable to use silicon interposers in 2.5D packages (2.5-dimensional packaging), in which multiple integrated circuits are arranged horizontally on an interposer.
  • the temperature of the electronic component 700C increases due to heat generated by electric current or the like, the characteristics of the circuit elements (e.g., transistors) included in the electronic component 700C may deteriorate. Therefore, it is preferable to provide a heat sink (heat sink) on top of the electronic component 700C.
  • a heat sink heat sink
  • FIG. 19A a perspective view of an electronic device 6500 is shown in FIG. 19A .
  • the electronic device 6500 shown in FIG. 19A is a portable information terminal that can be used as a smartphone.
  • the electronic device 6500 includes a housing 6501, a display portion 6502, a power button 6503, a button 6504, a speaker 6505, a microphone 6506, a camera 6507, a light source 6508, and a control device 6509.
  • the control device 6509 includes, for example, one or more selected from a CPU, a GPU, and a memory circuit.
  • the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be included in the electronic device 6500 as a main memory.
  • the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can also be included in, for example, the display portion 6502, the control device 6509, or the like.
  • the electronic device 6600 shown in FIG. 19B is an information terminal that can be used as a notebook computer.
  • the electronic device 6600 includes a housing 6611, a keyboard 6612, a pointing device 6613, an external connection port 6614, a display portion 6615, and a control device 6616.
  • the control device 6616 includes, for example, one or more selected from a CPU, a GPU, and a memory circuit.
  • the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be included in the electronic device 6600 as a main memory.
  • the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can also be included in the display portion 6615, the control device 6616, etc.
  • Fig. 19C shows a perspective view of the mainframe 5600.
  • the mainframe 5600 shown in Fig. 19C has a rack 5610 housing a plurality of rack-mounted computers 5620.
  • the mainframe 5600 may also be called a supercomputer.
  • the computer 5620 can have the configuration shown in the perspective view in Figure 19D, for example.
  • the computer 5620 has a motherboard 5630, which has multiple slots 5631 and multiple connection terminals.
  • a PC card 5621 is inserted into the slot 5631.
  • the PC card 5621 has connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625, which are each connected to the motherboard 5630.
  • PC card 5621 shown in Figure 19E is an example of a processing board equipped with a CPU, GPU, memory device, etc.
  • PC card 5621 has board 5622.
  • Board 5622 also has connection terminal 5623, connection terminal 5624, connection terminal 5625, semiconductor device 5626, semiconductor device 5627, semiconductor device 5628, and connection terminal 5629.
  • Figure 19E illustrates semiconductor devices other than semiconductor device 5626, semiconductor device 5627, and semiconductor device 5628, but for these semiconductor devices, please refer to the descriptions of semiconductor device 5626, semiconductor device 5627, and semiconductor device 5628 described below.
  • connection terminal 5629 has a shape that allows it to be inserted into the slot 5631 of the motherboard 5630, and functions as an interface for connecting the PC card 5621 and the motherboard 5630.
  • the connection terminal 5629 may conform to, for example, PCIe.
  • Connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625 can be, for example, interfaces for supplying power to PC card 5621, inputting signals, etc. They can also be, for example, interfaces for outputting signals calculated by PC card 5621.
  • Examples of standards for connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625 include USB (Universal Serial Bus), SATA (Serial ATA), and SCSI (Small Computer System Interface).
  • Examples of standards for each include HDMI (registered trademark).
  • the semiconductor device 5626 has terminals (not shown) for inputting and outputting signals, and the semiconductor device 5626 and the board 5622 can be electrically connected by inserting these terminals into sockets (not shown) provided on the board 5622.
  • the semiconductor device 5627 has multiple terminals, and the semiconductor device 5627 can be electrically connected to the board 5622 by, for example, reflow soldering the terminals to wiring on the board 5622.
  • Examples of the semiconductor device 5627 include FPGAs, GPUs, and CPUs.
  • the electronic component 700 can be used as the semiconductor device 5627.
  • the semiconductor device 5628 has multiple terminals, and the semiconductor device 5628 can be electrically connected to the board 5622 by, for example, reflow soldering the terminals to wiring on the board 5622.
  • the semiconductor device 5628 can be, for example, a memory device that is a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the semiconductor device 5628 can be, for example, the electronic component 700 described above.
  • the mainframe computer 5600 can also function as a parallel computer. By using the mainframe computer 5600 as a parallel computer, it is possible to perform large-scale calculations required for, for example, artificial intelligence learning and inference.
  • the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used in space equipment such as equipment for processing and storing information.
  • Figure 20A shows an artificial satellite 6800 as an example of space equipment.
  • the artificial satellite 6800 has a body 6801, a solar panel 6802, an antenna 6803, a secondary battery 6805, and a control device 6807.
  • Figure 20A also shows a planet 6804 in outer space.
  • outer space refers to, for example, an altitude of 100 km or higher, but the outer space described in this specification may also include the thermosphere, mesosphere, and stratosphere.
  • the secondary battery 6805 may be provided with a battery management system (also known as BMS) or a battery control circuit.
  • BMS battery management system
  • outer space is an environment with radiation levels more than 100 times higher than on Earth.
  • radiation include electromagnetic waves (electromagnetic radiation) such as X-rays and gamma rays, as well as particle radiation such as alpha rays, beta rays, neutron rays, proton rays, heavy ion rays, and meson rays.
  • the power required for the satellite 6800 to operate is generated.
  • the amount of power generated is small. Therefore, there is a possibility that the power required for the satellite 6800 to operate will not be generated.
  • a secondary battery 6805 be provided on the satellite 6800.
  • the solar panel is sometimes called a solar cell module.
  • Satellite 6800 can generate a signal.
  • the signal is transmitted via antenna 6803, and can be received, for example, by a receiver located on the ground or by another satellite.
  • the position of the receiver that received the signal can be determined.
  • satellite 6800 can constitute a satellite positioning system.
  • the control device 6807 also has a function of controlling the satellite 6800.
  • the control device 6807 is configured using, for example, one or more selected from a CPU, a GPU, and a storage device. Note that the control device 6807 is preferably configured using a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the artificial satellite 6800 can be configured to include a sensor.
  • the artificial satellite 6800 can have the function of detecting sunlight reflected off an object on the ground.
  • the artificial satellite 6800 can have the function of detecting thermal infrared rays emitted from the earth's surface.
  • the artificial satellite 6800 can function as, for example, an Earth observation satellite.
  • a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used in space equipment such as a spaceship, a space capsule, or a space probe.
  • the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used in a storage system applied to, for example, a data center.
  • the data center is required to perform long-term data management, such as ensuring data immutability.
  • the building must be large enough to accommodate the installation of storage devices and servers for storing a huge amount of data, a stable power source for storing the data, or cooling equipment required for storing the data.
  • the power required to store data can be reduced and the semiconductor device that stores data can be made smaller. This allows for the storage system to be made smaller, the power supply for storing data to be made smaller, and the cooling equipment to be made smaller. This allows for space savings in the data center.
  • the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention has low power consumption, which allows for reduced heat generation from the circuit. Therefore, adverse effects of the heat generation on the circuit itself, peripheral circuits, and modules can be reduced. Furthermore, by using the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention, a data center that operates stably even in a high-temperature environment can be realized. Therefore, the reliability of the data center can be improved.
  • FIG 20B shows a storage system applicable to a data center.
  • the storage system 7000 shown in Figure 20B has multiple servers 7001sb as hosts 7001 (illustrated as Host Computers). It also has multiple storage devices 7003md as storage 7003 (illustrated as Storage).
  • the host 7001 and storage 7003 are shown connected via a storage area network 7004 (illustrated as SAN: Storage Area Network) and a storage control circuit 7002 (illustrated as Storage Controller).
  • SAN Storage Area Network
  • the host 7001 corresponds to a computer that accesses data stored in the storage 7003.
  • the hosts 7001 may be connected to each other via a network.
  • Storage 7003 uses flash memory to reduce data access speed, i.e., the time required to store and output data, but this time is significantly longer than the time required for DRAM, which can be used as cache memory within the storage.
  • data access speed i.e., the time required to store and output data
  • this time is significantly longer than the time required for DRAM, which can be used as cache memory within the storage.
  • storage systems typically provide cache memory within the storage to reduce the time required to store and output data.
  • the above-mentioned cache memory is used in the storage control circuit 7002 and storage 7003. Data exchanged between the host 7001 and storage 7003 is stored in the cache memory in the storage control circuit 7002 and storage 7003, and then output to the host 7001 or storage 7003.
  • OS transistors as transistors for storing data in the cache memory and maintaining a potential corresponding to the data
  • the frequency of refreshes can be reduced, and power consumption can be lowered.
  • by stacking the memory cell array miniaturization is possible.
  • the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to one or more selected from electronic components, electronic devices, mainframe computers, space equipment, and data centers. Therefore, while energy demand is expected to increase with the improvement in performance or high integration of semiconductor devices, the use of the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can also reduce emissions of greenhouse gases, typified by carbon dioxide (CO 2 ). Furthermore, the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention is effective as a measure against global warming due to its low power consumption.
  • CO 2 carbon dioxide
  • ADDR address signal
  • BL[1] wiring
  • BL[n] wiring
  • CE control signal
  • Cfe capacitance element
  • dm capacitance element
  • GND potential
  • MC memory cell
  • PL wiring
  • Pr remnant polarization
  • RDATA data signal
  • TrP transistor
  • TrQ transistor
  • Vw potential
  • WDATA data signal
  • WEN control signal
  • WL wiring
  • 20: transistor 21: semiconductor layer
  • 23 conductive layer
  • 24 conductive layer
  • 25a conductive layer
  • 25b conductive layer
  • 25c conductive layer
  • 30 capacitance element
  • 44 insulating layer
  • 46: insulating layer, 46b conductive layer
  • 47 insulating layer
  • 48 insulating layer
  • 52 insulating layer
  • 53 insulating layer

Landscapes

  • Thin Film Transistor (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a storage device with a reduced occupied area. Provided is a storage device capable of accurately reading data. Provided is a storage device which can be easily manufactured. In this storage device, a first plurality of transistors have a portion positioned in a first opening of an insulating layer, a second plurality of transistors have a portion positioned in a second opening of the insulating layer, and a plate line of a first plurality of capacitive elements and a plate line of a second plurality of capacitive elements are spaced apart. The first plurality of capacitive elements and the second plurality of capacitive elements include a material capable of having ferroelectricity. One among the source and the drain of one of the first plurality of transistors is connected to one of the first plurality of capacitive elements, and the other is connected to a bit line. One among the source and the drain of one of the second plurality of transistors is connected to one of the second plurality of capacitive elements, and the other is connected to the bit line.

Description

記憶装置storage device

本発明の一態様は、半導体装置に関する。 One aspect of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device.

なお、本発明の一態様は、上記の技術分野に限定されない。本明細書で開示する発明の技術分野は、物、動作方法又は製造方法に関するものである。又は、本発明の一態様は、プロセス、マシン、マニュファクチャ又は組成物(コンポジション・オブ・マター)に関するものである。そのため、より具体的に本明細書で開示する本発明の一態様の技術分野としては、半導体装置、表示装置(液晶表示装置を含む)、発光装置、蓄電装置、撮像装置、記憶装置、処理装置、信号処理装置、センサ、演算装置(プロセッサを含む)、電子機器、システム、それらの駆動方法、それらの製造方法又はそれらの検査方法を一例として挙げることができる。 Note that one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned technical field. The technical field of the invention disclosed in this specification relates to an object, an operating method, or a manufacturing method. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention relates to a process, a machine, manufacture, or a composition of matter. Therefore, more specific examples of the technical field of one embodiment of the present invention disclosed in this specification include semiconductor devices, display devices (including liquid crystal display devices), light-emitting devices, power storage devices, imaging devices, memory devices, processing devices, signal processing devices, sensors, arithmetic devices (including processors), electronic devices, systems, driving methods thereof, manufacturing methods thereof, and inspection methods thereof.

強誘電体(ferroelectric)を用いたメモリの研究開発が活発に行われている(非特許文献1)。また、次世代の強誘電性メモリのために、強誘電性のHfOベースの材料の研究(非特許文献2)、Hf0.5Zr0.5薄膜の強誘電性に関する研究(非特許文献3)、HfO薄膜の強誘電性に関する研究(非特許文献4)、および強誘電体Hf0.5Zr0.5を用いたFeRAM(Ferroelectric Random Access Memory)とCMOSとの統合の実証(非特許文献5)など、酸化ハフニウム関連の研究も活発に行われている。 Research and development of ferroelectric memories is currently underway (Non-Patent Document 1). For next-generation ferroelectric memories, active research is also being conducted on hafnium oxide-related materials, including ferroelectric HfO2 -based materials (Non-Patent Document 2), ferroelectric properties of Hf0.5Zr0.5O2 thin films (Non-Patent Document 3), and ferroelectric properties of HfO2 thin films (Non-Patent Document 4 ). Furthermore, the integration of ferroelectric Hf0.5Zr0.5O2 - based FeRAM (Ferroelectric Random Access Memory) with CMOS has been demonstrated (Non-Patent Document 5).

強誘電体を利用したメモリ又は回路素子として、強誘電体キャパシタが挙げられる。強誘電体キャパシタは、一対の電極に強誘電性を有する絶縁材料が挟持された容量素子の一種であり、強誘電性を有する絶縁材料による残留分極のヒステリシス特性を利用して、データを保持することができる。これにより、電圧印加が無くてもデータの保持が可能となるため、強誘電体キャパシタを用いた不揮発性メモリ(FeRAM)の実現が期待されている。 An example of a memory or circuit element that uses a ferroelectric substance is a ferroelectric capacitor. A ferroelectric capacitor is a type of capacitive element in which a ferroelectric insulating material is sandwiched between a pair of electrodes, and is able to retain data by utilizing the hysteresis characteristics of the remanent polarization of the ferroelectric insulating material. This allows data to be retained even without the application of voltage, and so there are high hopes for the realization of non-volatile memory (FeRAM) using ferroelectric capacitors.

特に、特許文献1及び特許文献2には、フリップフロップ回路への電源電圧が遮断されても強誘電体キャパシタにデータの保持を行う、回路構成が開示されている。当該回路構成によって、フリップフロップ回路が保持していたデータを、強誘電体キャパシタ側にバックアップすることが可能となり、フリップフロップ回路を停止することができる。 In particular, Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose a circuit configuration that retains data in a ferroelectric capacitor even when the power supply voltage to the flip-flop circuit is cut off. This circuit configuration makes it possible to back up the data retained by the flip-flop circuit to the ferroelectric capacitor, allowing the flip-flop circuit to be shut down.

再公表03−044953号公報Republished Publication No. 03-044953 特開2013−124290号公報JP 2013-124290 A

T.S.Boescke,et al.,“Ferroelectricity in hafnium oxide thin films”,APL99,2011T. S. Boescke, et al. , “Ferroelectricity in hafnium oxide thin films”, APL99, 2011 Zhen Fan,et al.,“Ferroelectric HfO2−based materials for next−generation ferroelectric memories”,JOURNAL OF ADVANCED DIELECTRICS,Vol.6,No.2,2016Zhen Fan, et al. , “Ferroelectric HfO2-based materials for next-generation f "erroelectric memories", JOURNAL OF ADVANCED DIELECTRICS, Vol. 6, No. 2, 2016 Jun Okuno,et al.,“SoC compatible 1T1C FeRAM memory array based on ferroelectric Hf0.5Zr0.5O2”,VLSI 2020Jun Okuno, et al. , “SoC compatible 1T1C FeRAM memory array based on ferroelectric Hf0.5Zr0.5O2”, VLSI 2020 鳥海 明、「HfO2薄膜の強誘電性」、応用物理学会、第88巻、第9号、2019Akira Toriumi, "Ferroelectricity of HfO2 Thin Films," The Japan Society of Applied Physics, Vol. 88, No. 9, 2019 T.Francois,et al.,“Demonstration of BEOL−compatible ferroelectric Hf0.5Zr0.5O2 scaled FeRAM co−integrated with 130nm CMOS for embedded NVM applications”,IEDM 2019T. Francois, et al. , “Demonstration of BEOL-compatible ferroelectric Hf0.5Zr0.5O2 scaled FeR AM co-integrated with 130nm CMOS for embedded NVM applications”, IEDM 2019 鯉田崇、“高移動度透明導電膜”、国立研究開発法人産業技術総合研究所、AIST太陽光発電研究成果報告会2019、インターネット<URL:https://unit.aist.go.jp/rpd−envene/PV/ja/results/2019/oral/T13.pdf>Takashi Koida, "High Mobility Transparent Conductive Film," National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology, AIST Photovoltaic Power Generation Research Results Report 2019, Internet <URL: https://unit.aist.go.jp/rpd-envene/PV/ja/results/2019/oral/T13.pdf>

本発明の一態様は、占有面積が低減された記憶装置を提供することを課題の一とする。又は、本発明の一態様は、データを正確に読み出すことができる記憶装置を提供することを課題の一とする。又は、本発明の一態様は、容易に作製が可能な記憶装置を提供することを課題の一とする。又は、本発明の一態様は、占有面積が低減された半導体装置を提供することを課題の一とする。又は、本発明の一態様は、データを正確に読み出すことができる半導体装置を提供することを課題の一とする。又は、本発明の一態様は、容易に作製が可能な半導体装置を提供することを課題の一とする。又は、本発明の一態様は、上述した記憶装置を含む電子機器を提供することを課題の一とする。又は、本発明の一態様は、新規な記憶装置、新規な半導体装置又は新規な電子機器を提供することを課題の一とする。 An object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a memory device with a reduced occupation area. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a memory device from which data can be accurately read. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a memory device that can be easily manufactured. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor device with a reduced occupation area. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor device from which data can be accurately read. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor device that can be easily manufactured. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide an electronic device including the above-described memory device. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel memory device, a novel semiconductor device, or a novel electronic device.

なお、本発明の一態様の課題は、上記課題に限定されない。上記課題は、他の課題の存在を妨げるものではない。なお、他の課題は、以下の記載で述べる、本項目で言及していない課題である。本項目で言及していない課題は、当業者であれば明細書又は図面等の記載から導き出せるものであり、これらの記載から適宜抽出することができる。なお、本発明の一態様は、上記課題及び他の課題のうち、少なくとも一つの課題を解決するものである。したがって、本発明の一態様は、上記課題及び他の課題の全てを解決する必要はない。 Note that the problems of one embodiment of the present invention are not limited to the above-mentioned problems. The above-mentioned problems do not preclude the existence of other problems. Note that the other problems are problems not mentioned in this section, which will be described below. Problems not mentioned in this section can be derived by a person skilled in the art from the description in the specification or drawings, etc., and can be extracted as appropriate from these descriptions. Note that one embodiment of the present invention solves at least one of the above-mentioned problems and other problems. Therefore, one embodiment of the present invention does not necessarily solve all of the above-mentioned problems and other problems.

本発明の一態様は、第1のトランジスタと、第2のトランジスタと、第1の容量素子と、第2の容量素子と、第1の絶縁層と、第2の絶縁層と、第3の絶縁層と、ビット線と、を有し、第1のトランジスタ、第2のトランジスタ及び第2の絶縁層はそれぞれ、第1の絶縁層上に位置し、第3の絶縁層は、第1のトランジスタ上及び第2のトランジスタ上に位置し、第1の容量素子、第2の容量素子及びビット線はそれぞれ、第3の絶縁層上に位置し、第2の絶縁層は、第1の絶縁層に達する第1の開口部と、第1の絶縁層に達する第2の開口部とを有し、第1のトランジスタは、第1の開口部内に位置する部分を有し、第2のトランジスタは、第2の開口部内に位置する部分を有し、第1のトランジスタは、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方として機能する第1の電極と、他方として機能する第2の電極と、を有し、第2のトランジスタは、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方として機能する第1の電極と、他方として機能する第3の電極と、を有し、第1の電極はビット線と接続され、第1の容量素子は、柱状の形状を有する第5の電極と、第5の電極の柱状の側面の少なくとも一部を覆う第4の絶縁層と、第6の電極とを有し、第2の容量素子は、柱状の形状を有する第7の電極と、第7の電極の柱状の側面の少なくとも一部を覆う第5の絶縁層と、第8の電極とを有し、第4の絶縁層は、第5の電極と第6の電極の間に位置する部分を有し、第5の絶縁層は、第7の電極と第8の電極の間に位置する部分を有し、第4の絶縁層及び第5の絶縁層は、強誘電性を有しうる材料を含み、第2の電極は、第1の容量素子の第5の電極と接続され、第3の電極は、第2の容量素子の第7の電極と接続される、記憶装置である。 One aspect of the present invention is a transistor having a first transistor, a second transistor, a first capacitor, a second capacitor, a first insulating layer, a second insulating layer, a third insulating layer, and a bit line, wherein the first transistor, the second transistor, and the second insulating layer are each located on the first insulating layer, the third insulating layer is located on the first transistor and the second transistor, the first capacitor, the second capacitor, and the bit line are each located on the third insulating layer, the second insulating layer has a first opening reaching the first insulating layer and a second opening reaching the first insulating layer, the first transistor has a portion located within the first opening, the second transistor has a portion located within the second opening, and the first transistor has a first electrode functioning as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode, and a second electrode functioning as the other. The second transistor has a first electrode that functions as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode, and a third electrode that functions as the other, the first electrode being connected to a bit line; the first capacitor has a columnar fifth electrode, a fourth insulating layer that covers at least a portion of a columnar side surface of the fifth electrode, and a sixth electrode; the second capacitor has a columnar seventh electrode, a fifth insulating layer that covers at least a portion of a columnar side surface of the seventh electrode, and an eighth electrode; the fourth insulating layer has a portion located between the fifth electrode and the sixth electrode, and the fifth insulating layer has a portion located between the seventh electrode and the eighth electrode; the fourth insulating layer and the fifth insulating layer include a material that can have ferroelectricity; the second electrode is connected to the fifth electrode of the first capacitor, and the third electrode is connected to the seventh electrode of the second capacitor.

また上記態様において、第1のプラグと、第2のプラグと、第3のプラグと、を有し、第1のプラグ乃至第3のプラグはそれぞれ、第3の絶縁層内に設けられる部分を有し、第1の電極乃至第3の電極はそれぞれ、第2の絶縁層上に位置し、第1の電極は、第1のプラグを介してビット線と接続され、第2の電極は、第3のプラグを介して第1の容量素子の第5の電極と接続され、第3の電極は、第3のプラグを介して第2の容量素子の第7の電極と接続されることが好ましい。 Furthermore, in the above aspect, it is preferable that the semiconductor device has a first plug, a second plug, and a third plug, the first plug to the third plug each having a portion provided in the third insulating layer, the first electrode to the third electrode each being located on the second insulating layer, the first electrode being connected to the bit line via the first plug, the second electrode being connected to the fifth electrode of the first capacitance element via the third plug, and the third electrode being connected to the seventh electrode of the second capacitance element via the third plug.

また上記態様において、第1のトランジスタと、第2のトランジスタに共有される半導体層を有し、第1のトランジスタは、第1のゲート線を有し、第2のトランジスタは、第2のゲート線を有し、半導体層は、第1の開口部の第1の側面に接する第1の部分と、第1の開口部内において第1の絶縁層の上面と接する第2の部分と、第1の開口部の第2の側面に接する第3の部分と、第2の開口部の第3の側面に接する第4の部分と、第2の開口部内において第1の絶縁層の上面と接する第5の部分と、第2の開口部の第4の側面に接する第6の部分と、を有し、第1の部分と第3の部分は、第1のゲート線を間に挟んで配置され、第4の部分と第6の部分は、第2のゲート線を間に挟んで配置されることが好ましい。 Furthermore, in the above aspect, there is provided a semiconductor layer shared by a first transistor and a second transistor, the first transistor having a first gate line, and the second transistor having a second gate line, and the semiconductor layer having a first portion in contact with a first side surface of the first opening, a second portion in contact with an upper surface of the first insulating layer within the first opening, a third portion in contact with a second side surface of the first opening, a fourth portion in contact with a third side surface of the second opening, a fifth portion in contact with an upper surface of the first insulating layer within the second opening, and a sixth portion in contact with a fourth side surface of the second opening, and the first and third portions are preferably arranged with the first gate line sandwiched therebetween, and the fourth and sixth portions are preferably arranged with the second gate line sandwiched therebetween.

また上記態様において、半導体層は金属酸化物を有し、金属酸化物は、インジウムを含むことが好ましい。 Furthermore, in the above embodiment, it is preferable that the semiconductor layer has a metal oxide, and that the metal oxide contains indium.

または本発明の一態様は、第1の複数のトランジスタと、第2の複数のトランジスタと、第1の複数の容量素子と、第2の複数の容量素子と、第1の絶縁層と、第2の絶縁層と、第3の絶縁層と、ビット線と、を有し、第1の複数のトランジスタ、第2の複数のトランジスタ及び第2の絶縁層はそれぞれ、第1の絶縁層上に位置し、第3の絶縁層は、第1の複数のトランジスタ上及び第2の複数のトランジスタ上に位置し、第1の複数の容量素子、第2の複数の容量素子及びビット線はそれぞれ、第3の絶縁層上に位置し、第2の絶縁層は、第1の絶縁層に達する第1の開口部と、第1の絶縁層に達する第2の開口部とを有し、第1の複数のトランジスタのそれぞれは、第1の開口部内に位置する部分を有し、第2の複数のトランジスタのそれぞれは、第2の開口部内に位置する部分を有し、第1の複数の容量素子は、第1の複数の容量素子に共有して設けられる第1のプレート線を有し、第2の複数の容量素子は、第2の複数の容量素子に共有して設けられる第2のプレート線を有し、第1のプレート線と、第2のプレート線は、離隔して設けられ、第1の複数のトランジスタの一である、第1のトランジスタは、ソース及びドレインの一方がビット線と接続され、他方が、第1の複数の容量素子の一に接続され、第2の複数のトランジスタの一である、第2のトランジスタは、ソース及びドレインの一方がビット線と接続され、他方が、第2の複数の容量素子の一に接続され、第1の複数の容量素子のそれぞれは、柱状の形状を有する第5の電極を有し、第2の複数の容量素子のそれぞれは、柱状の形状を有する第6の電極を有し、第1の複数の容量素子のそれぞれは、第5の電極と第1のプレート線の間に挟まれる第4の絶縁層を有し、第2の複数の容量素子のそれぞれは、第6の電極と第2のプレート線の間に挟まれる第5の絶縁層を有し、第4の絶縁層及び第5の絶縁層は、強誘電性を有しうる材料を含む記憶装置である。 Or one aspect of the present invention is a transistor having a first plurality of transistors, a second plurality of transistors, a first plurality of capacitance elements, a second plurality of capacitance elements, a first insulating layer, a second insulating layer, a third insulating layer, and a bit line, wherein the first plurality of transistors, the second plurality of transistors, and the second insulating layer are each located on the first insulating layer, the third insulating layer is located on the first plurality of transistors and the second plurality of transistors, the first plurality of capacitance elements, the second plurality of capacitance elements, and the bit line are each located on the third insulating layer, the second insulating layer has a first opening reaching the first insulating layer and a second opening reaching the first insulating layer, each of the first plurality of transistors has a portion located within the first opening, and each of the second plurality of transistors has a portion located within the second opening, the first plurality of capacitance elements have a first plate line shared by the first plurality of capacitance elements, and the second plurality of capacitance elements The memory device includes a second plate line shared by a second plurality of capacitance elements, and the first plate line and the second plate line are spaced apart. The first transistor is one of the first plurality of transistors, and one of its source and drain is connected to a bit line and the other is connected to one of the first plurality of capacitance elements. The second transistor is one of the second plurality of transistors, and one of its source and drain is connected to the bit line and the other is connected to one of the second plurality of capacitance elements. Each of the first plurality of capacitance elements has a fifth electrode having a columnar shape, and each of the second plurality of capacitance elements has a sixth electrode having a columnar shape. Each of the first plurality of capacitance elements has a fourth insulating layer sandwiched between the fifth electrode and the first plate line, and each of the second plurality of capacitance elements has a fifth insulating layer sandwiched between the sixth electrode and the second plate line. The fourth insulating layer and the fifth insulating layer include a material that may have ferroelectricity.

また上記態様において、第1の複数のトランジスタはそれぞれ、第1の半導体層を有し、第1の開口部内において、第1の複数のトランジスタが有するそれぞれの第1の半導体層は、第1の方向に沿って、順に配列して設けられ、第2の複数のトランジスタはそれぞれ、第2の半導体層を有し、第2の開口部内において、第2の複数のトランジスタが有するそれぞれの第2の半導体層は、第2の方向に沿って、順に配列して設けられ、ビット線は、第3の方向に延在し、第1の方向及び第2の方向のそれぞれは、第3の方向と交差することが好ましい。 Furthermore, in the above aspect, it is preferable that each of the first plurality of transistors has a first semiconductor layer, and within the first opening, the first semiconductor layers of the first plurality of transistors are arranged in order along the first direction, each of the second plurality of transistors has a second semiconductor layer, and within the second opening, the second semiconductor layers of the second plurality of transistors are arranged in order along the second direction, and the bit line extends in a third direction, and the first direction and the second direction each intersect with the third direction.

また上記態様において、第1の複数のトランジスタは、第1の複数のトランジスタに共有して設けられる第1のゲート線を有し、第1の複数のトランジスタのそれぞれにおいて、第1の半導体層は、第1の開口部の第1の側面に接する第1の部分と、第1の開口部内において第1の絶縁層の上面と接する第2の部分と、第1の開口部の第2の側面に接する第3の部分と、を有し、第1の部分と第3の部分は、第1のゲート線を間に挟んで配置され、第2の複数のトランジスタは、第2の複数のトランジスタに共有して設けられる第2のゲート線を有し、第2の複数のトランジスタのそれぞれにおいて、第2の半導体層は、第2の開口部の第3の側面に接する第4の部分と、第2の開口部内において第1の絶縁層の上面と接する第5の部分と、第2の開口部の第4の側面に接する第6の部分と、を有し、第4の部分と第6の部分は、第2のゲート線を間に挟んで配置されることが好ましい。 Furthermore, in the above aspect, it is preferable that the first plurality of transistors have a first gate line shared by the first plurality of transistors, and in each of the first plurality of transistors, the first semiconductor layer has a first portion in contact with the first side surface of the first opening, a second portion in contact with the top surface of the first insulating layer within the first opening, and a third portion in contact with the second side surface of the first opening, with the first portion and the third portion being disposed with the first gate line sandwiched between them, and the second plurality of transistors have a second gate line shared by the second plurality of transistors, and in each of the second plurality of transistors, the second semiconductor layer has a fourth portion in contact with the third side surface of the second opening, a fifth portion in contact with the top surface of the first insulating layer within the second opening, and a sixth portion in contact with the fourth side surface of the second opening, with the fourth portion and the sixth portion being disposed with the second gate line sandwiched between them.

本発明の一態様によって、占有面積が低減された半導体装置を提供することができる。又は、本発明の一態様によって、データを正確に読み出すことができる半導体装置を提供することができる。又は、本発明の一態様によって、容易に作製が可能な半導体装置を提供することができる。又は、本発明の一態様によって、占有面積が低減された半導体装置を提供することができる。又は、本発明の一態様によって、データを正確に読み出すことができる半導体装置を提供することができる。又は、本発明の一態様によって、容易に作製が可能な半導体装置を提供することができる。又は、本発明の一態様によって、上述した記憶装置を含む電子機器を提供することができる。又は、本発明の一態様によって、新規な記憶装置、新規な半導体装置又は新規な電子機器を提供することができる。 One embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a reduced occupation area. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device from which data can be accurately read. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device that can be easily manufactured. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a reduced occupation area. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device from which data can be accurately read. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device that can be easily manufactured. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide an electronic device that includes the above-described memory device. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a novel memory device, a novel semiconductor device, or a novel electronic device.

なお、本発明の一態様の効果は、上記列挙した効果に限定されない。上記列挙した効果は、他の効果の存在を妨げるものではない。なお、他の効果は、以下の記載で述べる、本項目で言及していない効果である。本項目で言及していない効果は、当業者であれば明細書又は図面等の記載から導き出せるものであり、これらの記載から適宜抽出することができる。なお、本発明の一態様は、上記列挙した効果及び他の効果のうち、少なくとも一つの効果を有するものである。従って、本発明の一態様は、上記列挙した効果を有さない場合もある。 Note that the effects of one embodiment of the present invention are not limited to the effects listed above. The effects listed above do not preclude the existence of other effects. Note that the other effects are effects not mentioned in this section, which will be described below. Effects not mentioned in this section can be derived by a person skilled in the art from the description in the specification or drawings, and can be extracted as appropriate from these descriptions. Note that one embodiment of the present invention has at least one of the effects listed above and other effects. Therefore, one embodiment of the present invention may not have the effects listed above.

図1Aは、記憶装置の構成例を示す上面図である。図1Bは、記憶装置の構成例を示す斜視図である。図1Cは、記憶装置の構成例を示す断面図である。図1Dは、記憶装置の構成例を示す上面図である。
図2Aは、記憶装置の構成例を示す上面図である。図2Bは、記憶装置の構成例を示す断面図である。図2Cは、記憶装置の構成例を示す斜視図である。図2Dは、記憶装置の構成例を示す断面図である。
図3Aは、記憶装置の構成例を示す上面図である。図3B及び図3Cは、記憶装置の構成例を示す断面図である。
図4Aは、記憶装置の構成例を示す上面図である。図4Bは、記憶装置の構成例を示す断面図である。図4Cは、記憶装置の構成例を示す上面図である。図4D及び図4Eは、記憶装置の構成例を示す断面図である
図5A乃至図5Eは、記憶装置の作製方法例を示す断面図である。
図6は、記憶装置の構成例を示す断面図である。
図7Aは、記憶装置の構成例を示す断面図である。図7Bは、記憶装置の構成例を示す上面図である。
図8は、記憶装置の構成例を示す断面図である。
図9は、記憶装置の構成例を示す断面図である。
図10は、記憶装置の構成例を示す断面図である。
図11は、記憶装置の構成例を示す断面図である。
図12は、半導体装置の構成例を示すブロック図である。
図13は、メモリセルアレイとメモリセルの回路構成例を説明する図である。
図14Aは、ヒステリシス特性の一例を示すグラフであり、図14Bは、メモリセルの駆動方法例を示すタイミングチャートである。
図15は、記憶装置の階層を説明する概念図である。
図16Aは、半導体装置の構成例を示すブロック図であり、図16Bは、半導体装置の構成例を示す斜視模式図である。
図17A乃至図17Eは、記憶装置の一例を示す図である。
図18A乃至図18Dは、電子部品の一例を示す図である。
図19A及び図19Bは、電子機器の一例を示す図であり、図19C乃至図19Eは、大型計算機の一例を示す図である。
図20Aは、宇宙用機器の一例を示す図である。図20Bは、データセンターに適用可能なストレージシステムの一例を示す図である。
図21A、図21Bはホール(Hall)移動度のキャリア濃度依存性を説明する図である。図21Cは、酸化インジウム膜を説明する断面図である。
図22A1乃至図22A7及び図22B1乃至図22B6は、電気的接続を説明する図である。
1A is a top view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device; FIG. 1B is a perspective view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device; FIG. 1C is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device; and FIG. 1D is a top view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
2A is a top view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device, FIG. 2B is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device, FIG. 2C is a perspective view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device, and FIG. 2D is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
3A is a top view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device, and FIGS. 3B and 3C are cross-sectional views showing the example of the configuration of a storage device.
Fig. 4A is a top view showing a configuration example of a memory device. Fig. 4B is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of a memory device. Fig. 4C is a top view showing a configuration example of a memory device. Figs. 4D and 4E are cross-sectional views showing configuration examples of a memory device. Figs. 5A to 5E are cross-sectional views showing examples of a method for manufacturing a memory device.
FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
7A and 7B are cross-sectional and top views showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the configuration of a storage device.
FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of a semiconductor device.
FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of a circuit configuration of a memory cell array and memory cells.
FIG. 14A is a graph showing an example of a hysteresis characteristic, and FIG. 14B is a timing chart showing an example of a method for driving a memory cell.
FIG. 15 is a conceptual diagram illustrating the hierarchy of a storage device.
FIG. 16A is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a semiconductor device, and FIG. 16B is a schematic perspective view showing the configuration example of the semiconductor device.
17A to 17E are diagrams illustrating an example of a storage device.
18A to 18D are diagrams showing an example of an electronic component.
19A and 19B are diagrams showing an example of an electronic device, and FIGS. 19C to 19E are diagrams showing an example of a mainframe computer.
Fig. 20A is a diagram illustrating an example of space equipment, and Fig. 20B is a diagram illustrating an example of a storage system applicable to a data center.
21A and 21B are diagrams illustrating the carrier concentration dependence of Hall mobility, and Fig. 21C is a cross-sectional view illustrating an indium oxide film.
22A1 to 22A7 and 22B1 to 22B6 are diagrams for explaining electrical connections.

(本明細書に関する付記)
本明細書において、半導体装置とは、半導体特性を利用した装置であり、半導体素子(例えば、トランジスタ、ダイオード及びフォトダイオード)を含む回路、同回路を有する装置をいう。また、半導体装置とは、半導体特性を利用することで機能しうる装置全般をいう。半導体装置の一例としては、集積回路が挙げられる。また、半導体装置の一例としては、集積回路を備えたチップも挙げられる。また、半導体装置の一例としては、パッケージにチップを収納した電子部品も挙げられる。また、例えば、記憶装置、表示装置、発光装置、演算装置、照明装置及び電子機器は、それ自体が半導体装置である場合があり、半導体装置を有している場合がある。
(Notes regarding this specification)
In this specification, a semiconductor device is a device that utilizes semiconductor characteristics, and refers to a circuit including a semiconductor element (for example, a transistor, a diode, and a photodiode), or a device having such a circuit. A semiconductor device also refers to any device that can function by utilizing semiconductor characteristics. An example of a semiconductor device is an integrated circuit. Another example of a semiconductor device is a chip equipped with an integrated circuit. Another example of a semiconductor device is an electronic component in which a chip is housed in a package. For example, a memory device, a display device, a light-emitting device, a computing device, a lighting device, and an electronic device may themselves be a semiconductor device or may include a semiconductor device.

本明細書における「接続」は、一例としては、「電気的接続」を含む。なお、回路素子の接続関係を物として規定するために、「電気的接続」と表現する場合、「電気的接続」は、一例としては、「直接接続」と「間接接続」とを含む。「AとBとが直接的に接続されている」とは、一例としては、AとBとの間に、回路素子(例えば、トランジスタ、または、スイッチなど。なお、配線は回路素子ではない。)を介さないで接続されている場合のことを言う。一方、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」とは、一例としては、AとBとの間に一つ以上の回路素子を介して接続されている場合のことを言う。なお、A、B及び後述するCは、素子、回路、配線、電極、端子、半導体層、導電層などの対象物を示している。 In this specification, "connection" includes, for example, "electrical connection." When using the term "electrical connection" to define the connection relationship between circuit elements as a physical entity, "electrical connection" includes, for example, "direct connection" and "indirect connection." "A and B are directly connected" refers to a connection between A and B without the intervention of a circuit element (e.g., a transistor or a switch; wiring is not considered a circuit element). On the other hand, "A and B are indirectly connected" refers to a connection between A and B via one or more circuit elements. Note that A, B, and C, which will be described later, represent objects such as elements, circuits, wiring, electrodes, terminals, semiconductor layers, and conductive layers.

ここで、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」と規定する場合は、一例としては、以下の場合の接続関係のことを意味する。つまり、回路が動作していると仮定した場合において、AとBとの間に電気信号の授受又は電位の相互作用などが、回路の動作期間中において発生するタイミングがある場合には、そのような回路は、物として、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」、と規定することが出来る。なお、AとBとの間に電気信号の授受又は電位の相互作用が発生しないタイミングがある場合であっても、回路の動作期間中において、AとBとの間に電気信号の授受又は電位の相互作用が発生するタイミングがある場合は、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」と規定することが出来る。なお、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」とは、回路素子の接続関係について、物として規定したものである。したがって、例えば、回路に電源電圧が供給されておらず、回路が動作していない場合であっても、回路を物として、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」と規定することが出来る(ただし、一例としては、回路に電源電圧が供給されて回路が動作したとき、AとBの間に電気信号の授受又は電位の相互作用などが、回路の動作期間中において発生する場合に限る)。 Here, when "A and B are indirectly connected," it refers to the following connection relationship, for example. In other words, assuming that a circuit is operating, if there is a time during the operation of the circuit when electrical signals or potential interactions occur between A and B, then such a circuit can be defined as an entity, with "A and B being indirectly connected." Even if there is a time during the operation of the circuit when electrical signals or potential interactions do not occur between A and B, it can still be defined as "A and B being indirectly connected" if there is a time during the operation of the circuit when electrical signals or potential interactions occur between A and B. Note that "A and B are indirectly connected" is a definition of the connection relationship between circuit elements as an entity. Therefore, for example, even when no power supply voltage is supplied to a circuit and the circuit is not operating, the circuit can still be defined as "A and B being indirectly connected" (however, for example, this only applies when electrical signals or potential interactions occur between A and B during the operation of the circuit when power supply voltage is supplied to the circuit and the circuit is operating).

以下に、「間接接続」の場合の具体的な例を示す。まず、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」場合の例としては、図22A1及び図22A2のように、AとBとが一つ以上のトランジスタのソース及びドレインを介して接続されている場合などがある。「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」場合の他の例としては、AとBとが一つ以上のスイッチを介して接続されている場合などがある。「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」場合には、回路が動作していると仮定した場合において、AとBとの間の1つのトランジスタは、少なくとも1回は、オン状態、導通状態、または、電流が流れうる状態、となるタイミングがあるものとする。なお、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」場合には、AとBの間の1つのトランジスタは、オフ状態、または、非導通状態になるタイミングがある場合を含んでいる。「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」場合において、AとBとの間に複数のトランジスタが接続されている場合には、回路が動作していると仮定した場合において、AとBとの間の複数のトランジスタのそれぞれは、少なくとも1回は、オン状態、導通状態、または、電流が流れうる状態、となるタイミングがあるものとする。つまり、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」場合には、複数のトランジスタの全てが、同時に、オン状態、導通状態、または、電流が流れうる状態になる必要はない。したがって、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」場合には、AとBとの間の複数のトランジスタは、同時に、または、別のタイミングにおいて、オフ状態、または、非導通状態になるタイミングがある場合を含んでいる。別の例として、図22A3に示すように、AとCとがトランジスタTrPのソース及びドレインを介して接続され、BとCとがトランジスタTrQのソース及びドレインを介して接続されている場合、「AとCとが間接的に接続されている」、「BとCとが間接的に接続されている」、または、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」と規定することが出来る。ただし、後述するように、Cに、電源、または、GNDなどから一定の電位Vが供給されている場合には、「AとCとが間接的に接続されている」、または、「BとCとが間接的に接続されている」とは言えるが、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」とは言えないものとする。 Below are specific examples of "indirect connection." First, an example of "A and B are indirectly connected" is when A and B are connected via the source and drain of one or more transistors, as shown in Figures 22A1 and 22A2. Another example of "A and B are indirectly connected" is when A and B are connected via one or more switches. When "A and B are indirectly connected," assuming that the circuit is operating, there is at least one time when a single transistor between A and B is in the on state, conducting, or allowing current to flow. Note that "A and B are indirectly connected" also includes times when a single transistor between A and B is in the off state or non-conducting. When "A and B are indirectly connected," if multiple transistors are connected between A and B, there is at least one time when each of the multiple transistors between A and B is in the on state, conducting, or allowing current to flow, assuming that the circuit is operating. In other words, when "A and B are indirectly connected," it is not necessary for all of the multiple transistors to be in an on state, conductive state, or a state in which current can flow simultaneously. Therefore, when "A and B are indirectly connected," it also includes cases where the multiple transistors between A and B are in an off state or non-conductive state at the same time or at different times. As another example, as shown in FIG. 22A3, when A and C are connected via the source and drain of transistor TrP and B and C are connected via the source and drain of transistor TrQ, it can be defined as "A and C are indirectly connected," "B and C are indirectly connected," or "A and B are indirectly connected." However, as will be described later, when a constant potential V is supplied to C from a power supply or GND, it can be said that "A and C are indirectly connected" or "B and C are indirectly connected," but it cannot be said that "A and B are indirectly connected."

このように、「間接接続」と言える場合と言えない場合の例を示したが、「間接接続」と言えない場合の別の例を示す。AとBとの間に電気信号の授受又は電位の相互作用などが、回路の動作期間中において発生する場合があったとしても、例外的に、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」とは言えない場合もある。その例外の場合の例としては、AとBとが絶縁体を介して接続されている場合があげられる。つまり、AとBとが絶縁体を介して接続されている場合には、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」とは言えないものとする。AとBとが絶縁体を介して接続されている場合の具体例としては、図22A4のように、AとBの間に容量素子が接続されている場合があげられる。AとBとが絶縁体を介して接続されている場合の他の例としては、図22A5のように、AとBの間に、トランジスタのゲート絶縁膜などが介在している場合がある。この場合、「A(トランジスタのゲート)と、B(トランジスタのソースまたはドレイン)とは、間接的に接続されている」とは言えないものとする。 While we have provided examples of cases where an "indirect connection" can and cannot be established, here is another example of a case where an "indirect connection" cannot be established. Even if electrical signal transmission or potential interaction occurs between A and B during the circuit's operation, there are exceptional cases where it cannot be said that "A and B are indirectly connected." An example of such an exceptional case is when A and B are connected via an insulator. In other words, when A and B are connected via an insulator, it cannot be said that "A and B are indirectly connected." A specific example of a case where A and B are connected via an insulator is when a capacitive element is connected between A and B, as shown in Figure 22A4. Another example of a case where A and B are connected via an insulator is when a transistor gate insulating film or the like is interposed between A and B, as shown in Figure 22A5. In this case, it cannot be said that "A (the transistor gate) and B (the transistor source or drain) are indirectly connected."

「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」と言えない場合の別の例としては、AとBとの間に電気信号の授受又は電位の相互作用が発生するタイミングがない場合があげられる。その例としては、図22A6及び図22A7のように、AからBまでの経路に、複数のトランジスタがソース及びドレインを介して接続されており、かつ、トランジスタとトランジスタの間のノードに、電源、または、GNDなどから一定の電位Vが供給されている場合がある。この場合は、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」とは言えないが、「AとVとが間接的に接続されている」、または、「BとVとが間接的に接続されている」、ということは出来る。なお、図22A3において、AとCとがトランジスタTrPのソース及びドレインを介して接続され、BとCとがトランジスタTrQのソース及びドレインを介して接続されている場合であって、Cに、電源、または、GNDなどから一定の電位Vが供給されている場合、図22A6及び図22A7と同じ接続関係となるため、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」とは言えないが、「AとCとが間接的に接続されている」、または、「BとCとが間接的に接続されている」、ということは出来る。 Another example of a case where it cannot be said that "A and B are indirectly connected" is when there is no timing when electrical signals are exchanged or potential interactions occur between A and B. An example of this is when, as shown in Figures 22A6 and 22A7, multiple transistors are connected via their sources and drains in the path from A to B, and a constant potential V is supplied to the node between the transistors from a power supply, GND, etc. In this case, it cannot be said that "A and B are indirectly connected," but it is possible to say that "A and V are indirectly connected" or "B and V are indirectly connected." In addition, in Figure 22A3, if A and C are connected via the source and drain of transistor TrP, and B and C are connected via the source and drain of transistor TrQ, and a constant potential V is supplied to C from a power supply or GND, the connection relationship will be the same as in Figures 22A6 and 22A7, so it cannot be said that "A and B are indirectly connected," but it can be said that "A and C are indirectly connected" or "B and C are indirectly connected."

このように、「間接接続」の例を示したが、一例としては、「間接接続」の規定は、「電気的接続」の規定に含まれるため、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」場合には、「AとBとが電気的に接続されている」ということが出来る。 Although we have given an example of "indirect connection," as an example, the provision for "indirect connection" is included in the provision for "electrical connection," so if "A and B are indirectly connected," it can also be said that "A and B are electrically connected."

次に、「直接接続」の場合の具体的な例を示す。「AとBとが直接的に接続されている」場合の例としては、図22B1、図22B2、及び、図22B3のように、AとBとが間に回路素子を介さずに接続されている場合がある。なお、図22B4及び図22B5のように、AとBとが、間に回路素子を介さずに、一定の電位Vを供給する電源、または、GNDなどと接続されている場合、「AとBとが直接的に接続されている」、「AとVとが直接的に接続されている」、または、「BとVとが直接的に接続されている」、と言うことが出来る。なお、図22B6のように、Aが(またはBが)、トランジスタのソースおよびドレインを介して一定の電位Vと接続されている場合においても、「AとBとが直接的に接続されている」ということが出来る。なお、AとV、または、BとVは、間にトランジスタのソースおよびドレインを介して接続されているため、直接接続ということはできず、「AとVとが間接的に接続されている」、または、「BとVとが間接的に接続されている」、ということが出来る。 Next, specific examples of "direct connection" are shown. Examples of "A and B are directly connected" include cases where A and B are connected without any circuit elements between them, as shown in Figures 22B1, 22B2, and 22B3. Note that when A and B are connected to a power supply that supplies a constant potential V or to GND without any circuit elements between them, as shown in Figures 22B4 and 22B5, it is possible to say that "A and B are directly connected," "A and V are directly connected," or "B and V are directly connected." Note that even when A (or B) is connected to a constant potential V via the source and drain of a transistor, as shown in Figure 22B6, it is still possible to say that "A and B are directly connected." Note that because A and V or B and V are connected via the source and drain of a transistor, they cannot be said to be directly connected; instead, it is possible to say that "A and V are indirectly connected" or "B and V are indirectly connected."

このように、「直接接続」の例を示したが、一例としては、「直接接続」の規定は、「電気的接続」の規定に含まれるため、「AとBとが直接的に接続されている」場合には、「AとBとが電気的に接続されている」ということが出来る。 Although we have given an example of a "direct connection," the provision for a "direct connection" is included in the provision for an "electrical connection," so if "A and B are directly connected," it can also be said that "A and B are electrically connected."

また、本明細書において、「抵抗素子」とは、例えば、0Ωよりも高い抵抗値を有する回路素子、又は0Ωよりも高い抵抗値を有する配線とすることができる。そのため、本明細書において、「抵抗素子」は、抵抗値を有する配線、ソース−ドレイン間に電流が流れるトランジスタ、ダイオード又はコイルを含むものとする。また、「抵抗素子」という用語は、「抵抗」、「負荷」又は「抵抗値を有する領域」という用語に言い換えることができる場合がある。逆に「抵抗」、「負荷」又は「抵抗値を有する領域」という用語は、「抵抗素子」という用語に言い換えることができる場合がある。抵抗値としては、例えば、好ましくは1mΩ以上10Ω以下、より好ましくは5mΩ以上5Ω以下、更に好ましくは10mΩ以上1Ω以下とすることができる。また、例えば、1Ω以上1×10Ω以下としてもよい。 Furthermore, in this specification, a "resistance element" can be, for example, a circuit element having a resistance value higher than 0 Ω, or a wiring having a resistance value higher than 0 Ω. Therefore, in this specification, a "resistance element" is intended to include a wiring having a resistance value, a transistor in which a current flows between a source and a drain, a diode, or a coil. The term "resistance element" can sometimes be replaced with the terms "resistance,""load," or "region having a resistance value." Conversely, the terms "resistance,""load," or "region having a resistance value" can sometimes be replaced with the term "resistance element." The resistance value can be, for example, preferably 1 mΩ or more and 10 Ω or less, more preferably 5 mΩ or more and 5 Ω or less, and even more preferably 10 mΩ or more and 1 Ω or less. Alternatively, it may be, for example, 1 Ω or more and 1 x 10 9 Ω or less.

また、本明細書において、「容量素子」とは、例えば、0Fよりも高い静電容量の値を有する回路素子、0Fよりも高い静電容量の値を有する配線の領域、又はトランジスタのゲート容量とすることができる。また、「容量素子」又は「ゲート容量」という用語は、「容量」という用語に言い換えることができる場合がある。逆に、「容量」という用語は、「容量素子」又は「ゲート容量」という用語に言い換えることができる場合がある。また、「容量素子」(3端子以上の「容量素子」を含む)は、絶縁体と、当該絶縁体を挟んだ一対の導電体と、を含む構成となっている。そのため、「容量素子」の「一対の導電体」という用語は、「一対の電極」、「一対の導電領域」、「一対の領域」又は「一対の端子」に言い換えることができる。また、「一対の端子の一方」及び「一対の端子の他方」という用語は、それぞれ第1端子、及び第2端子と呼称する場合がある。なお、静電容量の値としては、例えば、0.05fF以上10pF以下とすることができる。また、例えば、1pF以上10μF以下としてもよい。 In this specification, a "capacitive element" can refer to, for example, a circuit element having a capacitance greater than 0 F, a wiring region having a capacitance greater than 0 F, or the gate capacitance of a transistor. The terms "capacitive element" and "gate capacitance" can sometimes be replaced with "capacitance." Conversely, the term "capacitance" can sometimes be replaced with "capacitive element" or "gate capacitance." A "capacitive element" (including a "capacitive element" with three or more terminals) includes an insulator and a pair of conductors sandwiching the insulator. Therefore, the term "pair of conductors" in a "capacitive element" can be replaced with "pair of electrodes," "pair of conductive regions," "pair of regions," or "pair of terminals." The terms "one of the pair of terminals" and "the other of the pair of terminals" may be referred to as a first terminal and a second terminal, respectively. The capacitance value can be, for example, 0.05 fF to 10 pF. It may also be, for example, 1 pF to 10 μF.

また、本明細書において、トランジスタは、ゲート、ソース及びドレインと呼ばれる3つの端子を有する。ゲートは、トランジスタの導通状態を制御する制御端子である。ソース又はドレインとして機能する2つの端子は、トランジスタの入出力端子である。2つの入出力端子は、トランジスタの導電型(nチャネル型、pチャネル型)及びトランジスタの3つの端子に与えられる電位の高低によって、一方がソースとなり他方がドレインとなる。このため、本明細書においては、ソース、又はドレインという用語は、互いに言い換えることができる場合がある。また、本明細書では、トランジスタの接続関係を説明する際、「ソース又はドレインの一方」、「ソース又はドレインの他方」という表記を用いる。また、「ソース又はドレインの一方」は、「第1端子」又は「第1電極」と言い換える場合があり、また、「ソース又はドレインの他方」は、「第2端子」又は「第2電極」と言い換える場合がある。なお、トランジスタの構造によっては、上述した3つの端子に加えて、バックゲートを有する場合がある。この場合、本明細書において、トランジスタのゲート又はバックゲートの一方を第1ゲートと呼称し、トランジスタのゲート又はバックゲートの他方を第2ゲートと呼称することがある。更に、同じトランジスタにおいて、「ゲート」と「バックゲート」の用語は互いに入れ替えることができる場合がある。また、トランジスタが、3以上のゲートを有する場合は、本明細書においては、それぞれのゲートを第1ゲート、第2ゲート、第3ゲートなどと呼称することがある。 In this specification, a transistor has three terminals called a gate, a source, and a drain. The gate is a control terminal that controls the conduction state of the transistor. The two terminals that function as a source or a drain are input/output terminals of the transistor. One of the two input/output terminals serves as a source and the other as a drain depending on the transistor's conductivity type (n-channel or p-channel) and the level of the potential applied to the three terminals. For this reason, the terms "source" and "drain" are sometimes interchangeable. In this specification, when describing the connection relationship of a transistor, the terms "one of the source or drain" and "the other of the source or drain" are used. In addition, "one of the source or drain" may be interchangeable with "first terminal" or "first electrode," and "the other of the source or drain" may be interchangeable with "second terminal" or "second electrode." Note that, depending on the transistor structure, a backgate may be included in addition to the three terminals described above. In this specification, one of the gate or backgate of the transistor may be referred to as a first gate, and the other of the gate or backgate of the transistor may be referred to as a second gate. Furthermore, for the same transistor, the terms "gate" and "back gate" may be interchangeable. Also, if a transistor has three or more gates, the respective gates may be referred to as the first gate, second gate, third gate, etc. in this specification.

例えば、本明細書において、トランジスタの一例としては、ゲート電極が2個以上のマルチゲート構造のトランジスタを用いることができる。マルチゲート構造にすると、チャネル形成領域が直列に接続されるため、複数のトランジスタが直列に接続された構造となる。よって、マルチゲート構造により、オフ電流の低減、トランジスタの耐圧向上(信頼性の向上)を図ることができる。又は、マルチゲート構造により、飽和領域で動作する時に、ドレインとソースとの間の電圧が変化しても、ドレインとソースとの間の電流があまり変化せず、傾きがフラットである電圧電流特性を得ることができる。傾きがフラットである電圧・電流特性を利用すると、理想的な電流源回路、又は非常に高い抵抗値をもつ能動負荷を実現することができる。その結果、特性のよい差動回路又はカレントミラー回路などを実現することができる。 For example, in this specification, a transistor with a multi-gate structure having two or more gate electrodes can be used as an example of a transistor. With a multi-gate structure, the channel formation regions are connected in series, resulting in a structure in which multiple transistors are connected in series. Therefore, the multi-gate structure can reduce the off-state current and improve the transistor's breakdown voltage (improved reliability). Alternatively, with a multi-gate structure, when operating in the saturation region, even if the voltage between the drain and source changes, the current between the drain and source does not change much, resulting in a voltage-current characteristic with a flat slope. By utilizing voltage-current characteristics with a flat slope, an ideal current source circuit or an active load with a very high resistance value can be realized. As a result, a differential circuit or a current mirror circuit with good characteristics can be realized.

また、回路図上では、単一の回路素子が図示されている場合でも、当該回路素子が複数の回路素子を有する場合がある。例えば、回路図上に1個の抵抗素子が記載されている場合は、2個以上の抵抗素子が直列に接続されている場合を含むものとする。また、例えば、回路図上に1個の容量素子が記載されている場合は、2個以上の容量素子が並列に接続されている場合を含むものとする。また、例えば、回路図上に1個のトランジスタが記載されている場合は、2個以上のトランジスタが直列に接続され、かつそれぞれのトランジスタのゲート同士が接続されている場合を含むものとする。また、同様に、例えば、回路図上に1個のスイッチが記載されている場合は、当該スイッチが2個以上のトランジスタを有し、2個以上のトランジスタが直列、又は並列に接続され、それぞれのトランジスタのゲート同士が接続されている場合を含むものとする。 Furthermore, even when a circuit diagram shows a single circuit element, that circuit element may actually comprise multiple circuit elements. For example, when a circuit diagram shows one resistive element, this includes two or more resistive elements connected in series. For example, when a circuit diagram shows one capacitive element, this includes two or more capacitive elements connected in parallel. For example, when a circuit diagram shows one transistor, this includes two or more transistors connected in series, with the gates of the respective transistors connected to each other. Similarly, when a circuit diagram shows one switch, this includes two or more transistors connected in series or in parallel, with the gates of the respective transistors connected to each other.

また、本明細書において、ノードは、回路構成及びデバイス構造に応じて、端子、配線、電極、導電層、導電体又は不純物領域と言い換えることが可能である。また、端子、配線等をノードと言い換えることが可能である。 Furthermore, in this specification, the term "node" can be referred to as a terminal, wiring, electrode, conductive layer, conductor, or impurity region, depending on the circuit configuration and device structure. Furthermore, terminals, wiring, etc. can also be referred to as nodes.

また、本明細書において、セレクタとは、例えば、複数の入力端子と一の出力端子とを備え、複数の入力端子から一を選択して、選ばれた入力端子と一の出力端子との間を導通状態にする回路を表す場合がある。換言すると、セレクタとは、複数の入力端子のそれぞれに入力された入力信号を一つ選択して、選ばれた入力信号を出力端子に出力する回路とする場合がある。又は、セレクタとは、例えば、複数の出力端子と一の入力端子とを備え、複数の出力端子から一を選択して、選ばれた出力端子と一の入力端子との間を導通状態にする回路を表す場合がある。換言すると、セレクタとは、複数の出力端子から一つを選択して、選ばれた出力端子に、入力端子に入力された入力信号を出力する回路とする場合がある。つまり、セレクタは、マルチプレクサ又はデマルチプレクサを示す場合がある。特に、アナログ電位又はアナログ電流を入出力する場合は、セレクタは、アナログマルチプレクサ又はアナログデマルチプレクサを示す場合がある。 Furthermore, in this specification, the term "selector" may refer to, for example, a circuit having multiple input terminals and one output terminal, selecting one of the multiple input terminals, and establishing a state of conduction between the selected input terminal and the one output terminal. In other words, the term "selector" may refer to a circuit that selects one of the input signals input to each of the multiple input terminals and outputs the selected input signal to the output terminal. Alternatively, the term "selector" may refer to, for example, a circuit having multiple output terminals and one input terminal, selecting one of the multiple output terminals, and establishing a state of conduction between the selected output terminal and the one input terminal. In other words, the term "selector" may refer to a circuit that selects one of the multiple output terminals and outputs the input signal input to the input terminal to the selected output terminal. In other words, the term "selector" may refer to a multiplexer or demultiplexer. In particular, when inputting or outputting an analog potential or analog current, the selector may refer to an analog multiplexer or analog demultiplexer.

また、本明細書において、「電圧」と「電位」は、適宜言い換えることができる。「電圧」は、基準となる電位からの電位差のことであり、例えば基準となる電位をグラウンド電位(接地電位)とすると、「電圧」を「電位」に言い換えることができる。なお、グラウンド電位は必ずしも0Vを意味するとは限らない。また、電位は相対的なものであり、基準となる電位が変わることによって、配線に与えられる電位、回路などに印加される電位、回路などから出力される電位なども変化する。 Furthermore, in this specification, "voltage" and "potential" can be used interchangeably as appropriate. "Voltage" refers to the potential difference from a reference potential. For example, if the reference potential is ground potential (earth potential), then "voltage" can be replaced with "potential." Note that ground potential does not necessarily mean 0V. Furthermore, potential is relative, and as the reference potential changes, the potential applied to wiring, the potential applied to circuits, and the potential output from circuits also change.

また、本明細書において、「高レベル電位」及び「低レベル電位」という用語は、特定の電位を意味するものではない。例えば、2本の配線において、両方とも「高レベル電位を供給する配線として機能する」と記載されていた場合、両方の配線が与えるそれぞれの高レベル電位は、互いに等しくなくてもよい。また、同様に、2本の配線において、両方とも「低レベル電位を供給する配線として機能する」と記載されていた場合、両方の配線が与えるそれぞれの低レベル電位は、互いに等しくなくてもよい。 Furthermore, in this specification, the terms "high-level potential" and "low-level potential" do not refer to specific potentials. For example, if two wirings are both described as "functioning as wirings that supply high-level potential," the high-level potentials provided by both wirings do not have to be equal to each other. Similarly, if two wirings are both described as "functioning as wirings that supply low-level potential," the low-level potentials provided by both wirings do not have to be equal to each other.

また、本明細書において、「高電位」という用語は、「高レベル電位」と適宜言い換えることができる。また、本明細書において、「低電位」という用語は、「低レベル電位」と適宜言い換えることができる。 Furthermore, in this specification, the term "high potential" can be appropriately replaced with "high-level potential." Furthermore, in this specification, the term "low potential" can be appropriately replaced with "low-level potential."

また、「電流」とは、電荷の移動現象(電気伝導)のことであり、例えば、「正の荷電体の電気伝導が起きている」という記載は、「その逆向きに負の荷電体の電気伝導が起きている」と換言することができる。そのため、本明細書において、「電流」とは、特に断らない限り、キャリアの移動に伴う電荷の移動現象(電気伝導)をいうものとする。ここでいうキャリアとしては、例えば、電子、正孔、アニオン、カチオン及び錯イオンが挙げられ、電流の流れる系(例えば、半導体、金属、電解液、及び真空中)によってキャリアが異なる。また、配線等における「電流の向き」は、正電荷となるキャリアが移動する方向とし、正の電流量で記載する。換言すると、負電荷となるキャリアが移動する方向は、電流の向きと逆の方向となり、負の電流量で表現される。そのため、本明細書において、電流の正負(又は電流の向き)について断りがない場合、「素子Aから素子Bに電流が流れる」の記載は「素子Bから素子Aに電流が流れる」に言い換えることができるものとする。また、「素子Aに電流が入力される」の記載は「素子Aから電流が出力される」に言い換えることができるものとする。 Furthermore, "electric current" refers to the phenomenon of charge transfer (electrical conduction). For example, "electrical conduction of positively charged bodies is occurring" can be rephrased as "electrical conduction of negatively charged bodies is occurring in the opposite direction." Therefore, in this specification, unless otherwise specified, "current" refers to the phenomenon of charge transfer (electrical conduction) accompanying the movement of carriers. Examples of carriers here include electrons, holes, anions, cations, and complex ions. The carriers differ depending on the system through which the current flows (e.g., semiconductors, metals, electrolytes, and vacuums). Furthermore, the "direction of current" in wiring, etc., refers to the direction in which positively charged carriers move and is expressed as a positive current amount. In other words, the direction in which negatively charged carriers move is opposite to the direction of current flow and is expressed as a negative current amount. Therefore, in this specification, unless otherwise specified, the expression "current flows from element A to element B" can be rephrased as "current flows from element B to element A." Additionally, the statement "current is input to element A" can be rephrased as "current is output from element A."

また、本明細書において、「第1」、「第2」、「第3」などの序数詞は、構成要素の混同を避けるために付したものである。従って、構成要素の数を限定するものではない。また、構成要素の順序を限定するものではない。例えば、本明細書の実施の形態の一において「第1」に言及された構成要素が、他の実施の形態、あるいは特許請求の範囲において「第2」に言及された構成要素とすることもありうる。また例えば、本明細書の実施の形態の一において「第1」に言及された構成要素を、他の実施の形態、あるいは特許請求の範囲において省略することもありうる。 Furthermore, in this specification, ordinal numbers such as "first," "second," and "third" are used to avoid confusion between components. Therefore, they do not limit the number of components. Furthermore, they do not limit the order of the components. For example, a component referred to as "first" in one embodiment of this specification may be a component referred to as "second" in another embodiment or in the claims. Also, for example, a component referred to as "first" in one embodiment of this specification may be omitted in another embodiment or in the claims.

また、本明細書において、「上に」及び「下に」といった配置を示す語句は、構成要素同士の位置関係を、図面を参照して説明するために、便宜上用いている場合がある。また、構成要素同士の位置関係は、各構成を描写する方向に応じて適宜変化するものである。従って、明細書等で説明した語句に限定されず、状況に応じて適切に言い換えることができる。例えば、「導電体の上面に位置する絶縁体」の表現は、示している図面の向きを180度回転することによって、「導電体の下面に位置する絶縁体」と言い換えることができる。 Furthermore, in this specification, terms indicating position, such as "above" and "below," are sometimes used for convenience in describing the positional relationship between components with reference to the drawings. Furthermore, the positional relationship between components changes as appropriate depending on the direction in which each configuration is depicted. Therefore, terms are not limited to those described in the specification, etc., and can be rephrased appropriately depending on the situation. For example, the expression "insulator located on the upper surface of a conductor" can be rephrased as "insulator located on the lower surface of a conductor" by rotating the orientation of the drawing shown by 180 degrees.

また、「上」又は「下」といった用語は、構成要素の位置関係が直上又は直下で、かつ、直接接していることを限定するものではない。例えば、「絶縁層A上の電極B」の表現であれば、絶縁層Aの上に電極Bが直接接して形成されている必要はなく、絶縁層Aと電極Bとの間に他の構成要素を含むものを除外しない。また、同様に、例えば、「絶縁層Aの上方の電極B」の表現であれば、絶縁層Aの上に電極Bが直接接して形成されている必要はなく、絶縁層Aと電極Bとの間に他の構成要素を含むものを除外しない。また、同様に、例えば、「絶縁層Aの下方の電極B」の表現であれば、絶縁層Aの下に電極Bが直接接して形成されている必要はなく、絶縁層Aと電極Bとの間に他の構成要素を含むものを除外しない。 Furthermore, the terms "above" and "below" do not limit the positional relationship between components to being directly above or below, and in direct contact. For example, the expression "electrode B on insulating layer A" does not require that electrode B be formed in direct contact with insulating layer A, and does not exclude the inclusion of other components between insulating layer A and electrode B. Similarly, the expression "electrode B above insulating layer A" does not require that electrode B be formed in direct contact with insulating layer A, and does not exclude the inclusion of other components between insulating layer A and electrode B. Similarly, the expression "electrode B below insulating layer A" does not require that electrode B be formed in direct contact below insulating layer A, and does not exclude the inclusion of other components between insulating layer A and electrode B.

また、本明細書において、マトリクス状に配置された構成要素、及びその位置関係を説明するために、「行」及び「列」といった語句を使用する場合がある。また、構成要素同士の位置関係は、各構成を描写する方向に応じて適宜変化するものである。従って、明細書等で説明した語句に限定されず、状況に応じて適切に言い換えることができる。例えば、「行方向」という表現は、示している図面の向きを90度回転することによって、「列方向」と言い換えることができる場合がある。 Furthermore, in this specification, terms such as "row" and "column" may be used to describe components arranged in a matrix and their relative positions. Furthermore, the relative positions of the components change as appropriate depending on the direction in which each component is depicted. Therefore, the terms are not limited to those used in the specification, etc., and can be rephrased as appropriate depending on the situation. For example, the expression "row direction" can sometimes be rephrased as "column direction" by rotating the orientation of the drawing shown by 90 degrees.

また、本明細書において、「膜」及び「層」といった語句は、状況に応じて、互いに入れ替えることが可能である。例えば、「導電層」という用語を、「導電膜」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。又は、例えば、「絶縁膜」という用語を、「絶縁層」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。また、場合によっては、又は、状況に応じて、「膜」及び「層」といった語句を使わずに、別の用語に入れ替えることが可能である。例えば、「導電層」又は「導電膜」という用語を、「導電体」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。また、例えば、「絶縁層」又は「絶縁膜」という用語を、「絶縁体」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。 Furthermore, in this specification, the terms "film" and "layer" can be interchanged depending on the situation. For example, the term "conductive layer" can be changed to the term "conductive film". Or, for example, the term "insulating film" can be changed to the term "insulating layer". Furthermore, in some cases or depending on the situation, the terms "film" and "layer" can be replaced with other terms without using them. For example, the terms "conductive layer" or "conductive film" can be changed to the term "conductor". Or, for example, the terms "insulating layer" or "insulating film" can be changed to the term "insulator".

また、本明細書において「電極」、「配線」及び「端子」という用語は、これらの構成要素を機能的に限定するものではない。例えば、「電極」は「配線」の一部として用いられることがあり、その逆もまた同様である。さらに、「電極」又は「配線」といった用語は、複数の「電極」又は「配線」が一体となって形成されている場合なども含む。また、例えば、「端子」は「配線」又は「電極」の一部として用いられることがあり、その逆もまた同様である。更に、「端子」の用語は、「電極」、「配線」及び「端子」から選ばれた一以上が一体となって形成されている場合なども含む。そのため、例えば、「電極」は「配線」又は「端子」の一部とすることができ、また、例えば、「端子」は「配線」又は「電極」の一部とすることができる。また、「電極」、「配線」又は「端子」という用語は、場合によって、「領域」という用語に置き換える場合がある。 Furthermore, the terms "electrode," "wiring," and "terminal" used in this specification do not functionally limit these components. For example, an "electrode" may be used as part of a "wiring," and vice versa. Furthermore, the terms "electrode" and "wiring" include cases where multiple "electrodes" or "wirings" are formed integrally. For example, a "terminal" may be used as part of a "wiring" or "electrode," and vice versa. Furthermore, the term "terminal" includes cases where one or more selected from "electrode," "wiring," and "terminal" are formed integrally. Therefore, for example, an "electrode" can be part of a "wiring" or "terminal," and a "terminal" can be part of a "wiring" or "electrode." Furthermore, the terms "electrode," "wiring," and "terminal" may be replaced with the term "region" in some cases.

また、本明細書において、「配線」、「信号線」及び「電源線」といった用語は、場合によっては、又は、状況に応じて、互いに入れ替えることが可能である。例えば、「配線」という用語を、「信号線」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。また、例えば、「配線」という用語を、「電源線」などの用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。また、その逆も同様で、「信号線」又は「電源線」といった用語を、「配線」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。「電源線」といった用語は、「信号線」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。また、その逆も同様で「信号線」といった用語は、「電源線」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。また、配線に印加されている「電位」という用語を、場合によっては、又は、状況に応じて、「信号」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。また、その逆も同様で、「信号」という用語は、「電位」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。 Furthermore, in this specification, terms such as "wiring," "signal line," and "power line" may be interchangeable depending on the situation or circumstances. For example, the term "wiring" may be changed to the term "signal line." For example, the term "wiring" may be changed to a term such as "power line." The reverse is also true: terms such as "signal line" or "power line" may be changed to the term "wiring." The term "power line" may be changed to the term "signal line." The reverse is also true: terms such as "signal line" may be changed to the term "power line." The term "potential" applied to wiring may be changed to the term "signal" depending on the situation or circumstances. The reverse is also true: the term "signal" may be changed to the term "potential."

また、本明細書では、半導体装置の動作方法を説明するため、タイミングチャートを用いる場合がある。また、本明細書に用いるタイミングチャートは、理想的な動作例を示したものであり、当該タイミングチャートに記載されている、期間、信号(例えば、電位又は電流)の大きさ及びタイミングは、特に断りがない場合は限定されない。本明細書に記載されているタイミングチャートは、状況に応じて、当該タイミングチャートにおける各配線(ノードを含む)に入力される信号(例えば、電位又は電流)の大きさ、及びタイミングの変更を行うことができる。例えば、タイミングチャートに2つの期間が等間隔に記載されていたとしても、2つの期間の長さは互いに異なる場合がある。また、例えば、2つの期間において、一方の期間が長く、かつ他方の期間が短く記載されていたとしても、両者の期間の長さは等しい場合があり、又は、一方の期間が短く且つ他方の期間が長い場合がある。また、タイミングチャートを明瞭に示すため、例えば、重なっている2本以上の信号を意図的にズラして図示する場合がある。 Furthermore, this specification may use timing charts to explain the operation method of a semiconductor device. Furthermore, the timing charts used in this specification show ideal operation examples, and the periods, magnitudes, and timings of signals (e.g., potential or current) shown in the timing charts are not limited unless otherwise specified. The magnitudes and timings of signals (e.g., potential or current) input to each wiring (including a node) in the timing charts described in this specification may be changed depending on the situation. For example, even if two periods are shown at equal intervals in a timing chart, the lengths of the two periods may be different. For example, even if one period is shown as long and the other as short, the lengths of the two periods may be equal, or one period may be short and the other period may be long. To clearly illustrate the timing chart, for example, two or more overlapping signals may be intentionally shifted.

また、本明細書において、半導体の不純物とは、例えば、半導体層を構成する主成分以外をいう。例えば、濃度が0.1原子%未満の元素は不純物である。不純物が含まれることにより、例えば、半導体の欠陥準位密度が高くなること、キャリア移動度が低下すること、及び結晶性が低下すること、から選ばれた一以上が起こる場合がある。 Furthermore, in this specification, semiconductor impurities refer to, for example, substances other than the main components that make up the semiconductor layer. For example, elements with a concentration of less than 0.1 atomic % are impurities. The presence of impurities may cause one or more of the following: an increase in the defect level density of the semiconductor, a decrease in carrier mobility, and a decrease in crystallinity.

本明細書において、スイッチとは、導通状態(オン状態)又は非導通状態(オフ状態)になり、電流を流すか流さないかを制御する機能を有するものをいう。又は、スイッチとは、電流を流す経路を選択して切り替える機能を有するものをいう。そのため、スイッチは、制御端子とは別に、電流を流す端子を2つ又は3つ以上有する場合がある。一例としては、電気的なスイッチ、機械的なスイッチなどを用いることができる。つまり、スイッチは、電流を制御する機能を有する場合であれば、特定のものに限定されない。 In this specification, a switch refers to a device that can be in a conductive state (on state) or a non-conductive state (off state) and has the function of controlling whether or not a current flows. Alternatively, a switch refers to a device that has the function of selecting and switching the path through which a current flows. Therefore, a switch may have two or more terminals through which a current flows, in addition to a control terminal. As an example, an electrical switch, a mechanical switch, etc. can be used. In other words, a switch is not limited to a specific type as long as it has the function of controlling a current.

電気的なスイッチの一例としては、トランジスタ(例えば、バイポーラトランジスタ、MOSトランジスタなど)、ダイオード(例えば、PNダイオード、PINダイオード、ショットキーダイオード、MIM(Metal Insulator Metal)ダイオード、MIS(Metal Insulator Semiconductor)ダイオード及びダイオード接続のトランジスタ)、又はこれらを組み合わせた論理回路などがある。なお、スイッチとしてトランジスタを用いる場合、トランジスタの「導通状態」とは、例えば、トランジスタのソース電極とドレイン電極が電気的に短絡されているとみなせる状態、又はソース電極とドレイン電極との間に電流を流すことができる状態、をいう。また、トランジスタの「非導通状態」とは、トランジスタのソース電極とドレイン電極が電気的に遮断されているとみなせる状態をいう。なおトランジスタを単なるスイッチとして動作させる場合には、トランジスタの極性(導電型)は特に限定されない。 Examples of electrical switches include transistors (e.g., bipolar transistors, MOS transistors, etc.), diodes (e.g., PN diodes, PIN diodes, Schottky diodes, MIM (Metal Insulator Metal) diodes, MIS (Metal Insulator Semiconductor) diodes, and diode-connected transistors), or logic circuits that combine these. When a transistor is used as a switch, the "conductive state" of the transistor refers to, for example, a state in which the source electrode and drain electrode of the transistor can be considered to be electrically short-circuited, or a state in which current can flow between the source electrode and drain electrode. Furthermore, the "non-conductive state" of the transistor refers to a state in which the source electrode and drain electrode of the transistor can be considered to be electrically disconnected. When a transistor is operated simply as a switch, the polarity (conductivity type) of the transistor is not particularly limited.

機械的なスイッチの一例としては、MEMS(マイクロ・エレクトロ・メカニカル・システムズ)技術を用いたスイッチがある。そのスイッチは、機械的に動かすことが可能な電極を有し、その電極が動くことによって、導通と非導通とを制御して動作する。 One example of a mechanical switch is a switch that uses MEMS (microelectromechanical systems) technology. Such a switch has an electrode that can be mechanically moved, and the movement of this electrode controls whether the switch is conductive or non-conductive.

本明細書において、「平行」とは、二つの直線が−10度以上10度以下の角度で配置されている状態をいう。したがって、−5度以上5度以下の場合も含まれる。また、「略平行」又は「概略平行」とは、二つの直線が−30度以上30度以下の角度で配置されている状態をいう。また、「垂直」とは、二つの直線が80度以上100度以下の角度で配置されている状態をいう。したがって、85度以上95度以下の場合も含まれる。また、「略垂直」又は「概略垂直」とは、二つの直線が60度以上120度以下の角度で配置されている状態をいう。 In this specification, "parallel" refers to a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of -10 degrees or more and 10 degrees or less. Therefore, it also includes cases where the angle is -5 degrees or more and 5 degrees or less. Furthermore, "substantially parallel" or "roughly parallel" refers to a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of -30 degrees or more and 30 degrees or less. Furthermore, "perpendicular" refers to a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of 80 degrees or more and 100 degrees or less. Therefore, it also includes cases where the angle is 85 degrees or more and 95 degrees or less. Furthermore, "substantially perpendicular" or "approximately perpendicular" refers to a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of 60 degrees or more and 120 degrees or less.

また、本明細書において、各実施の形態に示す構成は、他の実施の形態に示す構成と適宜組み合わせて、本発明の一態様とすることができる。また、1つの実施の形態の中に、複数の構成例が示される場合は、互いに構成例を適宜組み合わせることが可能である。 Furthermore, in this specification, the configurations shown in each embodiment can be combined as appropriate with the configurations shown in other embodiments to form one aspect of the present invention. Furthermore, when multiple configuration examples are shown in one embodiment, the configuration examples can be combined with each other as appropriate.

なお、ある一つの実施の形態の中で述べる内容(一部又は全部の内容)は、その実施の形態で述べる別の内容(一部又は全部の内容)と、一つ若しくは複数の別の実施の形態で述べる内容(一部又は全部の内容)との少なくとも一つの内容に対して、適用、組み合わせ、又は置き換えなどを行うことができる。 Furthermore, the content (part or all of the content) described in one embodiment may be applied to, combined with, or substituted for at least one of the other content (part or all of the content) described in that embodiment and the content (part or all of the content) described in one or more other embodiments.

なお、実施の形態の中で述べる内容とは、各々の実施の形態において、様々な図を用いて述べる内容、又は明細書に記載される文章を用いて述べる内容のことである。 Note that the content described in the embodiments refers to the content described in each embodiment using various figures or the content described using text in the specification.

なお、ある一つの実施の形態において述べる図(一部又は全部)は、その図の別の部分、その実施の形態において述べる別の図(一部又は全部)と、一つ若しくは複数の別の実施の形態において述べる図(一部又は全部)との少なくとも一つの図に対して、組み合わせることにより、さらに多くの図を構成させることができる。 Furthermore, a figure (in whole or in part) described in one embodiment can be combined with at least one of another portion of that figure, another figure (in whole or in part) described in that embodiment, and one or more figures (in whole or in part) described in another embodiment, to form even more figures.

本明細書に記載の実施の形態について図面を参照しながら説明している。但し、実施の形態は多くの異なる態様で実施することが可能であり、趣旨及びその範囲から逸脱することなく、その形態及び詳細を様々に変更し得ることは当業者であれば容易に理解される。従って、本発明は、実施の形態の記載内容に限定して解釈されるものではない。なお、実施の形態の発明の構成において、同一部分又は同様な機能を有する部分には同一の符号を異なる図面間で共通して用い、その繰り返しの説明は省略する場合がある。また、斜視図などにおいて、図面の明確性を期すために、一部の構成要素の記載を省略している場合がある。 The embodiments described in this specification are explained with reference to the drawings. However, the embodiments can be implemented in many different ways, and those skilled in the art will readily understand that the form and details can be modified in various ways without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Therefore, the present invention should not be interpreted as being limited to the description of the embodiments. Note that in the configuration of the invention of the embodiments, the same parts or parts having similar functions are denoted by the same reference numerals in different drawings, and repeated explanations may be omitted. Also, in perspective views, etc., the description of some components may be omitted to ensure clarity of the drawings.

本明細書において、複数の要素に同じ符号を用いる場合、特に、それらを区別する必要があるときには、符号に“_1”、“[n]”、“[m,n]”等の識別用の符号を付記して記載する場合がある。また、図面等において、符号に“_1”、“[n]”、“[m,n]”等の識別用の符号を付記している場合、本明細書において区別する必要が無いときには、識別用の符号を記載しない場合がある。 In this specification, when the same reference numeral is used for multiple elements, and particularly when it is necessary to distinguish between them, an identification symbol such as "_1", "[n]", or "[m,n]" may be added to the reference numeral. Also, when an identification symbol such as "_1", "[n]", or "[m,n]" is added to a reference numeral in drawings, etc., the identification symbol may not be added if there is no need to distinguish between them in this specification.

また、本明細書の図面において、大きさ、層の厚さ又は領域は、明瞭化のために誇張されている場合がある。よって、必ずしもそのスケールに限定されない。なお図面は、理想的な例を模式的に示したものであり、図面に示す形状又は値などに限定されない。例えば、ノイズによる信号、電圧若しくは電流のばらつき、又は、タイミングのずれによる信号、電圧、若しくは電流のばらつきなどを含むことが可能である。 Furthermore, in the drawings in this specification, sizes, layer thicknesses, or regions may be exaggerated for clarity. Therefore, they are not necessarily limited to the scale. Note that the drawings are schematic illustrations of ideal examples, and are not limited to the shapes or values shown in the drawings. For example, variations in signals, voltages, or currents due to noise, or variations in signals, voltages, or currents due to timing differences, etc. may be included.

(実施の形態1)
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の半導体装置である、記憶装置について説明する。
(Embodiment 1)
In this embodiment, a memory device which is a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention will be described.

[構成例1]
図1Aに、2つのメモリセル15を有する記憶装置の上面概略図を示す。図1Bには、図1Aの上面概略図に対応する斜視図を示し、図1Cには図1A中に示す切断線A1−A2、切断線A2−A3、切断線A3−A4における断面概略図を示す。また図1Dには、図1Cに示す二点鎖線B1−B2を通る上面概略図を示す。
[Configuration Example 1]
Fig. 1A shows a schematic top view of a memory device having two memory cells 15. Fig. 1B shows a perspective view corresponding to the schematic top view of Fig. 1A, Fig. 1C shows schematic cross-sectional views taken along lines A1-A2, A2-A3, and A3-A4 shown in Fig. 1A, and Fig. 1D shows a schematic top view taken along chain double-dashed line B1-B2 shown in Fig. 1C.

図1Aにおいて、2つのメモリセル15は、半導体層21が延在する方向に沿って並んで配置されている。半導体層21は、2つのメモリセル15にわたって設けられる。 In FIG. 1A, two memory cells 15 are arranged side by side along the direction in which the semiconductor layer 21 extends. The semiconductor layer 21 is provided across the two memory cells 15.

メモリセル15は、トランジスタ20と、その上の容量素子30と、を有する。容量素子30は、トランジスタ20上に重畳して設けることができる。 The memory cell 15 includes a transistor 20 and a capacitor 30 thereon. The capacitor 30 can be provided overlapping the transistor 20.

メモリセル15は、1つのトランジスタと1つの容量素子とを有する記憶回路であって、DRAM(Dynamic Random Access Memory)の構成となっている。また、当該容量素子の誘電体として、強誘電性を有しうる材料を用いることによって、当該容量素子を強誘電体キャパシタとすることができ、メモリセル15は、FeRAM(Ferroelectric Random Access Memory)の構成とすることができる。 Memory cell 15 is a memory circuit having one transistor and one capacitive element, and has a DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory) configuration. Furthermore, by using a material that can have ferroelectric properties as the dielectric of the capacitive element, the capacitive element can be made into a ferroelectric capacitor, and memory cell 15 can have an FeRAM (Ferroelectric Random Access Memory) configuration.

トランジスタ20及び容量素子30は、基板(図示しない)上に設けられる絶縁層11上に設けられる。絶縁層11は、下地絶縁層として機能する。トランジスタ20は、絶縁層43に設けられる開口部内に位置する部分を有する。 The transistor 20 and the capacitor 30 are provided on an insulating layer 11 provided on a substrate (not shown). The insulating layer 11 functions as a base insulating layer. The transistor 20 has a portion located within an opening provided in the insulating layer 43.

トランジスタ20は、半導体層21と、ゲート絶縁層として機能する絶縁層22と、ゲート電極として機能する導電層23と、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方として機能する導電層25aと、その他方として機能する導電層25bと、を有する。導電層25aは導電層24に接続され、導電層25bは容量素子30に接続される。導電層25aは、隣り合う2つのメモリセル15で、共有することができる。 Transistor 20 has a semiconductor layer 21, an insulating layer 22 that functions as a gate insulating layer, a conductive layer 23 that functions as a gate electrode, and a conductive layer 25a that functions as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode, and a conductive layer 25b that functions as the other. Conductive layer 25a is connected to conductive layer 24, and conductive layer 25b is connected to a capacitor element 30. Conductive layer 25a can be shared by two adjacent memory cells 15.

導電層23は、絶縁層43の開口部内に配置される。半導体層21は絶縁層43の開口部内に位置する部分を有し、当該部分において、絶縁層22を間に挟んで、導電層23と対向する。 The conductive layer 23 is disposed within the opening of the insulating layer 43. The semiconductor layer 21 has a portion located within the opening of the insulating layer 43, and this portion faces the conductive layer 23 with the insulating layer 22 sandwiched therebetween.

導電層25a及び導電層25bは絶縁層43上に位置し、平面視において、間に導電層23を挟んで配置される。 Conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b are located on insulating layer 43, with conductive layer 23 sandwiched between them in a planar view.

1つの島状の半導体層21には、2つのメモリセルが設けられており、2つのメモリセルは同じ導電層24に接続される。また、2つのメモリセルのそれぞれが有するトランジスタ20では、導電層25aが共有されており、導電層25bは別々に設けられる。一つの導電層25aを間に挟んで、2本の導電層23が導電層24と直交して配置されている。それぞれの導電層23を間に挟んで、2つの導電層25bがそれぞれ、配置されている。 Two memory cells are provided in one island-shaped semiconductor layer 21, and the two memory cells are connected to the same conductive layer 24. Furthermore, the transistors 20 in each of the two memory cells share conductive layer 25a, but have separate conductive layers 25b. Two conductive layers 23 are arranged perpendicular to conductive layer 24, with one conductive layer 25a sandwiched between them. Two conductive layers 25b are also arranged, each sandwiching one of the conductive layers 23 between them.

1つの島状の半導体層21に設けられる2つのトランジスタ20において導電層25aを共有する構成とすることにより、記憶装置の集積度を高めることができる。一方、異なるビット線と接続されるメモリセルでは半導体層21は離隔して設けられる。これにより、メモリセル間のノイズ、リーク等を低減し、記憶装置の信頼性を高めることができる。 By configuring two transistors 20 provided on one island-shaped semiconductor layer 21 to share the conductive layer 25a, the integration density of the memory device can be increased. On the other hand, in memory cells connected to different bit lines, the semiconductor layers 21 are provided separately. This reduces noise, leakage, etc. between memory cells and improves the reliability of the memory device.

容量素子30は、下部電極として機能する導電層51と、上部電極として機能する導電層53と、これらの間に配置され、誘電体として機能する絶縁層52と、を有する。導電層51は、柱状体の形状を有する。 The capacitance element 30 has a conductive layer 51 that functions as a lower electrode, a conductive layer 53 that functions as an upper electrode, and an insulating layer 52 that is disposed between them and functions as a dielectric. The conductive layer 51 has a columnar shape.

本明細書において、柱状体とは、断面視において、高いアスペクト比の形状を有する構造体を指す。例えば、図1Cの断面視における、導電層51のアスペクト比は、導電層51のA2−A3方向の長さM(導電層51の幅Mということができる)に対する、被形成面(例えば、導電層46b及び絶縁層46の一方又は双方)に垂直な方向又は概略垂直な方向の長さK(導電層51の高さということができる)の比のことを指す。導電層51のアスペクト比は、容量素子30の作製工程中に導電層51が倒れない範囲で、可能な限り大きいことが好ましい。つまり、導電層51の高さKは、導電層51が倒れない範囲で、導電層51の幅Mより大きいことが好ましい。なお、上記では、一例として図1Cの断面視の場合について説明したが、図1Cとは異なる断面視についても、導電層51の高さHは、導電層51が倒れない範囲で、導電層51の幅Lより大きいことが好ましい。 In this specification, a columnar body refers to a structure having a high aspect ratio in a cross-sectional view. For example, in the cross-sectional view of FIG. 1C , the aspect ratio of the conductive layer 51 refers to the ratio of the length M of the conductive layer 51 in the A2-A3 direction (which can also be referred to as the width M of the conductive layer 51) to the length K (which can also be referred to as the height of the conductive layer 51) in a direction perpendicular or approximately perpendicular to the surface on which it is formed (e.g., one or both of the conductive layer 46b and the insulating layer 46). The aspect ratio of the conductive layer 51 is preferably as large as possible without causing the conductive layer 51 to collapse during the manufacturing process of the capacitive element 30. In other words, the height K of the conductive layer 51 is preferably greater than the width M of the conductive layer 51, provided that the conductive layer 51 does not collapse. Note that while the cross-sectional view of FIG. 1C has been described above as an example, the height H of the conductive layer 51 is preferably greater than the width L of the conductive layer 51, provided that the conductive layer 51 does not collapse, even in cross-sectional views other than those of FIG. 1C .

また、本明細書において、柱状体は、ピラーなどと言い換える場合がある。また、柱状体又はピラーは、テーパー形状を有してもよい。また、本明細書では、テーパー形状を有する柱状体又はピラーを円錐台と呼称する場合がある。 Furthermore, in this specification, the term "columnar body" may be alternatively referred to as "pillar." Furthermore, the columnar body or pillar may have a tapered shape. Furthermore, in this specification, a columnar body or pillar having a tapered shape may be referred to as a truncated cone.

なお、本明細書において、テーパー形状とは、構造の側面の少なくとも一部が、基板面に対して傾斜して設けられている形状のことを指す。又は、構造の側面の少なくとも一部が、その構造の下地となる膜面に対して傾斜して設けられている形状のことを指す。また、傾斜した側面と当該基板面又は当該膜面とがなす角度をテーパー角と呼称する。また、本明細書では、0度を超過し90度未満のテーパー角を有するテーパー形状を順テーパー形状と呼称し、90度を超過し180度未満のテーパー角を有するテーパー形状を逆テーパー形状と呼称する。 In this specification, a tapered shape refers to a shape in which at least a portion of the side of a structure is inclined with respect to the substrate surface. Alternatively, it refers to a shape in which at least a portion of the side of a structure is inclined with respect to the film surface underlying the structure. The angle between the inclined side and the substrate surface or film surface is referred to as the taper angle. In this specification, a tapered shape with a taper angle greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees is referred to as a forward taper shape, and a tapered shape with a taper angle greater than 90 degrees and less than 180 degrees is referred to as a reverse taper shape.

図1C及び図1Dに示すように、導電層51の柱状体の形状の側面を絶縁層52が覆う。また導電層53は、絶縁層52を間に挟んで導電層51の側面と対向する部分を有する。図1Dは、導電層51が平面視において円形であり、絶縁層52及び導電層53の膜厚の均一性が高く、平面視におけるそれぞれの輪郭(周ともいう)、より具体的には外側の輪郭が円形である例を示す。 As shown in Figures 1C and 1D, the insulating layer 52 covers the side surfaces of the columnar shape of the conductive layer 51. Furthermore, the conductive layer 53 has a portion that faces the side surface of the conductive layer 51, with the insulating layer 52 sandwiched between them. Figure 1D shows an example in which the conductive layer 51 is circular in plan view, the insulating layer 52 and the conductive layer 53 have highly uniform film thicknesses, and the outlines (also called perimeters) of each layer in plan view, more specifically, the outer outlines, are circular.

図2Aに、記憶装置10の上面概略図を示す。図2Aに示す記憶装置10は、図1Aに示すメモリセル15を複数有する。図2Aにおいて、複数のメモリセル15は、マトリクス状に配置されている。なお導電層51上には導電層53が重なっているが、ここでは導電層51をみやすくするために、導電層51を点線ではなく実線で示す。 Figure 2A shows a schematic top view of the memory device 10. The memory device 10 shown in Figure 2A has a plurality of memory cells 15 shown in Figure 1A. In Figure 2A, the plurality of memory cells 15 are arranged in a matrix. Note that a conductive layer 53 overlaps the conductive layer 51, but here, to make the conductive layer 51 easier to see, the conductive layer 51 is shown with a solid line instead of a dotted line.

図2Bには、図2A中に示す切断線A5−A6、切断線A6−A7、切断線A7−A8における断面概略図を示し、図2Cには、図2Aの一部の領域に対応する斜視図を示す。 Figure 2B shows schematic cross-sectional views taken along the cutting lines A5-A6, A6-A7, and A7-A8 shown in Figure 2A, and Figure 2C shows a perspective view corresponding to a portion of Figure 2A.

記憶装置10は、複数のメモリセル15がX軸とθの角度をなす直線99に沿った方向と、Z方向に垂直であって直線99と垂直な線に沿った方向と、に配列した構成を有する。また図2(A)等に示す平面視において、半導体層21は直線99に沿った方向に帯状に延在する領域を有する。ここで図2(A)においては、θが27°である例を示す。θは例えば30°、あるいはその近傍の角度とすることができる。θを小さくすることにより、記憶装置の集積度が高まる場合がある。一方、θは容量素子30の導電層51を形成する領域と、ビット線として機能する導電層24が重ならない程度に大きいことが好ましい。θは例えば10°以上35°以下とすることができる。記憶装置10において、ビット線として機能する導電層24と、ワード線として機能する導電層23は、交差して設けられることが好ましい。記憶装置10には、ビット線として機能する導電層24がX方向に延在し、ワード線として機能する導電層23がY方向に延在する。 The memory device 10 has a configuration in which multiple memory cells 15 are arranged along a line 99 that forms an angle θ with the X-axis and along a line that is perpendicular to the Z-axis and perpendicular to the line 99. In the plan view shown in FIG. 2A and other figures, the semiconductor layer 21 has a strip-like region extending along the line 99. In FIG. 2A, an example is shown in which θ is 27°. θ can be, for example, 30° or an angle close to that. Reducing θ can sometimes increase the integration density of the memory device. On the other hand, θ is preferably large enough so that the region where the conductive layer 51 of the capacitance element 30 is formed does not overlap with the conductive layer 24 functioning as the bit line. θ can be, for example, 10° to 35°. In the memory device 10, the conductive layer 24 functioning as the bit line and the conductive layer 23 functioning as the word line are preferably arranged to intersect. In the memory device 10, the conductive layer 24 functioning as the bit line extends in the X-direction, and the conductive layer 23 functioning as the word line extends in the Y-direction.

導電層23は、Y方向に順に配列する複数のトランジスタ20に共有して設けられる、ゲート線として機能することができる。導電層23は、共有される複数のトランジスタ20のそれぞれにおいて、ゲート電極として機能することができる。 The conductive layer 23 can function as a gate line shared by multiple transistors 20 arranged in sequence in the Y direction. The conductive layer 23 can function as a gate electrode for each of the multiple shared transistors 20.

また、図2Aにおいて、四角い破線で囲む領域では、メモリセル15がマトリクス状に配置されており、さらに左側(X座標のマイナス側)の領域80まで、導電層24がX方向に延在している。図2Aに示す領域80において導電層24は例えば、メモリセル15の周辺回路に接続されていてもよい。領域80については、図12で後述する。 In addition, in FIG. 2A, in the region surrounded by a dashed square line, memory cells 15 are arranged in a matrix, and conductive layer 24 extends in the X direction to region 80 on the left side (the negative X coordinate side). In region 80 shown in FIG. 2A, conductive layer 24 may be connected to peripheral circuits of memory cells 15, for example. Region 80 will be described later in FIG. 12.

メモリセル15、トランジスタ20及び容量素子30はそれぞれ、後述する実施の形態2のメモリセルMCあるいはメモリセル1480、トランジスタM9及び容量素子Cfeに適用することができる。また導電層24及び導電層23はそれぞれ、配線BL及び配線WLに適用することができる。 Memory cell 15, transistor 20, and capacitor 30 can be applied to memory cell MC or memory cell 1480, transistor M9, and capacitor Cfe, respectively, in embodiment 2 described below. Furthermore, conductive layer 24 and conductive layer 23 can be applied to wiring BL and wiring WL, respectively.

本発明の一態様のトランジスタは、絶縁層に設けられたスリット状の開口部の側面及び底面に沿って半導体層を形成し、当該半導体層上にゲート絶縁層、ゲート電極を順に形成する。開口部を深くすることにより、トランジスタの平面視における面積を増やすことなくチャネル長を長くすることができる。 In a transistor according to one embodiment of the present invention, a semiconductor layer is formed along the side and bottom surfaces of a slit-shaped opening in an insulating layer, and a gate insulating layer and a gate electrode are formed in this order on the semiconductor layer. By deepening the opening, the channel length can be increased without increasing the area of the transistor in a planar view.

図1A乃至図2Cに示す記憶装置では、絶縁層43にスリット状の開口部が設けられており、スリットの長手方向は、Y方向と一致している。絶縁層43にY方向に延在するスリット状の開口部が設けられている、と表現することもできる。また、絶縁層43が有する開口部は平面視において、帯状に延在する領域を有する、と表現することもできる。 In the memory device shown in Figures 1A to 2C, a slit-shaped opening is provided in the insulating layer 43, and the longitudinal direction of the slit coincides with the Y direction. It can also be expressed as having a slit-shaped opening extending in the Y direction in the insulating layer 43. It can also be expressed as having a region that extends in a band shape in a plan view.

当該スリットには、Y方向に沿って、複数の半導体層21が設けられる。複数の半導体層21は例えば、それぞれが異なるトランジスタ20に含まれる。複数の半導体層21は、Y方向に沿って順に配列している。 A plurality of semiconductor layers 21 are provided in the slit along the Y direction. For example, each of the plurality of semiconductor layers 21 is included in a different transistor 20. The plurality of semiconductor layers 21 are arranged in order along the Y direction.

導電層23は、Y方向に延在する開口部内において、Y方向に延在して設けられる。絶縁層43のスリット状の開口部は、導電層23を間に挟んで向かい合う第1の側面と、第2の側面とを有する。第1の側面及び第2の側面はそれぞれ、Y方向に延在して設けられる。 The conductive layer 23 is provided extending in the Y direction within an opening extending in the Y direction. The slit-shaped opening in the insulating layer 43 has a first side surface and a second side surface facing each other with the conductive layer 23 sandwiched therebetween. The first side surface and the second side surface each extend in the Y direction.

研磨法による平坦化処理、あるいはドライエッチングによるエッチバック処理などを用いて導電層23の上面を開口部の外側の絶縁層22の上面の高さよりも低くすることにより、フォトマスク等を用いずに導電層23の加工を行うことができる。導電層23の上面は例えば、導電層25a及び導電層25bの下面よりも高くすればよい。図1C等に示すトランジスタ20では、導電層23の上面が導電層25a及び導電層25bの上面よりも低い例を示す。 By using a planarization process using polishing or an etch-back process using dry etching to make the upper surface of the conductive layer 23 lower than the upper surface of the insulating layer 22 outside the opening, the conductive layer 23 can be processed without using a photomask or the like. For example, the upper surface of the conductive layer 23 may be higher than the lower surfaces of the conductive layers 25a and 25b. The transistor 20 shown in Figure 1C and other figures shows an example in which the upper surface of the conductive layer 23 is lower than the upper surfaces of the conductive layers 25a and 25b.

トランジスタ20では、半導体層21において、導電層25a及び導電層25bの一方に接する部分、第1の側面及び第2の側面の一方に接する部分、絶縁層11の上面に接する部分、第1の側面及び第2の側面の他方に接する部分、導電層25a及び導電層25bの他方に接する部分、の順に電流の経路が形成される。 In transistor 20, a current path is formed in semiconductor layer 21 in the following order: a portion in contact with one of conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b, a portion in contact with one of the first side surface and second side surface, a portion in contact with the top surface of insulating layer 11, a portion in contact with the other of the first side surface and second side surface, and a portion in contact with the other of conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b.

トランジスタ20を覆って絶縁層44が設けられる。絶縁層44上に、絶縁層45が設けられる。絶縁層45上に絶縁層46及び導電層24が設けられる。絶縁層45及び導電層24上に絶縁層46が設けられる。絶縁層46上に、絶縁層47及び絶縁層48が順に設けられる。 An insulating layer 44 is provided covering the transistor 20. An insulating layer 45 is provided on the insulating layer 44. An insulating layer 46 and a conductive layer 24 are provided on the insulating layer 45. An insulating layer 46 is provided on the insulating layer 45 and the conductive layer 24. An insulating layer 47 and an insulating layer 48 are provided in this order on the insulating layer 46.

導電層25aと導電層24は、導電層88aを介して接続される。導電層88aは絶縁層45、絶縁層44、及び半導体層21に埋め込まれるように形成され、プラグとして機能することができる。 Conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 24 are connected via conductive layer 88a. Conductive layer 88a is formed so as to be embedded in insulating layer 45, insulating layer 44, and semiconductor layer 21, and can function as a plug.

絶縁層46上に容量素子30が設けられている。 A capacitance element 30 is provided on the insulating layer 46.

容量素子30の導電層51は、導電層46b及び導電層88bを介してトランジスタ20の導電層25bと接続される。導電層88bは絶縁層46、絶縁層45、絶縁層44、及び半導体層21に埋め込まれるように形成され、プラグとして機能することができる。導電層46bは絶縁層46上及び導電層88b上に形成される。また導電層46bは導電層51と重なる部分と、導電層88bと重なる部分とを有する。 The conductive layer 51 of the capacitor 30 is connected to the conductive layer 25b of the transistor 20 via the conductive layer 46b and the conductive layer 88b. The conductive layer 88b is formed so as to be embedded in the insulating layer 46, the insulating layer 45, the insulating layer 44, and the semiconductor layer 21, and can function as a plug. The conductive layer 46b is formed on the insulating layer 46 and the conductive layer 88b. The conductive layer 46b has a portion that overlaps with the conductive layer 51 and a portion that overlaps with the conductive layer 88b.

なお、図1A乃至図1Cに示す構成、及び図2A乃至図2Dに示す構成では、平面視において導電層51が導電層23と重なっている。これにより、図2A乃至図2Dに示すように、複数の容量素子30が設けられる方向と、導電層23が延在する方向と、が一致した構成とすることができる。 Note that in the configurations shown in Figures 1A to 1C and Figures 2A to 2D, the conductive layer 51 overlaps the conductive layer 23 in plan view. This allows for a configuration in which the direction in which the multiple capacitance elements 30 are provided and the direction in which the conductive layer 23 extends to coincide, as shown in Figures 2A to 2D.

導電層51は、絶縁層47に埋め込まれる部分と、絶縁層48に埋め込まれる部分と、を有する。また導電層51は絶縁層48上に突出する柱状の部分を有する。図1A乃至図2C等には導電層51が柱状体の形状を有し、当該柱状体の底面の形状が円形である例を示すが、底面の形状は円形に限られず、楕円形、角の丸い四角形などとすることができる。また、導電層51の平面視における輪郭の形状は、正三角形、正方形、正五角形をはじめとした正多角形、正多角形以外の多角形としてもよい。また、星形多角形などの、少なくとも一つの内角が180°を超える多角形である、凹多角形とすると、チャネル幅を大きくできる。そのほか、角の丸い多角形、直線と曲線とを組み合わせた閉曲線などとすることができる。 The conductive layer 51 has a portion embedded in the insulating layer 47 and a portion embedded in the insulating layer 48. The conductive layer 51 also has a columnar portion protruding above the insulating layer 48. While Figures 1A to 2C and other figures show examples in which the conductive layer 51 has a columnar shape and the bottom shape of the column is circular, the bottom shape is not limited to a circle and can be an ellipse, a rectangle with rounded corners, or the like. The outline shape of the conductive layer 51 in a planar view may be a regular polygon such as an equilateral triangle, square, or regular pentagon, or a polygon other than a regular polygon. The channel width can be increased by using a concave polygon, such as a star-shaped polygon, which is a polygon with at least one interior angle exceeding 180°. Other shapes include a polygon with rounded corners and a closed curve combining straight lines and curves.

図2A乃至図2Dに示す記憶装置10では、隣り合う2つの容量素子30において、導電層53が共有される場合がある。 In the memory device 10 shown in Figures 2A to 2D, the conductive layer 53 may be shared between two adjacent capacitance elements 30.

図2Dは図2Bに示す容量素子の変形例であり、導電層53を導電層51の間の領域を埋め込むように形成し、導電層53の上面を概略平坦に設けている。 Figure 2D is a modified example of the capacitance element shown in Figure 2B, in which conductive layer 53 is formed to fill the region between conductive layers 51, and the upper surface of conductive layer 53 is made approximately flat.

また図7Aは図1Cの変形例であり、導電層51の上部が丸みを帯びる例を示す。図7Aにおいて導電層51は、断面視において、上部の角が丸みを帯びている。丸みを帯びた形状とすることにより、導電層51と導電層53との間の電界集中を緩和することができる。電界集中を緩和することにより容量素子30におけるショートなどを抑制することができ、記憶装置10の信頼性を高めることができる。 Furthermore, Figure 7A is a modified example of Figure 1C, showing an example in which the upper part of conductive layer 51 is rounded. In Figure 7A, conductive layer 51 has rounded upper corners in a cross-sectional view. By using a rounded shape, it is possible to alleviate electric field concentration between conductive layer 51 and conductive layer 53. Alleviating electric field concentration can suppress short circuits in capacitive element 30, thereby improving the reliability of memory device 10.

図1D及び図2A等に示すように、容量素子30の導電層53は柱状の外観を有し、その内部に導電層51及び絶縁層52が配置されている。図2Aに示すように、導電層53は平面視において、隣り合う円同士が重なった形状を有する。2つの容量素子30において、導電層53が重なって繋がっている、と表現することもできる。 As shown in Figures 1D and 2A, the conductive layer 53 of the capacitance element 30 has a columnar appearance, with a conductive layer 51 and an insulating layer 52 disposed inside. As shown in Figure 2A, the conductive layer 53 has a shape in which adjacent circles overlap in a plan view. It can also be expressed as the conductive layers 53 of the two capacitance elements 30 overlapping and connected.

隣り合う容量素子30の導電層53が繋がった構成とすることにより、複数のメモリセル15を高密度で配置することができる。導電層53は配線として機能することができる。配線の長さを短くすることができるため、配線抵抗を低くできる場合がある。 By connecting the conductive layers 53 of adjacent capacitance elements 30, multiple memory cells 15 can be arranged at high density. The conductive layers 53 can function as wiring. Since the length of the wiring can be shortened, wiring resistance can sometimes be reduced.

導電層53は平面視において、隣り合う円同士が重なった形状を有し、隣り合う円はY方向に沿って並んでいる。なお図2Aでは、Y方向に並ぶ容量素子30において、隣り合う一方の容量素子と導電層53が繋がり、隣り合う他方の容量素子とは導電層53が離隔されている。ここで図3A及び図3Bに示すように、離隔された2つの導電層53の間にダミーパターンの容量素子(以下、容量素子dm)を配置することにより、導電層53をY方向に延在させることができる。 In plan view, the conductive layer 53 has a shape in which adjacent circles overlap each other, and the adjacent circles are aligned in the Y direction. In FIG. 2A, in the capacitive elements 30 aligned in the Y direction, one adjacent capacitive element is connected to the conductive layer 53, and the other adjacent capacitive element is separated by the conductive layer 53. Here, as shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B, by placing a dummy pattern capacitive element (hereinafter referred to as capacitive element dm) between the two separated conductive layers 53, the conductive layer 53 can be extended in the Y direction.

導電層51は例えば、複数の容量素子30のそれぞれにおいて、離隔して設けられる。また絶縁層52は複数の容量素子30において共有して設けることができる。あるいは絶縁層52は複数の容量素子30ごとに離隔して設けることもできる。 For example, the conductive layer 51 is provided separately for each of the multiple capacitance elements 30. The insulating layer 52 can be shared by the multiple capacitance elements 30. Alternatively, the insulating layer 52 can be provided separately for each of the multiple capacitance elements 30.

図3Aは、記憶装置10の上面概略図を示し、図3Bは切断線A9−A10における断面概略図を示す。なお導電層51上には導電層53が重なっているが、図3Bでは導電層51をみやすくするために、導電層51を点線ではなく実線で示す。 Figure 3A shows a schematic top view of the memory device 10, and Figure 3B shows a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the cutting line A9-A10. Note that conductive layer 53 overlaps conductive layer 51, but in Figure 3B, conductive layer 51 is shown with a solid line instead of a dotted line to make it easier to see.

図3Aの平面視において、導電層53は隣り合う円同士が互いに重なり、且つ複数の円がY方向に沿って設けられている形状となっている。このため、導電層53は数珠型の配線と呼称される場合がある。図3Aに示す記憶装置10は、Y方向に延在して設けられる数珠型の配線を複数有し、複数の配線はX方向に順に配列している。 In the plan view of Figure 3A, the conductive layer 53 has a shape in which adjacent circles overlap each other and multiple circles are arranged along the Y direction. For this reason, the conductive layer 53 is sometimes referred to as rosary-shaped wiring. The memory device 10 shown in Figure 3A has multiple rosary-shaped wiring that extends in the Y direction, and the multiple wirings are arranged in order in the X direction.

また、導電層53は配線として機能する領域を有する。導電層53は一例として、後述する実施の形態2で説明する配線PLとして機能する領域を有する。 Furthermore, the conductive layer 53 has a region that functions as wiring. As an example, the conductive layer 53 has a region that functions as wiring PL, which will be described in embodiment 2 below.

特に、記憶装置10の容量素子30が強誘電体キャパシタである場合、導電層53(配線PL)は、メモリセル15を対象としてデータを書き込むとき又はデータを読み出すときに所定の信号を送信するためのプレート線としての機能を有する。 In particular, when the capacitive element 30 of the memory device 10 is a ferroelectric capacitor, the conductive layer 53 (wiring PL) functions as a plate line for transmitting a predetermined signal when writing or reading data from the memory cell 15.

なお、記憶装置10がFeRAMではなくDRAMの場合、導電層53(配線PL)は、固定電位を与えるための配線としての機能を有することが好ましい。 Note that if the memory device 10 is a DRAM rather than an FeRAM, the conductive layer 53 (wiring PL) preferably functions as wiring for applying a fixed potential.

ところで、導電層53は、複数の配線PLのひとつとしての機能を有するため、隣り合う配線同士で電気的に分離する必要がある。図3Aに示す記憶装置10では、X方向に隣り合う数珠型の配線は、離隔して設けられており、電気的に分離された配線として好適に用いることができる。 By the way, since the conductive layer 53 functions as one of the multiple wirings PL, adjacent wirings need to be electrically isolated from each other. In the memory device 10 shown in Figure 3A, adjacent rosary-shaped wirings in the X direction are spaced apart, and can be suitably used as electrically isolated wirings.

また当該配線は隣り合う容量素子30の導電層53が繋がった構成であり、導電層53において、複数の容量素子30の間の導電層51に挟まれる領域では、導電層53が導電層51の間を埋め込みように設けられ、導電層53の高さ方向(Z方向)の厚さを厚くすることができる。導電層53が厚くなることにより、配線抵抗を低減することができる。 Furthermore, the wiring is configured to connect the conductive layers 53 of adjacent capacitance elements 30, and in the region of the conductive layer 53 sandwiched between the conductive layers 51 between multiple capacitance elements 30, the conductive layer 53 is provided so as to fill the spaces between the conductive layers 51, allowing the thickness of the conductive layer 53 in the height direction (Z direction) to be increased. By making the conductive layer 53 thicker, the wiring resistance can be reduced.

また、導電層53をプレート線として機能させることができるため、別途、プレート線を設ける場合と比べて作製工程を簡略化することができる。 Furthermore, since the conductive layer 53 can function as a plate line, the manufacturing process can be simplified compared to when a separate plate line is provided.

また例えば、容量素子30より上層の層、あるいは下層の層に別途、プレート線を設ける場合には、当該プレート線と容量素子の導電層53を、プラグなどを用いて接続する構成とすることができる。このとき、プラグを導電層53の上面に設ける場合には、導電層53の厚さによっては、導電層53の下の絶縁層52を貫通して、当該プラグと導電層51がショートする懸念がある。ショートを避けるためにプラグの位置を、平面視において導電層51と重ならないように設ける場合には、回路面積の増大を招く懸念がある。 Furthermore, for example, if a plate line is provided separately in a layer above or below the capacitive element 30, the plate line and the conductive layer 53 of the capacitive element can be connected using a plug or the like. In this case, if the plug is provided on the top surface of the conductive layer 53, depending on the thickness of the conductive layer 53, there is a concern that the plug may penetrate the insulating layer 52 below the conductive layer 53, causing a short circuit between the plug and the conductive layer 51. If the plug is positioned so that it does not overlap the conductive layer 51 in a plan view in order to avoid a short circuit, there is a concern that this will result in an increase in the circuit area.

図3A及び図3Bに示す記憶装置10では導電層53をプレート線として機能させることにより、回路の集積化、及び記憶装置の信頼性向上を実現することができる。 In the memory device 10 shown in Figures 3A and 3B, the conductive layer 53 functions as a plate line, which enables circuit integration and improved reliability of the memory device.

また、図3Cには図3Bの変形例を示す。図3Cに示す構成では、導電層53は間に絶縁層52を挟んで導電層51の側面と対向する部分を有し、導電層51の上面を覆わない。導電層53の形成において研磨法による平坦化処理を用いる場合には、図3Cに示す構成となる場合がある。 Furthermore, Figure 3C shows a modified example of Figure 3B. In the configuration shown in Figure 3C, conductive layer 53 has a portion that faces the side of conductive layer 51 with insulating layer 52 sandwiched therebetween, and does not cover the top surface of conductive layer 51. If a planarization process using a polishing method is used to form conductive layer 53, the configuration shown in Figure 3C may be obtained.

導電層53として低抵抗の材料を用いることにより、配線抵抗を低減することができる。 By using a low-resistance material for the conductive layer 53, the wiring resistance can be reduced.

ダミーパターンとして機能する容量素子dmは、容量素子30と同様に導電層51を有する。また、容量素子dmの導電層51上には絶縁層52が設けられ、絶縁層52上には導電層53が設けられる。容量素子dmにおいても、容量素子30と同様に、導電層53は、絶縁層52を間に挟んで、導電層51の側面と対向する部分と、導電層51の上面と対向する部分を有する。 The capacitance element dm, which functions as a dummy pattern, has a conductive layer 51, similar to the capacitance element 30. An insulating layer 52 is provided on the conductive layer 51 of the capacitance element dm, and a conductive layer 53 is provided on the insulating layer 52. In the capacitance element dm, similar to the capacitance element 30, the conductive layer 53 has a portion facing the side of the conductive layer 51 and a portion facing the top surface of the conductive layer 51, with the insulating layer 52 sandwiched between them.

また容量素子dmでは、導電層51をトランジスタ20の導電層25bと接続せず、フローティング状態とすればよい。よって、導電層51の下層には、導電層25bと接続するためのプラグを設けずともよい。容量素子dmは一対の電極の一方がフローティング状態となっているため、容量素子30と異なり、データの保持を行わない。 Furthermore, in the capacitor dm, the conductive layer 51 is not connected to the conductive layer 25b of the transistor 20 and is in a floating state. Therefore, a plug for connecting to the conductive layer 25b does not need to be provided below the conductive layer 51. Because one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitor dm is in a floating state, it does not retain data, unlike the capacitor 30.

図7Bは、図2Aに示す上面図において、それぞれの導電層23と導電層24に対応するメモリセル15を見やすくするため、導電層23、導電層24及びメモリセル15に番号を付し、導電層23[x]、導電層24[y]、メモリセル15[y,x]と表す。メモリセル15[y,x]は導電層23[x]と導電層24[y]に接続されるメモリセル15である。x及びyはそれぞれ、正の整数である。 In Figure 7B, to make it easier to see the memory cells 15 corresponding to each conductive layer 23 and conductive layer 24 in the top view shown in Figure 2A, the conductive layers 23, 24, and memory cells 15 are numbered and represented as conductive layer 23[x], conductive layer 24[y], and memory cell 15[y,x]. Memory cell 15[y,x] is the memory cell 15 connected to conductive layer 23[x] and conductive layer 24[y]. x and y are each positive integers.

図7Bには順に配列する4つの導電層23として、導電層23[1]、導電層23[2]、導電層23[3]、導電層23[4]を示し、順に配列する3つの導電層24として、導電層24[1]、導電層24[2]、導電層24[3]を示す。また図7Bにはx=1以上4以下、y=1以上3以下のメモリセル15[y、x]を示す。 Figure 7B shows four conductive layers 23 arranged in order: conductive layer 23[1], conductive layer 23[2], conductive layer 23[3], and conductive layer 23[4]; and three conductive layers 24 arranged in order: conductive layer 24[1], conductive layer 24[2], and conductive layer 24[3]. Figure 7B also shows memory cells 15[y, x] where x = 1 to 4 and y = 1 to 3.

図7Bには導電層23[2]に接続されるメモリセル15としてメモリセル15[1,2]、メモリセル15[2,2]、メモリセル15[3,2]が示されている。ここでメモリセル15[2,2]の容量素子30と、メモリセル15[3,2]の容量素子30との間に容量素子dmを設けることにより、メモリセル15[1,2]、メモリセル15[2,2]及びメモリセル15[3,2]において、導電層53を数珠状に接続することができ、共通のプレート線として用いることができる。 Figure 7B shows memory cell 15[1,2], memory cell 15[2,2], and memory cell 15[3,2] as memory cells 15 connected to conductive layer 23[2]. By providing a capacitance element dm between the capacitance element 30 of memory cell 15[2,2] and the capacitance element 30 of memory cell 15[3,2], the conductive layers 53 in memory cell 15[1,2], memory cell 15[2,2], and memory cell 15[3,2] can be connected in a rosary pattern and used as a common plate line.

また、導電層23[1]に接続されるメモリセル15[1,1]、メモリセル15[2,1]、メモリセル15[3,1]において、メモリセル15[1,1]の容量素子30と、メモリセル15[2,1]の容量素子30との間に容量素子dmを設けることにより、メモリセル15[1,1]、メモリセル15[2,1]及びメモリセル15[3,1]において、導電層53を数珠状に接続することができ、共通のプレート線として用いることができる。 Furthermore, in memory cell 15[1,1], memory cell 15[2,1], and memory cell 15[3,1] connected to conductive layer 23[1], by providing capacitance element dm between capacitance element 30 of memory cell 15[1,1] and capacitance element 30 of memory cell 15[2,1], the conductive layers 53 in memory cell 15[1,1], memory cell 15[2,1], and memory cell 15[3,1] can be connected in a rosary shape and used as a common plate line.

また、導電層23[3]に接続されるメモリセル15[1,3]、メモリセル15[2,3]、メモリセル15[3,3]において、メモリセル15[1,3]の容量素子30と、メモリセル15[2,3]の容量素子30との間に容量素子dmを設けることにより、メモリセル15[1,3]、メモリセル15[2,3]及びメモリセル15[3,3]において、導電層53を数珠状に接続することができ、共通のプレート線として用いることができる。 Furthermore, in memory cell 15[1,3], memory cell 15[2,3], and memory cell 15[3,3] connected to conductive layer 23[3], by providing capacitance element dm between capacitance element 30 of memory cell 15[1,3] and capacitance element 30 of memory cell 15[2,3], the conductive layers 53 in memory cell 15[1,3], memory cell 15[2,3], and memory cell 15[3,3] can be connected in a rosary shape and used as a common plate line.

また、導電層23[4]に接続されるメモリセル15[1,4]、メモリセル15[2,4]、メモリセル15[3,4]において、メモリセル15[2,4]の容量素子30と、メモリセル15[3,4]の容量素子30との間に容量素子dmを設けることにより、メモリセル15[1,4]、メモリセル15[2,4]及びメモリセル15[3,4]において、導電層53を数珠状に接続することができ、共通のプレート線として用いることができる。 Furthermore, in memory cell 15[1,4], memory cell 15[2,4], and memory cell 15[3,4] connected to conductive layer 23[4], by providing capacitance element dm between capacitance element 30 of memory cell 15[2,4] and capacitance element 30 of memory cell 15[3,4], the conductive layers 53 in memory cell 15[1,4], memory cell 15[2,4], and memory cell 15[3,4] can be connected in a rosary shape and used as a common plate line.

図1A乃至図2C、及び図7B等に示す記憶装置10において、半導体層21を共有する2つのメモリセル15(例えば図7Bに示すメモリセル15[1,1]とメモリセル15[1,2]等)のトランジスタ20では、図1Cに示すように、導電層24に導電層88aを介して接続される導電層25aは共有される。一方、導電層25bはそれぞれにおいて別々に設けられる。 In the memory device 10 shown in Figures 1A to 2C and Figure 7B, etc., in the transistors 20 of two memory cells 15 (e.g., memory cell 15[1,1] and memory cell 15[1,2] shown in Figure 7B) that share a semiconductor layer 21, as shown in Figure 1C, conductive layer 25a connected to conductive layer 24 via conductive layer 88a is shared. On the other hand, conductive layer 25b is provided separately in each.

トランジスタ20において半導体層21は、絶縁層43の側面に接する部分と、絶縁層11の上面に接する部分と、を有する。絶縁層43の側面は、絶縁層11の上面に対して垂直であることが好ましい。なお、絶縁層43の側面は絶縁層11の上面に対して厳密に垂直とは限られず、絶縁層43の側面がZ方向に対して傾斜している場合には、半導体層21も、その側面に沿って傾斜して設けられる。また半導体層21は、導電層25aの側面及び導電層25bの側面に接する部分を有し、それぞれの部分はトランジスタのソース領域及びドレイン領域の一方及び他方として機能することができる。また、半導体層21において導電層25aの側面に接する部分の近傍も、ソース領域及びドレイン領域の一方として機能する場合がある。同様に、導電層25bの側面に接する部分の近傍も、ソース領域及びドレイン領域の他方として機能する場合がある。半導体層21において、ソース領域とドレイン領域に挟まれた領域が、チャネル形成領域として機能する。例えば半導体層21において、絶縁層43の側面に接する領域の少なくとも一部が、チャネル形成領域として機能する。 In the transistor 20, the semiconductor layer 21 has a portion that contacts the side of the insulating layer 43 and a portion that contacts the top surface of the insulating layer 11. The side of the insulating layer 43 is preferably perpendicular to the top surface of the insulating layer 11. Note that the side of the insulating layer 43 does not necessarily have to be strictly perpendicular to the top surface of the insulating layer 11. If the side of the insulating layer 43 is inclined with respect to the Z direction, the semiconductor layer 21 is also inclined along the side. The semiconductor layer 21 also has portions that contact the side of the conductive layer 25a and the side of the conductive layer 25b, and these portions can function as one and the other of the source and drain regions of the transistor. Furthermore, the vicinity of the portion of the semiconductor layer 21 that contacts the side of the conductive layer 25a may also function as one of the source and drain regions. Similarly, the vicinity of the portion that contacts the side of the conductive layer 25b may also function as the other of the source and drain regions. In the semiconductor layer 21, the region sandwiched between the source and drain regions functions as a channel formation region. For example, in the semiconductor layer 21, at least a portion of the region in contact with the side surface of the insulating layer 43 functions as a channel formation region.

半導体層21は、絶縁層43の側面に沿って設けられ、且つ、表面(半導体層21の絶縁層43側の表面または絶縁層22側の表面のいずれか一方または双方)が絶縁層11の上面に対して垂直、または概略垂直である部分と、絶縁層11の上面に沿って設けられ、且つ、表面(半導体層21の絶縁層11側の表面、または絶縁層22側の表面)が、絶縁層11の上面に対して平行、または概略平行である部分と、を有する。 The semiconductor layer 21 has a portion that is provided along the side of the insulating layer 43 and whose surface (either or both of the surface of the semiconductor layer 21 facing the insulating layer 43 or the surface of the insulating layer 22) is perpendicular or approximately perpendicular to the top surface of the insulating layer 11, and a portion that is provided along the top surface of the insulating layer 11 and whose surface (the surface of the semiconductor layer 21 facing the insulating layer 11 or the surface of the insulating layer 22) is parallel or approximately parallel to the top surface of the insulating layer 11.

記憶装置10において絶縁層43は、導電層23を間に挟んで向かい合うように、2つの側面(以下、ここでは第1の側面、及び第2の側面と呼ぶ)を有する。半導体層21は、第1の側面に接する部分と、第2の側面に接する部分と、を有する。第1の側面に接する部分と、第2の側面に接する部分とは、ゲート電極を間に挟んで配置される。 In the memory device 10, the insulating layer 43 has two side surfaces (hereinafter referred to as the first side surface and the second side surface) that face each other with the conductive layer 23 sandwiched therebetween. The semiconductor layer 21 has a portion that contacts the first side surface and a portion that contacts the second side surface. The portion that contacts the first side surface and the portion that contacts the second side surface are arranged with the gate electrode sandwiched between them.

トランジスタ20のチャネル形成領域は、絶縁層43に設けられる開口部の側面に沿って設けられる。図1C等に示す断面視において、半導体層21はU字型の形状を有する、と表現することもできる。半導体層21では、U字型の形状に沿って電流が流れる。トランジスタ20では、チャネル長方向が横方向の部分のみでなく、高さ方向(縦方向)の部分を有する。よって、半導体を平面上に配置した、いわゆるプレーナ型のトランジスタと比較して、占有面積を縮小することができる。 The channel formation region of transistor 20 is provided along the side of an opening provided in insulating layer 43. In the cross-sectional view shown in Figure 1C, etc., semiconductor layer 21 can also be described as having a U-shape. Current flows through semiconductor layer 21 along the U-shape. In transistor 20, the channel length direction has not only a horizontal portion but also a vertical portion. Therefore, the occupied area can be reduced compared to so-called planar transistors in which semiconductors are arranged on a flat surface.

また、トランジスタ20では導電層25a及び導電層25bと、チャネル形成領域とを異なる高さに設けることができる。つまり、ソース電極及びドレイン電極と、チャネル形成領域とを異なる高さに設けることができる。よって、短チャネル効果が抑制しやすい構成である、と考えることもできる。また短チャネル効果が充分に抑制できる程度にチャネル長を長くする場合にも、トランジスタ20の占有面積の増大を抑えることができる。 Furthermore, in transistor 20, conductive layers 25a and 25b can be formed at different heights from the channel formation region. That is, the source and drain electrodes can be formed at different heights from the channel formation region. This can be considered a configuration that makes it easier to suppress the short channel effect. Furthermore, even when the channel length is increased to a level that sufficiently suppresses the short channel effect, an increase in the area occupied by transistor 20 can be suppressed.

なお、半導体層21として金属酸化物を用いる場合には、絶縁層43に設けられた開口部の側面に、薄膜法を用いて半導体層21を簡便に形成することができる。隣接するトランジスタの半導体層は絶縁層43により絶縁される構成とすることにより、隣接するトランジスタの間のノイズ、リーク等を極めて小さくすることができる。よって、微細化を行い、集積度を高める場合にも、信頼性の高い記憶装置を実現することができる。 When a metal oxide is used for the semiconductor layer 21, the semiconductor layer 21 can be easily formed on the side surface of the opening provided in the insulating layer 43 using a thin-film method. By configuring the semiconductor layers of adjacent transistors to be insulated by the insulating layer 43, noise, leakage, and the like between adjacent transistors can be minimized. Therefore, a highly reliable memory device can be realized even when miniaturization is performed and integration is increased.

また、トランジスタ20のチャネル長は、スペーサとして機能する絶縁層43の厚さによって精密に制御することが可能となるため、プレーナ型のトランジスタと比較して、チャネル長のばらつきを極めて小さくできる。さらには、絶縁層43を薄くすることで、極めてチャネル長の短いトランジスタも作製することができる。例えばチャネル長が10nm以上2μm以下、または10nm以上1μm以下、または10nm以上500nm以下、または10nm以上300nm以下、または10nm以上200nm以下、または10nm以上100nm以下、または15nm以上100nm以下、または20nm以上100nm以下、または20nm以上50nm以下、のトランジスタを作製することができる。そのため、量産用の露光装置では実現できなかった、極めて小さいチャネル長のトランジスタを実現することができる。また、最先端のLSI技術で用いられる極めて高額な露光装置を用いることなく、チャネル長が20nm未満のトランジスタを実現することもできる。 Furthermore, the channel length of the transistor 20 can be precisely controlled by the thickness of the insulating layer 43, which functions as a spacer. Therefore, the variation in channel length can be significantly reduced compared to planar transistors. Furthermore, by thinning the insulating layer 43, transistors with extremely short channel lengths can be fabricated. For example, transistors with channel lengths of 10 nm to 2 μm, 10 nm to 1 μm, 10 nm to 500 nm, 10 nm to 300 nm, 10 nm to 200 nm, 10 nm to 100 nm, 15 nm to 100 nm, 20 nm to 100 nm, or 20 nm to 50 nm can be fabricated. Therefore, transistors with extremely short channel lengths that could not be achieved using mass-production exposure equipment can be fabricated. Furthermore, transistors with channel lengths of less than 20 nm can be fabricated without using the extremely expensive exposure equipment used in cutting-edge LSI technology.

トランジスタ20の導電層25a1及び導電層25b1には、導電層25a2及び導電層25b2よりも低抵抗な導電性材料を用いることが好ましい。特に、金属材料を含むことが好ましい。導電層25a2及び導電層25b2には、導電性金属酸化物(酸化物導電体)を用いることが好ましい。 Conductive layers 25a1 and 25b1 of transistor 20 are preferably made of a conductive material with lower resistance than conductive layers 25a2 and 25b2. In particular, they preferably contain a metal material. Conductive layers 25a2 and 25b2 are preferably made of a conductive metal oxide (oxide conductor).

金属酸化物を含む半導体層21と接する導電層25a2及び導電層25b2に導電性金属酸化物を用いることにより、これらの接触抵抗を低減でき、配線の負荷を低減することができるため好ましい。特に、導電層25a2及び導電層25b2が半導体層21に含まれる金属元素と同じ金属元素を含む構成とすると、より接触抵抗を低減できるため好ましい。また、導電層25a1及び導電層25b1には、導電層25a2及び導電層25b2よりも低抵抗な金属材料を用いることにより、接触抵抗と配線抵抗の両方を低減することが可能となるため、より配線の負荷を低減することが可能となる。 Using a conductive metal oxide for conductive layer 25a2 and conductive layer 25b2, which are in contact with semiconductor layer 21 containing a metal oxide, is preferable because it reduces the contact resistance between them and reduces the load on the wiring. In particular, it is preferable for conductive layer 25a2 and conductive layer 25b2 to contain the same metal element as the metal element contained in semiconductor layer 21, as this further reduces the contact resistance. Furthermore, using a metal material with lower resistance than conductive layer 25a2 and conductive layer 25b2 for conductive layer 25a1 and conductive layer 25b1 makes it possible to reduce both the contact resistance and the wiring resistance, thereby further reducing the load on the wiring.

記憶装置10において絶縁層44、絶縁層46及び絶縁層47は、層間絶縁膜として機能する。絶縁層44、絶縁層46及び絶縁層47としては、例えば酸化シリコン、酸化窒化シリコンなどの無機絶縁材料を用いることができる。絶縁層45及び絶縁層48としては、水素に対してバリア性を有する絶縁膜を用いることが好ましい。これにより、絶縁層45及び絶縁層48よりも上方から半導体層21側に水素が拡散することを防ぐことができる。絶縁層45及び絶縁層48には、窒化シリコン膜、窒化酸化シリコン膜、酸化アルミニウム膜、酸化マグネシウム膜、酸化ハフニウム膜、酸化ガリウム膜などを用いることが好ましい。特に、窒化シリコン膜、または窒化酸化シリコン膜を用いることが好ましい。 In the memory device 10, insulating layers 44, 46, and 47 function as interlayer insulating films. Insulating layers 44, 46, and 47 can be made of inorganic insulating materials such as silicon oxide and silicon oxynitride. For insulating layers 45 and 48, it is preferable to use an insulating film that has barrier properties against hydrogen. This prevents hydrogen from diffusing from above insulating layers 45 and 48 toward the semiconductor layer 21. For insulating layers 45 and 48, it is preferable to use a silicon nitride film, silicon nitride oxide film, aluminum oxide film, magnesium oxide film, hafnium oxide film, gallium oxide film, or the like. It is particularly preferable to use a silicon nitride film or a silicon nitride oxide film.

[構成例2]
図4Aは、記憶装置10の上面概略図を示し、図4Bは図4A中に示す切断線A11−A12及び切断線A12−A13における断面概略図を示す。
[Configuration Example 2]
4A shows a schematic top view of the storage device 10, and FIG. 4B shows a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the cutting lines A11-A12 and A12-A13 shown in FIG. 4A.

図4Aに示す記憶装置10では、図2Aと比較して、Y方向において隣り合う容量素子30が、間隔を持って配置されている。また1本の導電層23を間に挟んでX方向に隣り合う容量素子30とは、Y座標がずれるように配置されている。よって図4Aに示す構成では、容量素子30の充填率を高めることができる。これにより、記憶装置10の集積度を高めることができる場合がある。 In the memory device 10 shown in FIG. 4A, compared to FIG. 2A, adjacent capacitance elements 30 in the Y direction are arranged with a gap between them. Furthermore, adjacent capacitance elements 30 in the X direction with a single conductive layer 23 sandwiched between them are arranged so that their Y coordinates are offset. Therefore, the configuration shown in FIG. 4A can increase the packing rate of capacitance elements 30. This may enable an increase in the integration density of the memory device 10.

また図4Aでは、容量素子30の導電層51を、導電層25bの位置と比較して導電層24寄りの位置にずらした構成となっている。これにより、導電層51は、平面視において導電層24と重なる部分を有する場合がある。 Also, in FIG. 4A, the conductive layer 51 of the capacitance element 30 is shifted closer to the conductive layer 24 than the position of the conductive layer 25b. As a result, the conductive layer 51 may have a portion that overlaps with the conductive layer 24 in a planar view.

図4Cでは、図4AのY方向に並んで配置される複数の容量素子30において、互いに離隔して設けられていた導電層53を繋げた構成を示す。導電層53は、Y方向に並んで配置される複数の容量素子30において共有され、Y方向に延在する配線として機能することができる。 Figure 4C shows a configuration in which the conductive layers 53 that were spaced apart in multiple capacitance elements 30 arranged side by side in the Y direction in Figure 4A are connected. The conductive layers 53 are shared by multiple capacitance elements 30 arranged side by side in the Y direction and can function as wiring extending in the Y direction.

図4Dには、図4Cに示す切断線A14−A15の断面概略図を示す。なお図4Cでは、絶縁層46より下層の構成は省略する。導電層53は、Y方向に配列する複数の容量素子30において、共有される。 Figure 4D shows a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the cutting line A14-A15 shown in Figure 4C. Note that Figure 4C omits the configuration below the insulating layer 46. The conductive layer 53 is shared by multiple capacitive elements 30 arranged in the Y direction.

また図4Eには、図4Dの変形例を示す。図4Dでは、導電層53の厚さは、導電層51の側面を覆う部分と、上面を覆う部分で、概略同じ例を示すのに対し、図4Eでは、導電層51の間の領域に導電層53を埋め込むように形成し、上端が概略平坦な例を示す。 Figure 4E also shows a modified example of Figure 4D. Figure 4D shows an example in which the thickness of conductive layer 53 is roughly the same in the portion covering the side surface of conductive layer 51 and the portion covering the top surface, whereas Figure 4E shows an example in which conductive layer 53 is formed so as to be embedded in the region between conductive layers 51, and the top end is roughly flat.

図4Dに示す構成では例えば、導電層53のパターン間の部分の除去を行う際、除去される部分の導電膜の膜厚が薄いため、除去しやすい場合がある。一方、図4Eに示す構成では例えば、導電層53の膜厚が厚いため、導電層53の配線抵抗を低減できる場合がある。 In the configuration shown in Figure 4D, for example, when removing portions of conductive layer 53 between patterns, the conductive film in the portions to be removed is thin, which may make it easier to remove. On the other hand, in the configuration shown in Figure 4E, for example, the conductive layer 53 is thick, which may make it possible to reduce the wiring resistance of conductive layer 53.

[作製方法例]
以下では、本発明の一態様の記憶装置の作製方法の一例について説明する。ここでは、図2Bに示す記憶装置10を例に挙げて説明する。
[Example of manufacturing method]
An example of a method for manufacturing a memory device of one embodiment of the present invention will be described below, taking the memory device 10 illustrated in FIG. 2B as an example.

なお、記憶装置を構成する薄膜(絶縁膜、半導体膜、導電膜等)は、スパッタリング法、化学気相堆積(CVD:Chemical Vapor Deposition)法、真空蒸着法、パルスレーザー堆積(PLD:Pulsed Laser Deposition)法、原子層堆積(ALD:Atomic Layer Deposition)法等を用いて形成することができる。CVD法としては、プラズマ化学気相堆積(PECVD:Plasma Enhanced CVD)法、熱CVD(TCVD:Thermal CVD)法などがある。また、熱CVD法のひとつに、有機金属化学気相堆積(MOCVD:Metal Organic CVD)法がある。 The thin films (insulating films, semiconductor films, conductive films, etc.) that make up memory devices can be formed using methods such as sputtering, chemical vapor deposition (CVD), vacuum evaporation, pulsed laser deposition (PLD), and atomic layer deposition (ALD). CVD methods include plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) and thermal CVD (TCVD). One type of thermal CVD method is metal organic chemical vapor deposition (MOCVD).

また、記憶装置を構成する薄膜(絶縁膜、半導体膜、導電膜等)は、スピンコート、ディップ、スプレー塗布、インクジェット、ディスペンス、スクリーン印刷、オフセット印刷、ドクターナイフ、スリットコート、ロールコート、カーテンコート、ナイフコート等の方法により形成することができる。 Furthermore, the thin films (insulating films, semiconductor films, conductive films, etc.) that make up the memory device can be formed by methods such as spin coating, dipping, spray coating, inkjet printing, dispensing, screen printing, offset printing, doctor knife, slit coating, roll coating, curtain coating, and knife coating.

スパッタリング法にはスパッタリング用電源に高周波電源を用いるRFスパッタリング法、直流電源を用いるDCスパッタリング法、さらにパルス的に電極に印加する電圧を変化させるパルスDCスパッタリング法がある。絶縁性のターゲットを用いた成膜には、RFスパッタリング法を好適に用いることができる。DCスパッタリング法は主に金属導電膜を成膜する場合に用いられる。また、DCスパッタリング法では、導電膜の形成のほか、パルスDCスパッタリング法を用いたリアクティブスパッタリングにより、絶縁膜の形成も可能である。具体的には、パルスDCスパッタリング法は、酸化物、窒化物、炭化物などの化合物をリアクティブスパッタリング法により成膜する際に用いることができる。 Sputtering methods include RF sputtering, which uses a high-frequency power source as the sputtering power source; DC sputtering, which uses a direct-current power source; and pulsed DC sputtering, which changes the voltage applied to the electrode in a pulsed manner. RF sputtering is suitable for film deposition using insulating targets. DC sputtering is primarily used for depositing metal conductive films. In addition to forming conductive films, DC sputtering can also be used to form insulating films through reactive sputtering using pulsed DC sputtering. Specifically, pulsed DC sputtering can be used to deposit films of compounds such as oxides, nitrides, and carbides using reactive sputtering.

CVD法は、PECVD法、TCVD法、光を利用する光CVD(Photo CVD)法などに分類できる。さらに用いる原料ガスによって金属CVD(MCVD:Metal CVD)法、MOCVD法に分けることができる。 CVD methods can be classified into PECVD, TCVD, and photo-CVD (photo-CVD) methods, which use light. They can also be further divided into metal CVD (MCVD) and MOCVD methods depending on the source gas used.

プラズマCVD法は、比較的低温で高品質の膜が得られる。また、熱CVD法は、プラズマを用いないため、被処理物へのプラズマダメージを小さくすることが可能である。また、熱CVD法では、成膜中のプラズマダメージが生じないため、欠陥の少ない膜が得られる。 Plasma CVD can produce high-quality films at relatively low temperatures. Furthermore, because thermal CVD does not use plasma, it is possible to minimize plasma damage to the workpiece. Furthermore, because thermal CVD does not cause plasma damage during film formation, it produces films with fewer defects.

ALD法としては、プリカーサ及びリアクタントの反応を熱エネルギーのみで行う熱ALD法、プラズマ励起されたリアクタントを用いるPEALD法などを用いることができる。 ALD methods that can be used include thermal ALD, in which the reaction between the precursor and reactant is carried out using only thermal energy, and PEALD, which uses plasma-excited reactants.

CVD法およびALD法はスパッタリング法とは異なり、被処理物の形状の影響を受けにくく、良好な段差被覆性を有する成膜方法である。特に、ALD法は、優れた段差被覆性と、優れた厚さの均一性を有するため、アスペクト比の高い開口部の表面を被覆する場合などに好適である。ただし、ALD法は、比較的成膜速度が遅いため、成膜速度の速いCVD法などの他の成膜方法と組み合わせて用いることが好ましい場合もある。 Unlike sputtering, CVD and ALD are film formation methods that are less affected by the shape of the workpiece and have good step coverage. ALD, in particular, has excellent step coverage and thickness uniformity, making it suitable for coating the surfaces of openings with high aspect ratios. However, because ALD has a relatively slow film formation rate, it may be preferable to use it in combination with other film formation methods, such as CVD, which have a faster film formation rate.

CVD法では、原料ガスの流量比によって、任意の組成の膜を成膜することができる。例えば、CVD法では、成膜しながら原料ガスの流量比を変化させることによって、組成が連続的に変化した膜を成膜することができる。原料ガスの流量比を変化させながら成膜する場合、複数の成膜室を用いて成膜する場合と比べて、搬送または圧力調整に掛かる時間を要さない分、成膜に掛かる時間を短くすることができる。したがって、記憶装置の生産性を高めることができる場合がある。 CVD methods allow for the deposition of films of any composition by adjusting the flow rate ratio of the source gases. For example, CVD methods allow for the deposition of films with continuously changing compositions by changing the flow rate ratio of the source gases while the film is being deposited. When depositing a film while changing the flow rate ratio of the source gases, the time required for film deposition can be shortened compared to when multiple deposition chambers are used, as no time is required for transport or pressure adjustment. This can potentially increase the productivity of memory devices.

ALD法では、異なる複数種のプリカーサを同時に導入することで任意の組成の膜を成膜することができる。または、異なる複数種のプリカーサを導入する場合、各プリカーサのサイクル数を制御することで任意の組成の膜を成膜することができる。またCVD法と同様に、組成が連続的に変化した膜を成膜することができる。 With the ALD method, films of any desired composition can be deposited by simultaneously introducing multiple different precursors. Alternatively, when multiple different precursors are introduced, films of any desired composition can be deposited by controlling the number of cycles of each precursor. Also, as with the CVD method, films with continuously changing compositions can be deposited.

また、記憶装置を構成する薄膜は、フォトリソグラフィ法等を用いて加工することができる。それ以外に、ナノインプリント法、サンドブラスト法、リフトオフ法などにより薄膜を加工してもよい。また、メタルマスクなどの遮蔽マスクを用いた成膜方法により、島状の薄膜を直接形成してもよい。 Furthermore, the thin films that make up the memory device can be processed using methods such as photolithography. Alternatively, the thin films may be processed using methods such as nanoimprinting, sandblasting, and lift-off. Furthermore, island-shaped thin films may be directly formed using a film-forming method that uses a shielding mask such as a metal mask.

フォトリソグラフィ法としては、代表的には以下の2つの方法がある。一つは、加工したい薄膜上にレジストマスクを形成して、エッチング等により当該薄膜を加工し、レジストマスクを除去する方法である。もう一つは、感光性を有する薄膜を成膜した後に、露光、現像を行って、当該薄膜を所望の形状に加工する方法である。 There are two typical photolithography methods. One is to form a resist mask on the thin film to be processed, process the thin film by etching or other methods, and then remove the resist mask. The other is to form a photosensitive thin film, then expose and develop it to process it into the desired shape.

フォトリソグラフィ法において、露光に用いる光は、例えばi線(波長365nm)、g線(波長436nm)、h線(波長405nm)、またはこれらを混合させた光を用いることができる。そのほか、紫外線、KrFレーザ光、またはArFレーザ光等を用いることもできる。また、液浸露光技術により露光を行ってもよい。また、露光に用いる光として、極端紫外(EUV:Extreme Ultra−Violet)光、X線を用いてもよい。また、露光に用いる光に代えて、電子ビームを用いることもできる。極端紫外光、X線または電子ビームを用いると、極めて微細な加工が可能となるため好ましい。なお、電子ビームなどのビームを走査することにより露光を行う場合には、フォトマスクは不要である。 In photolithography, the light used for exposure can be, for example, i-line (wavelength 365 nm), g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), or a mixture of these. Other light sources that can be used include ultraviolet light, KrF laser light, and ArF laser light. Exposure can also be performed using immersion exposure technology. Extreme ultraviolet (EUV) light or X-rays can also be used as light for exposure. Electron beams can also be used instead of light for exposure. Extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, or electron beams are preferred because they enable extremely fine processing. When exposure is performed by scanning a beam such as an electron beam, a photomask is not required.

薄膜のエッチングには、ドライエッチング法、ウェットエッチング法、サンドブラスト法などを用いることができる。 Thin film etching can be performed using methods such as dry etching, wet etching, and sandblasting.

まず、基板(図示しない)を準備し、当該基板上に絶縁層11を形成する。 First, a substrate (not shown) is prepared, and an insulating layer 11 is formed on the substrate.

基板としては、少なくとも後の熱処理に耐えうる程度の耐熱性を有する基板を用いることができる。 The substrate can be one that is heat-resistant enough to withstand at least the subsequent heat treatment.

絶縁層11としては、酸化シリコン膜、酸化窒化シリコン膜などの無機絶縁膜を用いることができる。絶縁層11の成膜は、スパッタリング法、CVD法、MBE法、PLD法、ALD法などを用いることができる。絶縁層11の被形成面が平坦でない場合には、絶縁層11の成膜後に絶縁層11の上面が平坦となるように平坦化処理を行ってもよい。 The insulating layer 11 can be an inorganic insulating film such as a silicon oxide film or a silicon oxynitride film. The insulating layer 11 can be formed by sputtering, CVD, MBE, PLD, ALD, or other methods. If the surface on which the insulating layer 11 is to be formed is not flat, a planarization process may be performed after the insulating layer 11 is formed to make the upper surface of the insulating layer 11 flat.

続いて、絶縁層11上に絶縁層43となる絶縁膜を形成する。当該絶縁膜は、加熱により酸素が放出される程度に酸素を多く含み、且つ、水素の含有量の少ない酸化物膜を用いることが好ましい。 Next, an insulating film that will become insulating layer 43 is formed on insulating layer 11. It is preferable to use an oxide film for this insulating film that contains enough oxygen to release oxygen when heated, and has a low hydrogen content.

続いて、加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱処理は、250℃以上650℃以下、好ましくは300℃以上500℃以下、さらに好ましくは320℃以上450℃以下で行えばよい。なお、加熱処理は、窒素ガスもしくは不活性ガスの雰囲気、または酸化性ガスを10ppm以上、1%以上、もしくは10%以上含む雰囲気で行う。例えば、窒素ガスと酸素ガスの混合雰囲気で加熱処理をする場合、酸素ガスを20%程度にすればよい。また、加熱処理は減圧状態で行ってもよい。または、窒素ガスもしくは不活性ガスの雰囲気で加熱処理した後に、脱離した酸素を補うために酸化性ガスを10ppm以上、1%以上、または10%以上含む雰囲気で行ってもよい。以上のような加熱処理を行うことで、半導体層となる酸化物半導体膜の成膜前に、絶縁膜に含まれる水、水素などの不純物を低減できる。 Next, heat treatment may be performed. The heat treatment may be performed at a temperature of 250°C to 650°C, preferably 300°C to 500°C, and more preferably 320°C to 450°C. Note that the heat treatment is performed in a nitrogen gas or inert gas atmosphere, or in an atmosphere containing an oxidizing gas at 10 ppm or more, 1% or more, or 10% or more. For example, when the heat treatment is performed in a mixed atmosphere of nitrogen gas and oxygen gas, the oxygen gas concentration may be approximately 20%. The heat treatment may be performed under reduced pressure. Alternatively, after the heat treatment in the nitrogen gas or inert gas atmosphere, the heat treatment may be performed in an atmosphere containing an oxidizing gas at 10 ppm or more, 1% or more, or 10% or more to replenish desorbed oxygen. By performing the above heat treatment, impurities such as water and hydrogen contained in the insulating film can be reduced before the formation of an oxide semiconductor film that serves as a semiconductor layer.

続いて、絶縁層43となる絶縁膜上に導電層25a及び導電層25bとなる導電膜を成膜する。 Next, a conductive film that will become conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b is formed on the insulating film that will become insulating layer 43.

次に、導電層25a及び導電層25bとなる導電膜にスリット状の開口部を形成する。続いて、当該開口部を有する導電層をマスクとして、絶縁層43となる絶縁膜にスリット状の開口部を形成することで絶縁層43を形成する。 Next, slit-shaped openings are formed in the conductive film that will become conductive layers 25a and 25b. Subsequently, using the conductive layer with the openings as a mask, slit-shaped openings are formed in the insulating film that will become insulating layer 43, thereby forming insulating layer 43.

絶縁層43の加工の際、側面が概略垂直となるように、異方性のドライエッチングにより加工することが好ましい。なお、加工条件によっては絶縁層43の側面が被形成面に垂直な方向に対して傾斜し、テーパー形状となる場合がある。 When processing the insulating layer 43, it is preferable to use anisotropic dry etching so that the side surfaces are approximately vertical. However, depending on the processing conditions, the side surfaces of the insulating layer 43 may be inclined relative to the direction perpendicular to the surface on which they are formed, resulting in a tapered shape.

次に、スリット状の開口部が設けられた導電層と、絶縁層43とを覆って、半導体層21となる半導体膜を成膜する。 Next, a semiconductor film that will become the semiconductor layer 21 is deposited, covering the conductive layer with the slit-shaped openings and the insulating layer 43.

当該半導体膜としては、半導体特性を有する金属酸化物(酸化物半導体)膜を用いることができる。当該金属酸化物膜の成膜は、スパッタリング法、CVD法、MBE法、PLD法、ALD法などを適宜用いて行えばよい。 The semiconductor film can be a metal oxide (oxide semiconductor) film with semiconductor properties. The metal oxide film can be formed by a sputtering method, CVD method, MBE method, PLD method, ALD method, or the like, as appropriate.

次に、半導体層21となる半導体膜の不要な部分をエッチングにより除去し、半導体層21を形成する。続いて、半導体層21の下層の導電層の不要な部分をエッチングにより除去し、導電層25a及び導電層25bを形成する(図5A)。なお図5A乃至図5Eに示す断面では導電層25aは図示しないが、導電層25aは導電層25bの作製方法を参照して作製することができる。 Next, unnecessary portions of the semiconductor film that will become semiconductor layer 21 are removed by etching, forming semiconductor layer 21. Subsequently, unnecessary portions of the conductive layer below semiconductor layer 21 are removed by etching, forming conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b (Figure 5A). Note that while conductive layer 25a is not shown in the cross sections shown in Figures 5A to 5E, conductive layer 25a can be fabricated by referring to the fabrication method for conductive layer 25b.

次に、絶縁層22を形成する。続いて、絶縁層43のスリット状の開口部を埋めるように導電層23を形成する(図5B)。 Next, an insulating layer 22 is formed. Subsequently, a conductive layer 23 is formed to fill the slit-shaped openings in the insulating layer 43 (Figure 5B).

次に、導電層23、及び絶縁層22上に絶縁層44、絶縁層45を順に形成する。続いて、絶縁層45、絶縁層44及び半導体層21に開口部を設け、当該開口部を埋め込むように導電層88aを形成する。なお、導電層88aはここでは図示しない。 Next, insulating layer 44 and insulating layer 45 are formed in this order on conductive layer 23 and insulating layer 22. Openings are then formed in insulating layer 45, insulating layer 44, and semiconductor layer 21, and conductive layer 88a is formed to fill the openings. Note that conductive layer 88a is not shown here.

次に、絶縁層45上に導電層24を形成する。続いて、絶縁層45上及び導電層24上に絶縁層46を成膜する。 Next, the conductive layer 24 is formed on the insulating layer 45. Subsequently, the insulating layer 46 is formed on the insulating layer 45 and the conductive layer 24.

次に、絶縁層46、絶縁層45、絶縁層44及び半導体層21に開口部を設け、当該開口部を埋め込むように導電層88bを形成する。 Next, openings are formed in insulating layer 46, insulating layer 45, insulating layer 44, and semiconductor layer 21, and conductive layer 88b is formed to fill the openings.

次に、絶縁層46及び導電層88b上に導電層46bを形成する。続いて導電層46b上及び絶縁層46上に絶縁層47、絶縁層48、絶縁層79を順に形成する。ここで絶縁層79は導電層51の形成後に除去される絶縁層である。よって絶縁層79を犠牲層と呼ぶ場合がある。 Next, conductive layer 46b is formed on insulating layer 46 and conductive layer 88b. Subsequently, insulating layer 47, insulating layer 48, and insulating layer 79 are formed in this order on conductive layer 46b and insulating layer 46. Here, insulating layer 79 is an insulating layer that is removed after conductive layer 51 is formed. Therefore, insulating layer 79 is sometimes called a sacrificial layer.

次に、絶縁層79、絶縁層48及び絶縁層47に、導電層46bに達する開口部を形成する。続いて、当該開口部に導電層を埋め込むことで、導電層51を形成する(図5C)。 Next, openings are formed in insulating layer 79, insulating layer 48, and insulating layer 47, reaching conductive layer 46b. Subsequently, conductive layer 51 is formed by filling the openings with a conductive layer (Figure 5C).

次に、絶縁層79をエッチングにより除去する。ここで絶縁層48として、絶縁層79のエッチング条件において、エッチング速度が相対的に低い絶縁層を用いることにより、絶縁層48は絶縁層79のエッチングストッパーとして機能することができる。 Next, insulating layer 79 is removed by etching. By using an insulating layer with a relatively low etching rate under the etching conditions for insulating layer 79 as insulating layer 48, insulating layer 48 can function as an etching stopper for insulating layer 79.

続いて、導電層51の側面、上面、及び、絶縁層48の上面を覆うように絶縁層52を形成する。続いて、絶縁層52上に導電層53となる導電膜53fを形成する(図5D)。 Next, an insulating layer 52 is formed to cover the side and top surfaces of the conductive layer 51 and the top surface of the insulating layer 48. Next, a conductive film 53f, which will become the conductive layer 53, is formed on the insulating layer 52 (Figure 5D).

次に、導電膜53fの一部を除去することにより、導電層53を形成し、本発明の一態様の記憶装置を作製することができる(図5E)。 Next, a conductive layer 53 is formed by removing part of the conductive film 53f, and a memory device of one embodiment of the present invention can be manufactured (Figure 5E).

[構成例3]
記憶装置10において、メモリセル15が設けられる層と積層して、機能回路が設けられる層を積層して設けることができる。機能回路は例えば、メモリセル15を駆動するための駆動回路のほか、演算回路、電源回路などを設けることができる。駆動回路としては、例えば行デコーダ、列デコーダ、行ドライバ、列ドライバ、入力回路、出力回路、センスアンプなどのうち一以上を含む。これにより、記憶装置10を含む半導体チップのフットプリントを縮小することができるほか、機能回路とメモリセル15とを並べて配置した場合に比べて、配線長を短くすることができるため、高速な動作と低い消費電力を実現することができる。
[Configuration Example 3]
In the memory device 10, a layer in which functional circuits are provided can be stacked on a layer in which memory cells 15 are provided. The functional circuits can include, for example, a driver circuit for driving the memory cells 15, as well as an arithmetic circuit and a power supply circuit. The driver circuit can include, for example, one or more of a row decoder, a column decoder, a row driver, a column driver, an input circuit, an output circuit, a sense amplifier, etc. This can reduce the footprint of the semiconductor chip including the memory device 10 and can shorten the wiring length compared to when the functional circuits and the memory cells 15 are arranged side by side, thereby achieving high-speed operation and low power consumption.

図6には、絶縁層11よりも下方に、機能回路を構成するトランジスタ90を配置した場合の例を示している。ここでは、トランジスタ90のソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方が、ビット線として機能する導電層24と接続される例を示している。図6は、図2Aに示す領域80に対応し、切断線C1−C2の断面概略図である。 Figure 6 shows an example in which a transistor 90 constituting a functional circuit is arranged below the insulating layer 11. Here, one of the source electrode and drain electrode of the transistor 90 is connected to a conductive layer 24 that functions as a bit line. Figure 6 corresponds to region 80 shown in Figure 2A and is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along line C1-C2.

トランジスタ90は、単結晶半導体基板である基板91の一部にチャネルが形成されるトランジスタである。基板91は、代表的には単結晶シリコンを用いることができる。また、基板91としては、ゲルマニウムなどの単体元素よりなる半導体、または炭化シリコン、シリコンゲルマニウム、ヒ化ガリウム、リン化インジウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化ガリウム、窒化ガリウムからなる化合物半導体などを用いることができる。または、基板91に前述の半導体基板内部に絶縁体領域を有する半導体基板、例えば、SOI(Silicon On Insulator)基板を用いてもよい。 Transistor 90 is a transistor in which a channel is formed in a portion of substrate 91, which is a single-crystal semiconductor substrate. Substrate 91 can typically be made of single-crystal silicon. Substrate 91 can also be made of a semiconductor composed of a single element such as germanium, or a compound semiconductor composed of silicon carbide, silicon germanium, gallium arsenide, indium phosphide, zinc oxide, gallium oxide, or gallium nitride. Alternatively, substrate 91 can be a semiconductor substrate having an insulator region within the aforementioned semiconductor substrate, such as an SOI (Silicon On Insulator) substrate.

トランジスタ90は、基板91に設けられ、ゲートとして機能する導電層94と、ゲート絶縁層として機能する絶縁層93と、基板91の一部からなる半導体領域92と、ソース領域またはドレイン領域として機能する低抵抗領域95a及び低抵抗領域95bと、を有する。トランジスタ90は、pチャネル型またはnチャネル型のいずれでもよい。基板91には、隣接する2つのトランジスタ90の間に、素子分離層98が設けられている。 Transistor 90 is provided on substrate 91 and has a conductive layer 94 that functions as a gate, an insulating layer 93 that functions as a gate insulating layer, a semiconductor region 92 made of part of the substrate 91, and low-resistance regions 95a and 95b that function as source and drain regions. Transistor 90 may be either a p-channel or n-channel type. An element isolation layer 98 is provided on substrate 91 between two adjacent transistors 90.

トランジスタ90は、チャネルが形成される半導体領域92が凸形状(フィン形状)を有する。また、図6には示されていないが、X方向において、半導体領域92の側面及び上面を、絶縁層93を介して導電層94が覆うように設けられている。このようなトランジスタ90は、FIN型トランジスタとも呼ばれる。 Transistor 90 has a semiconductor region 92 in which a channel is formed that has a convex shape (fin shape). Although not shown in FIG. 6 , a conductive layer 94 is provided to cover the side and top surfaces of semiconductor region 92 in the X direction, with an insulating layer 93 interposed between them. Such a transistor 90 is also called a FIN-type transistor.

トランジスタ90を覆って絶縁層85が設けられ、絶縁層85上に絶縁層86が設けられ、絶縁層86上に絶縁層87が設けられる。また絶縁層87に埋め込まれるように導電層81が設けられる。また導電層81及び絶縁層87を覆って絶縁層11が設けられている。絶縁層85及び絶縁層86に設けられた開口の内部にプラグ82が設けられ、当該プラグ82により導電層81と低抵抗領域95bとが接続されている。また絶縁層43及び絶縁層11に設けられた開口の内部にプラグ83が設けられ、当該プラグ83により導電層25cと、導電層81とが接続されている。絶縁層44、及び絶縁層45に設けられた開口の内部に導電層88cが設けられている。導電層25cは、導電層88cを介して導電層24と接続されている。 An insulating layer 85 is provided covering the transistor 90, an insulating layer 86 is provided on the insulating layer 85, and an insulating layer 87 is provided on the insulating layer 86. A conductive layer 81 is provided so as to be embedded in the insulating layer 87. An insulating layer 11 is provided covering the conductive layer 81 and the insulating layer 87. A plug 82 is provided inside an opening provided in the insulating layer 85 and the insulating layer 86, and the plug 82 connects the conductive layer 81 to the low-resistance region 95b. A plug 83 is provided inside an opening provided in the insulating layer 43 and the insulating layer 11, and the plug 83 connects the conductive layer 25c to the conductive layer 81. A conductive layer 88c is provided inside an opening provided in the insulating layer 44 and the insulating layer 45. The conductive layer 25c is connected to the conductive layer 24 via the conductive layer 88c.

導電層25cは、導電層25c1と、導電層25c1上の導電層25c2と、を有する。導電層25c1及び導電層25c2に用いることができる材料、構成等はそれぞれ、導電層25a1及び導電層25a2を参照することができる。 Conductive layer 25c includes conductive layer 25c1 and conductive layer 25c2 on conductive layer 25c1. For materials, structures, etc. that can be used for conductive layer 25c1 and conductive layer 25c2, refer to those for conductive layer 25a1 and conductive layer 25a2, respectively.

なお、ここでは配線層として、導電層81を設ける例を示したが、トランジスタ90が設けられる層とメモリセル15が設けられる層との間には、層間絶縁層と配線層とが交互に積層された構成(多層配線層ともいう)を有する構成とすることができる。 Note that although an example in which a conductive layer 81 is provided as a wiring layer has been shown here, a structure in which interlayer insulating layers and wiring layers are alternately stacked (also referred to as a multilayer wiring layer) can also be used between the layer in which the transistor 90 is provided and the layer in which the memory cell 15 is provided.

以上が、記憶装置の構成例についての説明である。 The above is an explanation of an example configuration of a storage device.

[構成要素について]
<基板>
トランジスタを形成する基板としては、例えば、絶縁体基板、半導体基板、または導電体基板を用いればよい。絶縁体基板としては、例えば、ガラス基板、石英基板、サファイア基板、安定化ジルコニア基板(イットリア安定化ジルコニア基板など)、樹脂基板などがある。また、半導体基板としては、例えば、シリコン、ゲルマニウムを材料とした半導体基板、または炭化シリコン、シリコンゲルマニウム、ヒ化ガリウム、リン化インジウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化ガリウム、窒化ガリウムからなる化合物半導体基板などがある。さらには、前述の半導体基板内部に絶縁体領域を有する半導体基板、例えば、SOI(Silicon On Insulator)基板などがある。導電体基板としては、黒鉛基板、金属基板、合金基板、導電性樹脂基板などがある。または、金属の窒化物を有する基板、金属の酸化物を有する基板などを用いることもできる。さらには、絶縁体基板に導電層または半導体層が設けられた基板、半導体基板に導電層または絶縁層が設けられた基板、導電体基板に半導体層または絶縁層が設けられた基板などがある。または、これらの基板に素子が設けられたものを用いてもよい。基板に設けられる素子としては、容量素子、抵抗素子、スイッチ素子(トランジスタを含む)、発光素子、記憶素子などがある。
[About the components]
<Substrate>
Substrates on which transistors are formed may be, for example, insulating substrates, semiconductor substrates, or conductive substrates. Examples of insulating substrates include glass substrates, quartz substrates, sapphire substrates, stabilized zirconia substrates (e.g., yttria-stabilized zirconia substrates), and resin substrates. Examples of semiconductor substrates include semiconductor substrates made of silicon or germanium, or compound semiconductor substrates made of silicon carbide, silicon germanium, gallium arsenide, indium phosphide, zinc oxide, gallium oxide, and gallium nitride. Examples of semiconductor substrates having an insulating region within the aforementioned semiconductor substrate include silicon-on-insulator (SOI) substrates. Examples of conductive substrates include graphite substrates, metal substrates, alloy substrates, and conductive resin substrates. Substrates containing metal nitrides and substrates containing metal oxides can also be used. Examples of substrates include an insulating substrate having a conductive layer or semiconductor layer provided thereon, a semiconductor substrate having a conductive layer or insulating layer provided thereon, and a conductive substrate having a semiconductor layer or insulating layer provided thereon. Alternatively, a substrate provided with elements may be used, such as a capacitor, a resistor, a switch (including a transistor), a light-emitting element, a memory element, or the like.

<絶縁層>
絶縁層52には、一例として、誘電体として機能する材料を用いることができる。当該誘電体としては、例えば、高誘電率(high−k)材料を用いることが好ましい。具体的には、一例として、絶縁層52には、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ハフニウム、酸化タンタル、酸化ジルコニウム、ハフニウムジルコニウム酸化物といった高誘電率材料を用いることができる。又は、別の一例としては、アルミニウム及びハフニウムの一方又は双方を含む酸化物を用いることが好ましく、アモルファス構造を有し、アルミニウム及びハフニウムの一方又は双方を含む酸化物を用いることがより好ましく、アモルファス構造を有する酸化ハフニウムを用いることがさらに好ましい。また、別の一例として、チタン酸ジルコン酸鉛(PZT)、チタン酸ストロンチウム(SrTiO)、又は(Ba,Sr)TiO(BST)を用いることができる。容量素子30の誘電体に、高誘電率材料を用いることによって、その静電容量の値を高くすることができ、容量素子30に書き込まれた電圧を長時間保持することができる。
<Insulating layer>
For example, the insulating layer 52 can be made of a material that functions as a dielectric. For example, a high-dielectric-constant (high-k) material is preferably used as the dielectric. Specifically, for example, a high-dielectric-constant material such as aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, zirconium oxide, or hafnium zirconium oxide can be used for the insulating layer 52. Alternatively, as another example, an oxide containing one or both of aluminum and hafnium is preferably used, more preferably an oxide having an amorphous structure and containing one or both of aluminum and hafnium, and even more preferably hafnium oxide having an amorphous structure. As another example, lead zirconate titanate (PZT), strontium titanate (SrTiO 3 ), or (Ba,Sr)TiO 3 (BST) can be used. Using a high-dielectric-constant material for the dielectric of the capacitive element 30 can increase the capacitance value and enable the voltage written to the capacitive element 30 to be retained for a long period of time.

また、絶縁層52には、強誘電性を有しうる材料を用いることができる。また、絶縁層52に強誘電性を有しうる材料を用いることにより、容量素子30を強誘電体キャパシタとすることができる。 Furthermore, a material capable of exhibiting ferroelectricity can be used for the insulating layer 52. Furthermore, by using a material capable of exhibiting ferroelectricity for the insulating layer 52, the capacitive element 30 can be made into a ferroelectric capacitor.

強誘電性を有しうる材料としては、酸化ハフニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化ジルコニウムハフニウム(HfZrO(Xは0よりも大きい実数とする)と記載する場合がある)、酸化ハフニウムに元素J(ここでの元素Jは、ジルコニウム(Zr)、シリコン(Si)、アルミニウム(Al)、ガドリニウム(Gd)、イットリウム(Y)、ランタン(La)、ストロンチウム(Sr)から選ばれた一以上の元素をいう)を添加した材料、酸化ジルコニウムに元素J(ここでの元素Jは、ハフニウム(Hf)、シリコン(Si)、アルミニウム(Al)、ガドリニウム(Gd)、イットリウム(Y)、ランタン(La)、ストロンチウム(Sr)から選ばれた一以上の元素をいう)を添加した材料、などが挙げられる。また、強誘電性を有しうる材料として、チタン酸鉛(PbTiOと記載する場合がある)、チタン酸バリウムストロンチウム(BST)、チタン酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸ジルコン酸鉛(PZT)、タンタル酸ビスマス酸ストロンチウム(SBT)、ビスマスフェライト(BFO)、チタン酸バリウム、などのペロブスカイト構造を有する圧電性セラミックスを用いてもよい。また、強誘電性を有しうる材料としては、例えば、上記に列挙した材料から選ばれた複数の材料からなる混合物又は化合物を用いることができる。ところで、酸化ハフニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化ジルコニウムハフニウム及び酸化ハフニウムに元素Jを添加した材料などは、成膜条件だけでなく、各種プロセスなどによっても結晶構造(特性)が変わり得るため、本明細書では強誘電性を発現する材料を強誘電体と呼ぶだけでなく、強誘電性を有しうる材料とも呼んでいる。 Examples of materials that can have ferroelectricity include hafnium oxide, zirconium oxide, zirconium hafnium oxide (sometimes referred to as HfZrO X (X is a real number greater than 0)), a material in which element J 1 is added to hafnium oxide (here, element J 1 refers to one or more elements selected from zirconium (Zr), silicon (Si), aluminum (Al), gadolinium (Gd), yttrium (Y), lanthanum (La), and strontium (Sr)), and a material in which element J 2 is added to zirconium oxide (here, element J 2 refers to one or more elements selected from hafnium (Hf), silicon (Si), aluminum (Al), gadolinium (Gd), yttrium (Y), lanthanum (La), and strontium (Sr)). Furthermore, piezoelectric ceramics having a perovskite structure, such as lead titanate (sometimes referred to as PbTiO X ), barium strontium titanate (BST), strontium titanate, lead zirconate titanate (PZT), strontium bismuth tantalate (SBT), bismuth ferrite (BFO), and barium titanate, may also be used as materials capable of exhibiting ferroelectricity. Furthermore, for example, a mixture or compound composed of multiple materials selected from the materials listed above may be used as materials capable of exhibiting ferroelectricity. Incidentally, the crystal structure (characteristics) of hafnium oxide, zirconium oxide, zirconium hafnium oxide, and materials obtained by adding element J1 to hafnium oxide may change depending not only on the film formation conditions but also on various processes. Therefore, in this specification, materials that exhibit ferroelectricity are referred to not only as ferroelectrics but also as materials capable of exhibiting ferroelectricity.

中でも強誘電性を有しうる材料として、酸化ハフニウムを有する材料、あるいは酸化ハフニウム及び酸化ジルコニウムを有する材料は、数nmといった薄膜であっても強誘電性を有しうることができるため、好ましい。このため、強誘電体キャパシタを作製する工程を短くすることができる。なお、本明細書において、強誘電性を有しうる材料を層状にしたものを指して、強誘電体層又は金属酸化物膜と呼ぶ場合がある。 Among the materials that can exhibit ferroelectricity, materials containing hafnium oxide or materials containing hafnium oxide and zirconium oxide are preferred because they can exhibit ferroelectricity even in thin films of only a few nanometers. This allows the process of fabricating ferroelectric capacitors to be shortened. Note that in this specification, a layer of a material that can exhibit ferroelectricity may be referred to as a ferroelectric layer or metal oxide film.

ALD法により、酸化ハフニウム及び酸化ジルコニウムを有する材料を用いて絶縁層52を形成する場合、ハフニウムを含むプリカーサとして、例えば、テトラキス(エチルメチルアミド)ハフニウム(TEMAHf)、又は四塩化ハフニウム等を用いることができる。また、ジルコニウムを含むプリカーサとしてテトラキス(エチルメチルアミド)ジルコニウム(TEMAZr)、又は四塩化ジルコニウム等を用いることができる。また、酸化剤として、HO及びOの一方又は双方を用いることができる。ただし、酸化剤はこれらに限定されない。例えば、酸化剤として、O、O、NO、NO、HO、及びHの中から選ばれるいずれか一または複数を含むことができる。 When the insulating layer 52 is formed by the ALD method using a material containing hafnium oxide and zirconium oxide, for example, tetrakis(ethylmethylamido)hafnium (TEMAHf) or hafnium tetrachloride can be used as a precursor containing hafnium. Furthermore, tetrakis(ethylmethylamido)zirconium (TEMAZr) or zirconium tetrachloride can be used as a precursor containing zirconium. Furthermore, one or both of H2O and O3 can be used as an oxidizing agent. However, the oxidizing agent is not limited to these. For example, the oxidizing agent can include one or more selected from O2 , O3 , N2O , NO2 , H2O , and H2O2 .

また、絶縁層52は、単層構造又は積層構造とすることができる。特に、絶縁層52を積層構造とする場合、絶縁層52に含まれるそれぞれの絶縁層には、例えば、上述したhigh−k材料と、上記の強誘電性を有しうる材料の一方又は双方と、を用いることができる。 Furthermore, the insulating layer 52 can have a single-layer structure or a laminated structure. In particular, when the insulating layer 52 has a laminated structure, each insulating layer included in the insulating layer 52 can be made of, for example, one or both of the above-mentioned high-k material and the above-mentioned material that can have ferroelectricity.

また、絶縁層52の膜厚は、1nm以上30nm以下であることが好ましく、2nm以上20nm以下であることがより好ましく、3nm以上15nm以下であることが更に好ましい。 Furthermore, the film thickness of the insulating layer 52 is preferably 1 nm or more and 30 nm or less, more preferably 2 nm or more and 20 nm or less, and even more preferably 3 nm or more and 15 nm or less.

また、強誘電性を有しうる材料は、常誘電体と異なり、電圧印加がなくなっても内部の誘電分極が維持される(残留分極と呼ばれる場合がある)。誘電分極が維持され続けるため、容量素子30を強誘電体キャパシタとすることで、メモリセル15に保持されているデータ劣化が抑制される。このため、メモリセル15へのリフレッシュ動作を低減することができるため、記憶装置10の消費電力を低減することができる。 Furthermore, unlike paraelectric materials, ferroelectric materials maintain their internal dielectric polarization even when no voltage is applied (sometimes called remanent polarization). Because the dielectric polarization is maintained, using a ferroelectric capacitor for the capacitive element 30 suppresses degradation of the data stored in the memory cells 15. This makes it possible to reduce refresh operations for the memory cells 15, thereby reducing the power consumption of the storage device 10.

絶縁層22はトランジスタのゲート絶縁層として機能する。絶縁層22は、high−k材料からなる絶縁材料を用いることができる。 The insulating layer 22 functions as the gate insulating layer of the transistor. The insulating layer 22 can be made of an insulating material that is a high-k material.

また絶縁層22としてhigh−k材料からなる絶縁材料を積層して用いることが好ましく、high−k材料と、当該high−k材料より絶縁耐力が大きい材料との積層構造を用いることが好ましい。 It is also preferable to use a laminated insulating material made of a high-k material as the insulating layer 22, and it is preferable to use a laminated structure of a high-k material and a material with a higher dielectric strength than the high-k material.

また、絶縁層22として、強誘電性を示す材料を用いてもよい。 Furthermore, a material exhibiting ferroelectricity may be used for the insulating layer 22.

絶縁層22は、水素を捕獲する又は固着する機能を有する絶縁膜を有することができる。また絶縁層22は、また絶縁層22は、水素に対してバリア性を有する絶縁膜を有することができる。導電層23側から半導体層21への水素の拡散を抑制することにより、信頼性の高いトランジスタを実現できる。 The insulating layer 22 can have an insulating film that has the function of capturing or fixing hydrogen. The insulating layer 22 can also have an insulating film that has barrier properties against hydrogen. By suppressing the diffusion of hydrogen from the conductive layer 23 side to the semiconductor layer 21, a highly reliable transistor can be realized.

水素を捕獲するまたは固着する機能を有する絶縁膜の材料としては、ハフニウムを含む酸化物、マグネシウムを含む酸化物、アルミニウムを含む酸化物、アルミニウム及びハフニウムを含む酸化物(ハフニウムアルミネート)等の金属酸化物が挙げられる。また、これらの金属酸化物は、さらにジルコニウムを含んでいてもよく、例えば、ハフニウム及びジルコニウムを含む酸化物等が挙げられる。ここで、アモルファス構造を有する金属酸化物では、一部の酸素原子がダングリングボンドを有するため、水素を捕獲するまたは固着する能力が高い。したがって、これらの金属酸化物は、アモルファス構造を有することが好ましい。例えば、これらの酸化物にシリコンを含むことで、アモルファス構造を実現してもよい。例えば、ハフニウム及びシリコンを含む酸化物(ハフニウムシリケート)を用いることが好ましい。なお、金属酸化物は、一部に結晶領域、及び、結晶粒界の一方または双方を有する場合がある。 Insulating film materials capable of capturing or adhering hydrogen include metal oxides such as oxides containing hafnium, oxides containing magnesium, oxides containing aluminum, and oxides containing aluminum and hafnium (hafnium aluminate). These metal oxides may also contain zirconium, such as oxides containing hafnium and zirconium. Metal oxides with an amorphous structure have dangling bonds in some oxygen atoms, which enhance their ability to capture or adhering hydrogen. Therefore, these metal oxides preferably have an amorphous structure. For example, an amorphous structure may be achieved by including silicon in these oxides. For example, it is preferable to use an oxide containing hafnium and silicon (hafnium silicate). Metal oxides may have crystalline regions and/or grain boundaries.

また水素に対してバリア性を有する絶縁膜としては、窒化シリコン膜、窒化酸化シリコン膜、酸化アルミニウム膜、酸化マグネシウム膜、酸化ハフニウム膜、酸化ガリウム膜などを用いることが好ましい。 Furthermore, as an insulating film having barrier properties against hydrogen, it is preferable to use a silicon nitride film, a silicon nitride oxide film, an aluminum oxide film, a magnesium oxide film, a hafnium oxide film, a gallium oxide film, or the like.

また、絶縁層22は、加熱により酸素を放出する絶縁膜を有することができる。 Furthermore, the insulating layer 22 may have an insulating film that releases oxygen when heated.

また、絶縁層22は酸素に対してバリア性を有する絶縁膜を有することができる。酸素に対してバリア性を有する絶縁膜としては、酸化アルミニウム膜、窒化シリコン膜、酸化ハフニウム膜、ハフニウムシリケート膜などを用いることが好ましい。酸素及び水素に対してバリア性を有する絶縁膜としては、酸化アルミニウム膜、窒化シリコン膜、酸化ハフニウム膜などを用いることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the insulating layer 22 can have an insulating film that has a barrier property against oxygen. As an insulating film that has a barrier property against oxygen, it is preferable to use an aluminum oxide film, a silicon nitride film, a hafnium oxide film, a hafnium silicate film, or the like. As an insulating film that has a barrier property against oxygen and hydrogen, it is preferable to use an aluminum oxide film, a silicon nitride film, a hafnium oxide film, or the like.

また、絶縁層22は、水素に対してバリア性を有する絶縁膜を有することができる。 Furthermore, the insulating layer 22 may have an insulating film that has barrier properties against hydrogen.

酸化アルミニウムは、酸素に対してバリア性を有するだけでなく、水素を捕獲する又は固着する機能を有するため、半導体層21に水素が拡散することも防ぐ効果を奏する。 Aluminum oxide not only acts as a barrier against oxygen, but also has the ability to capture or fix hydrogen, thereby preventing hydrogen from diffusing into the semiconductor layer 21.

絶縁層22を積層構造とする場合、各絶縁膜はそれぞれ薄膜であることが好ましい。例えば、絶縁層22の層厚が1nm以上20nm以下、好ましくは3nm以上10nm以下とすることで、トランジスタのサブスレッショルドスイング値(S値ともいう)を小さくすることができる。また各絶縁膜の厚さは、0.1nm以上10nm以下が好ましく、0.1nm以上5nm以下がより好ましく、0.5nm以上5nm以下がより好ましく、1nm以上5nm未満がより好ましく、1nm以上3nm以下がさらに好ましい。 When the insulating layer 22 has a stacked structure, each insulating film is preferably a thin film. For example, by making the thickness of the insulating layer 22 1 nm or more and 20 nm or less, preferably 3 nm or more and 10 nm or less, the subthreshold swing value (also referred to as the S value) of the transistor can be reduced. Furthermore, the thickness of each insulating film is preferably 0.1 nm or more and 10 nm or less, more preferably 0.1 nm or more and 5 nm or less, more preferably 0.5 nm or more and 5 nm or less, more preferably 1 nm or more and less than 5 nm, and even more preferably 1 nm or more and 3 nm or less.

なお、本明細書等において、バリア性とは、対応する物質が拡散し難い性質(対応する物質が透過し難い性質、対応する物質の透過性が低い性質、または、対応する物質の拡散を抑制する機能ともいう)とする。なお、対応する物質として記載される場合の水素は、例えば、水素原子、水素分子、並びに、水分子及びOHなどの水素と結合した物質などの少なくとも一を指す。また、対応する物質として記載される場合の不純物は、特段の明示が無い限り、チャネル形成領域または半導体層における不純物を指し、例えば、水素原子、水素分子、水分子、窒素原子、窒素分子、酸化窒素分子(NO、NO、NOなど)、銅原子などの少なくとも一を指す。また、対応する物質として記載される場合の酸素は、例えば、酸素原子、酸素分子などの少なくとも一を指す。 In this specification and the like, the term "barrier property" refers to a property that makes it difficult for a corresponding substance to diffuse (also referred to as a property that makes it difficult for a corresponding substance to permeate, a property that the permeability of a corresponding substance is low, or a function that suppresses the diffusion of a corresponding substance). When hydrogen is described as a corresponding substance, it refers to at least one of, for example, a hydrogen atom, a hydrogen molecule, and a substance bonded to hydrogen, such as a water molecule or OH . Furthermore, when impurities are described as a corresponding substance, unless otherwise specified, they refer to impurities in a channel formation region or a semiconductor layer, and refer to at least one of, for example, a hydrogen atom, a hydrogen molecule, a water molecule, a nitrogen atom, a nitrogen molecule, a nitrogen oxide molecule (such as N 2 O, NO, or NO 2 ), a copper atom, and the like. Furthermore, when oxygen is described as a corresponding substance, it refers to at least one of, for example, an oxygen atom, an oxygen molecule, and the like.

ここで、金属酸化物膜を用いたトランジスタは、不純物及び酸素の透過を抑制する機能を有する絶縁膜で囲むことによって、トランジスタの電気特性を安定にすることができる。不純物及び酸素の透過を抑制する機能を有する絶縁膜としては、例えば、ホウ素、炭素、窒素、酸素、フッ素、マグネシウム、アルミニウム、シリコン、リン、塩素、アルゴン、ガリウム、ゲルマニウム、イットリウム、ジルコニウム、ランタン、ネオジム、ハフニウム、及び、タンタルから選ばれた一以上を含む絶縁膜を、単層で、または積層で用いることができる。具体的には、不純物及び酸素の透過を抑制する機能を有する絶縁膜の材料として、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ガリウム、酸化ゲルマニウム、酸化イットリウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化ランタン、酸化ネオジム、酸化ハフニウム、酸化タンタルなどの酸化物、窒化アルミニウム、窒化酸化シリコン、窒化シリコンなどの窒化物を用いることができる。 Here, the electrical characteristics of a transistor using a metal oxide film can be stabilized by surrounding it with an insulating film that has the function of suppressing the permeation of impurities and oxygen. The insulating film that has the function of suppressing the permeation of impurities and oxygen can be, for example, an insulating film containing one or more elements selected from boron, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine, magnesium, aluminum, silicon, phosphorus, chlorine, argon, gallium, germanium, yttrium, zirconium, lanthanum, neodymium, hafnium, and tantalum, and can be used in a single layer or a stacked layer. Specifically, the insulating film that has the function of suppressing the permeation of impurities and oxygen can be made of oxides such as aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, gallium oxide, germanium oxide, yttrium oxide, zirconium oxide, lanthanum oxide, neodymium oxide, hafnium oxide, or tantalum oxide, or nitrides such as aluminum nitride, silicon nitride oxide, or silicon nitride.

具体的には、水及び水素といった不純物と、酸素と、の透過を抑制する機能を有する絶縁膜の材料としては、例えば、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ガリウム、酸化ゲルマニウム、酸化イットリウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化ランタン、酸化ネオジム、酸化ハフニウム、及び酸化タンタルといった酸化物が挙げられる。また、水及び水素といった不純物と、酸素と、の透過を抑制する機能を有する絶縁膜の材料としては、例えば、ハフニウムアルミネートが挙げられる。また、水及び水素といった不純物と、酸素と、の透過を抑制する機能を有する絶縁膜の材料としては、例えば、窒化アルミニウム、窒化アルミニウムチタン、窒化酸化シリコン、及び窒化シリコンといった窒化物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of insulating film materials that function to suppress the permeation of impurities such as water and hydrogen, and oxygen include oxides such as aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, gallium oxide, germanium oxide, yttrium oxide, zirconium oxide, lanthanum oxide, neodymium oxide, hafnium oxide, and tantalum oxide. Furthermore, examples of insulating film materials that function to suppress the permeation of impurities such as water and hydrogen, and oxygen include hafnium aluminate. Furthermore, examples of insulating film materials that function to suppress the permeation of impurities such as water and hydrogen, and oxygen include nitrides such as aluminum nitride, aluminum titanium nitride, silicon nitride oxide, and silicon nitride.

絶縁層11、絶縁層43、絶縁層46、絶縁層47は層間絶縁膜として用いることができる。例えば、スパッタリング法、またはプラズマCVD法などの成膜方法で形成することが好ましい。特に、スパッタリング法を用いると、成膜ガスに水素ガスを用いなくてもよいため、水素の含有量の極めて少ない膜とすることができる。そのため、半導体層21に水素が供給されることを抑制し、トランジスタ20の電気特性の安定化を図ることができる。 Insulating layer 11, insulating layer 43, insulating layer 46, and insulating layer 47 can be used as interlayer insulating films. For example, they are preferably formed by a film formation method such as sputtering or plasma CVD. In particular, when sputtering is used, hydrogen gas does not need to be used as the film formation gas, and therefore a film with an extremely low hydrogen content can be obtained. This prevents hydrogen from being supplied to semiconductor layer 21, stabilizing the electrical characteristics of transistor 20.

絶縁層43は、半導体層21のチャネル形成領域と接するため、酸化物絶縁膜を用いることが好ましい。特に、加熱により酸素を放出する酸化物絶縁膜を用いることが好ましい。絶縁層43としては、上記ゲート絶縁層に用いることのできる酸化物絶縁膜を適用することができる。 The insulating layer 43 is preferably an oxide insulating film because it is in contact with the channel formation region of the semiconductor layer 21. In particular, it is preferable to use an oxide insulating film that releases oxygen when heated. The oxide insulating film that can be used for the gate insulating layer described above can be used as the insulating layer 43.

絶縁層45及び絶縁層48として例えば、水素に対してバリア性を有する絶縁膜、水素を捕獲するまたは固着する機能を有する絶縁膜、等を用いることができる。これにより、絶縁層45あるいは絶縁層48よりも上方から半導体層21側に水素が拡散することを防ぐことができる。 Insulating layer 45 and insulating layer 48 can be, for example, an insulating film that has barrier properties against hydrogen, or an insulating film that has the function of capturing or fixing hydrogen. This makes it possible to prevent hydrogen from diffusing from above insulating layer 45 or insulating layer 48 toward semiconductor layer 21.

<導電層>
導電層としては、例えば、アルミニウム、クロム、銅、銀、金、白金、タンタル、ニッケル、コバルト、チタン、モリブデン、タングステン、ハフニウム、バナジウム、ニオブ、マンガン、マグネシウム、ジルコニウム、ベリリウム、インジウム、ルテニウム、パラジウム、イリジウム、ストロンチウム及びランタンから選ばれた金属元素、または上述した金属元素から選ばれた二以上を成分とする合金、又は上述した金属元素から選ばれた二以上を組み合わせた合金を用いることが好ましい。導電層には、例えば、窒化タンタル、窒化チタン、チタンとアルミニウムを含む窒化物、タンタルとアルミニウムを含む窒化物、酸化ルテニウム、窒化ルテニウム、ストロンチウムとルテニウムを含む酸化物、ランタンとニッケルを含む酸化物を用いることが好ましい。また、窒化タンタル、窒化チタン、チタンとアルミニウムを含む窒化物、タンタルとアルミニウムを含む窒化物、酸化ルテニウム、窒化ルテニウム、ストロンチウムとルテニウムを含む酸化物、及びランタンとニッケルを含む酸化物は、酸化されにくい導電性材料、又は、酸素を吸収しても導電性を維持する材料であるため、好ましい。また、導電層には、例えば、不純物元素(例えば、リン)を含有させた多結晶シリコンに代表される、電気伝導度が高い半導体、又はシリサイド(例えば、ニッケルシリサイド)を用いてもよい。
<Conductive layer>
The conductive layer is preferably made of, for example, a metal element selected from aluminum, chromium, copper, silver, gold, platinum, tantalum, nickel, cobalt, titanium, molybdenum, tungsten, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, manganese, magnesium, zirconium, beryllium, indium, ruthenium, palladium, iridium, strontium, and lanthanum, or an alloy containing two or more of the above metal elements, or an alloy combining two or more of the above metal elements. The conductive layer is preferably made of, for example, tantalum nitride, titanium nitride, nitrides containing titanium and aluminum, nitrides containing tantalum and aluminum, ruthenium oxide, ruthenium nitride, oxides containing strontium and ruthenium, or oxides containing lanthanum and nickel. Tantalum nitride, titanium nitride, nitrides containing titanium and aluminum, nitrides containing tantalum and aluminum, ruthenium oxide, ruthenium nitride, oxides containing strontium and ruthenium, and oxides containing lanthanum and nickel are also preferred because they are conductive materials that are resistant to oxidation or maintain conductivity even when absorbing oxygen. The conductive layer may be made of a semiconductor with high electrical conductivity, typified by polycrystalline silicon containing an impurity element (for example, phosphorus), or silicide (for example, nickel silicide).

電気伝導度が高い材料(電気抵抗が低い材料)を用いることで、記憶装置10の消費電力を低減することができる。また、電気伝導度が高い材料(電気抵抗が低い材料)を用いることで、発生する電熱の量を小さくすることができるため、トランジスタ20への熱の影響を低減することができる。 Using a material with high electrical conductivity (a material with low electrical resistance) can reduce the power consumption of the memory device 10. Furthermore, using a material with high electrical conductivity (a material with low electrical resistance) can reduce the amount of electric heat generated, thereby reducing the thermal impact on the transistor 20.

上記の材料で形成される導電層を複数積層して用いてもよい。例えば、前述した金属元素を含む材料と、酸素を含む導電性材料と、を組み合わせた積層構造としてもよい。また、前述した金属元素を含む材料と、窒素を含む導電性材料と、を組み合わせた積層構造としてもよい。また、前述した金属元素を含む材料と、酸素を含む導電性材料と、窒素を含む導電性材料と、を組み合わせた積層構造としてもよい。 Multiple conductive layers formed from the above materials may be stacked. For example, a layered structure may be formed by combining the above-mentioned material containing a metal element with a conductive material containing oxygen. Also, a layered structure may be formed by combining the above-mentioned material containing a metal element with a conductive material containing nitrogen. Also, a layered structure may be formed by combining the above-mentioned material containing a metal element with a conductive material containing oxygen and a conductive material containing nitrogen.

導電層25a及び導電層25bは半導体層21と接する。ここで、半導体層21として酸化物半導体を用いた場合、導電層25aまたは導電層25bの半導体層21と接する部分に例えばアルミニウムなどの酸化されやすい金属を用いると、導電層25aまたは導電層25bと半導体層21との間に絶縁性の酸化物(例えば酸化アルミニウム)が形成され、これらの導通を妨げる恐れがある。そのため、導電層25a及び導電層25bの少なくとも半導体層21と接する部分には、酸化されにくい導電性材料、酸化されても電気抵抗が低く保たれる導電性材料、または酸化物導電性材料を用いることが好ましい。 Conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b are in contact with semiconductor layer 21. Here, when an oxide semiconductor is used as semiconductor layer 21, if an easily oxidized metal such as aluminum is used in the portion of conductive layer 25a or conductive layer 25b in contact with semiconductor layer 21, an insulating oxide (e.g., aluminum oxide) may be formed between conductive layer 25a or conductive layer 25b and semiconductor layer 21, preventing electrical conduction therebetween. Therefore, it is preferable to use a conductive material that is resistant to oxidation, a conductive material that maintains low electrical resistance even when oxidized, or a conductive oxide material for at least the portion of conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b in contact with semiconductor layer 21.

半導体層21と接する導電層25a2及び導電層25b2としては、例えばチタン、窒化タンタル、窒化チタン、チタンとアルミニウムを含む窒化物、タンタルとアルミニウムを含む窒化物、ルテニウム、酸化ルテニウム、窒化ルテニウム、ストロンチウムとルテニウムを含む酸化物、ランタンとニッケルを含む酸化物などを用いることが好ましい。これらは、酸化されにくい導電性材料、または、酸化されても導電性を維持する材料であるため、好ましい。 For conductive layer 25a2 and conductive layer 25b2 in contact with semiconductor layer 21, it is preferable to use, for example, titanium, tantalum nitride, titanium nitride, nitride containing titanium and aluminum, nitride containing tantalum and aluminum, ruthenium, ruthenium oxide, ruthenium nitride, oxide containing strontium and ruthenium, oxide containing lanthanum and nickel, etc. These are preferable because they are conductive materials that are resistant to oxidation or materials that maintain their conductivity even when oxidized.

または、酸化インジウム、酸化亜鉛、In−Sn酸化物、In−Zn酸化物、In−W酸化物、In−W−Zn酸化物、In−Ti酸化物、In−Ti−Sn酸化物、In−Sn−Si酸化物、Ga−Zn酸化物などの導電性酸化物を用いることができる。特にインジウムを含む導電性酸化物は、導電性が高いため好ましい。または、上記半導体層21に適用できるIn−Ga−Zn酸化物などの酸化物材料も、キャリア濃度を高めることで導電層として用いることができる。 Alternatively, conductive oxides such as indium oxide, zinc oxide, In-Sn oxide, In-Zn oxide, In-W oxide, In-W-Zn oxide, In-Ti oxide, In-Ti-Sn oxide, In-Sn-Si oxide, and Ga-Zn oxide can be used. Conductive oxides containing indium are particularly preferred due to their high conductivity. Alternatively, oxide materials such as In-Ga-Zn oxide that can be used for the semiconductor layer 21 can also be used as a conductive layer by increasing the carrier concentration.

例えば、導電層25a2及び導電層25b2として、それぞれ上記導電性酸化物膜の単層構造、窒化チタン膜とタングステン膜と窒化チタンを順に積層した三層構造、タングステン上にルテニウム膜または酸化ルテニウム膜を積層した二層構造、上記導電性酸化物膜上にルテニウム膜または酸化ルテニウム膜を積層した二層構造、ルテニウム膜または酸化ルテニウム膜上に上記導電性酸化物膜を積層した二層構造などを用いることができる。 For example, conductive layer 25a2 and conductive layer 25b2 can each be a single-layer structure of the above-mentioned conductive oxide film, a three-layer structure in which a titanium nitride film, a tungsten film, and a titanium nitride film are stacked in this order, a two-layer structure in which a ruthenium film or a ruthenium oxide film is stacked on tungsten, a two-layer structure in which a ruthenium film or a ruthenium oxide film is stacked on the above-mentioned conductive oxide film, or a two-layer structure in which the above-mentioned conductive oxide film is stacked on a ruthenium film or a ruthenium oxide film.

導電層23はゲート電極として機能し、様々な導電性材料を用いることができる。導電層23としては、例えばアルミニウム、クロム、銅、銀、金、白金、タンタル、ニッケル、コバルト、チタン、モリブデン、タングステン、ハフニウム、バナジウム、ニオブ、マンガン、マグネシウム、ジルコニウム、ベリリウム、インジウム、ルテニウム、イリジウム、ストロンチウム、ランタンなどから選ばれた金属元素、当該金属元素を成分とする合金を用いることが好ましい。また、上記金属または合金の窒化物、もしくは上記金属または合金の酸化物を用いてもよい。例えば、窒化タンタル、窒化チタン、チタンとアルミニウムを含む窒化物、タンタルとアルミニウムを含む窒化物、酸化ルテニウム、窒化ルテニウム、ストロンチウムとルテニウムを含む酸化物、ランタンとニッケルを含む酸化物などを用いることが好ましい。また、リン等の不純物元素を含有させた多結晶シリコンに代表される、電気伝導度が高い半導体、ニッケルシリサイドなどのシリサイドを用いてもよい。 The conductive layer 23 functions as a gate electrode and can be made of a variety of conductive materials. For the conductive layer 23, it is preferable to use a metal element selected from the group consisting of aluminum, chromium, copper, silver, gold, platinum, tantalum, nickel, cobalt, titanium, molybdenum, tungsten, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, manganese, magnesium, zirconium, beryllium, indium, ruthenium, iridium, strontium, and lanthanum, or an alloy containing such a metal element. Nitrides of the above metals or alloys, or oxides of the above metals or alloys, may also be used. For example, tantalum nitride, titanium nitride, nitrides containing titanium and aluminum, nitrides containing tantalum and aluminum, ruthenium oxide, ruthenium nitride, oxides containing strontium and ruthenium, and oxides containing lanthanum and nickel are preferable. Semiconductors with high electrical conductivity, such as polycrystalline silicon containing impurity elements such as phosphorus, or silicides such as nickel silicide may also be used.

また導電層23には、上記導電層25a及び導電層25bに用いることができる、窒化物、及び酸化物を適用してもよい。 In addition, the conductive layer 23 may be made of nitrides and oxides that can be used for the conductive layers 25a and 25b.

導電層51は容量素子30の一方の電極として機能し、導電層53は容量素子30の他方の電極として機能する。 The conductive layer 51 functions as one electrode of the capacitance element 30, and the conductive layer 53 functions as the other electrode of the capacitance element 30.

導電層51及び導電層53にはそれぞれ、様々な導電性材料を用いることができる。例えば、先に挙げた導電層として適用可能な材料を用いることができる。 Various conductive materials can be used for conductive layer 51 and conductive layer 53. For example, the materials listed above that can be used as conductive layers can be used.

また、導電層51及び導電層53はそれぞれ、単層であってもよく、積層構造を有してもよい。 Furthermore, each of conductive layer 51 and conductive layer 53 may be a single layer or may have a laminated structure.

なお、導電層51は例えば柱状の形状を有する。よって、導電層51において積層構造を適用する場合には例えば、芯となる第1層と、芯の周りを取り囲む第2層以降の層と、を有する構成とすることができる。 The conductive layer 51 has, for example, a columnar shape. Therefore, when a layered structure is applied to the conductive layer 51, it can have, for example, a configuration having a first layer that forms the core and second and subsequent layers that surround the core.

導電層51及び導電層53として例えば、窒化チタンを用いることが好ましい。また導電層が積層構造を有する場合には例えば、絶縁層52と接する側の層に窒化チタンを用いることにより、絶縁層52の強誘電性が発現しやすくなる場合がある。 It is preferable to use, for example, titanium nitride for conductive layers 51 and 53. Furthermore, if the conductive layer has a laminated structure, for example, using titanium nitride for the layer in contact with insulating layer 52 may make it easier for the ferroelectricity of insulating layer 52 to be expressed.

また導電層51にはALD法を用いて形成可能な材料を用いることが好ましい。ALD法は被覆性が高く、アスペクト比が高く微細な開口部に導電膜を形成する手法として適している。 It is also preferable to use a material that can be formed using the ALD method for the conductive layer 51. The ALD method has high coverage and is suitable as a method for forming conductive films in fine openings with high aspect ratios.

また導電層53は、配線層として機能することもできる。よって、導電層53として低抵抗な材料を用いることにより、配線抵抗を低減し、記憶装置の動作速度を高めることができる。 The conductive layer 53 can also function as a wiring layer. Therefore, by using a low-resistance material for the conductive layer 53, the wiring resistance can be reduced and the operating speed of the memory device can be increased.

導電層53として例えば、タングステン、ルテニウム等の金属を用いることにより、導電層53の抵抗を好適に低減することができる。また例えばこれらの金属と、窒化チタンとを積層することもできる。一例として、第1の層、ここでは絶縁層52と接する側の層として窒化チタンを用い、窒化チタン上の第2の層としてタングステンを用いることができる。 By using a metal such as tungsten or ruthenium as the conductive layer 53, the resistance of the conductive layer 53 can be suitably reduced. It is also possible to stack these metals with titanium nitride, for example. As an example, titanium nitride can be used as the first layer (here, the layer in contact with the insulating layer 52), and tungsten can be used as the second layer on the titanium nitride.

導電層53、導電層23、導電層25a及び導電層25bは、配線としても機能するため、低抵抗な導電性材料を積層して用いることが好ましい。例えば、導電層25a及び導電層25bの上層には、上述した導電層23に用いることのできる低抵抗な導電性材料を用いることもできる。 Because conductive layer 53, conductive layer 23, conductive layer 25a, and conductive layer 25b also function as wiring, it is preferable to use a laminate of low-resistance conductive materials. For example, the upper layer of conductive layer 25a and conductive layer 25b can also be made of a low-resistance conductive material that can be used for conductive layer 23 described above.

導電層24は、配線として機能することができる。導電層24には、上述した導電層23、導電層25a及び導電層25bに用いることができる導電性材料を用いることができる。特に、低抵抗な導電性材料を用いることが好ましい。 The conductive layer 24 can function as wiring. The conductive material that can be used for the conductive layer 23, the conductive layer 25a, and the conductive layer 25b described above can be used for the conductive layer 24. It is particularly preferable to use a low-resistance conductive material.

<半導体層>
半導体層21は、金属酸化物(酸化物半導体)を有することが好ましい。
<Semiconductor layer>
The semiconductor layer 21 preferably contains a metal oxide (oxide semiconductor).

半導体層21に用いることができる金属酸化物として、In酸化物を用いることが好ましい。また、半導体層21に用いることができる金属酸化物として、Ga酸化物、及びZn酸化物が挙げられる。金属酸化物は、少なくともInまたはZnを含むことが好ましい。また、金属酸化物は、Inと、元素Mと、Znと、の中から選ばれる二または三を有することが好ましい。なお、元素Mは、酸素との結合エネルギーが高い金属元素又は半金属元素であり、例えば、酸素との結合エネルギーがインジウムよりも高い金属元素又は半金属元素である。元素Mとして、具体的には、Al、Ga、Sn、Y、Ti、V、Cr、Mn、Fe、Co、Ni、Zr、Mo、Hf、Ta、W、La、Ce、Nd、Mg、Ca、Sr、Ba、B、Si、Ge、及びSbなどが挙げられる。金属酸化物が有する元素Mは、上記元素のいずれか一種または複数種であることが好ましく、特に、Al、Ga、Y、及びSnから選ばれた一種または複数種であることが好ましく、Gaがより好ましい。 In oxide is preferably used as the metal oxide that can be used for the semiconductor layer 21. Examples of metal oxides that can be used for the semiconductor layer 21 include Ga oxide and Zn oxide. The metal oxide preferably contains at least In or Zn. The metal oxide preferably contains two or three elements selected from In, element M, and Zn. The element M is a metal element or semimetal element with a high bond energy with oxygen, such as a metal element or semimetal element with a bond energy with oxygen higher than that of indium. Specific examples of the element M include Al, Ga, Sn, Y, Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Zr, Mo, Hf, Ta, W, La, Ce, Nd, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, B, Si, Ge, and Sb. The element M contained in the metal oxide is preferably one or more of the above elements, and is particularly preferably one or more selected from Al, Ga, Y, and Sn, with Ga being more preferred.

半導体層には、酸化インジウムを用いることが好ましい。金属酸化物に含まれる全ての金属元素の原子数の和に対するインジウムの原子数の割合が高いほど、トランジスタの電界効果移動度を高めることができる。よって、半導体層に酸化インジウムを用いることで、トランジスタは大きいオン電流、及び高い周波数特性を得ることができる。 Indium oxide is preferably used for the semiconductor layer. The higher the ratio of the number of indium atoms to the sum of the numbers of atoms of all metal elements contained in the metal oxide, the higher the field-effect mobility of the transistor. Therefore, by using indium oxide for the semiconductor layer, the transistor can achieve a large on-state current and high frequency characteristics.

 なお、本明細書等において、膜中に少なくとも結晶部又は結晶領域を有する酸化インジウムを、結晶の酸化インジウム(crystal IO)又は結晶性酸化インジウム(crystalline IO)という。例えば、crystal IO又はcrystalline IOとして、単結晶の酸化インジウム、多結晶の酸化インジウム、微結晶の酸化インジウム等が挙げられる。 In this specification and the like, indium oxide having at least a crystalline portion or crystalline region in the film is referred to as crystalline indium oxide (crystal IO) or crystalline indium oxide (crystalline IO). For example, examples of crystalline IO or crystalline IO include single-crystalline indium oxide, polycrystalline indium oxide, and microcrystalline indium oxide.

 酸化インジウムは、In−Ga−Zn酸化物(以下、IGZOとも表記する)、酸化亜鉛などの酸化物半導体とは全く異なる物性を有する半導体材料である。 Indium oxide is a semiconductor material with completely different physical properties from oxide semiconductors such as In-Ga-Zn oxide (hereinafter also referred to as IGZO) and zinc oxide.

 酸化インジウム、シリコン、及びIGZOのホール(Hall)移動度のキャリア濃度依存性について説明する。図21Aはシリコン(Si)及び酸化インジウム(InO)、図21BはIGZOに対する、ホール移動度のキャリア濃度依存性についての模式図である。 The carrier concentration dependence of the Hall mobility of indium oxide, silicon, and IGZO will be described below. Fig. 21A is a schematic diagram showing the carrier concentration dependence of the Hall mobility for silicon (Si) and indium oxide (InO x ), and Fig. 21B is a schematic diagram showing the carrier concentration dependence of the Hall mobility for IGZO.

 まず、IGZOは、図21Bに矢印で示すように、キャリア濃度が高いほどホール移動度が高い傾向を示す。一方、酸化インジウムは、図21Aに矢印で示すように、キャリア濃度が低いほどホール移動度が高い傾向を示す(非特許文献6参照)。この傾向はシリコンと同様の傾向であり、材料中のドーパント(不純物)の濃度が低いほど、不純物散乱が減少しホール移動度が高くなる。すなわち酸化インジウムは、高純度且つ真性であるほど、ホール移動度が高くなる。この結果から、酸化インジウムはIGZOとは異なり、シリコンに近い物性を持つ物質であるといえる。なお、図21Aに示す酸化インジウムの特性は、単結晶を想定した場合である。そのため、酸化インジウムが非単結晶(例えば、多結晶)のとき、図21Aに示す特性と異なる場合がある。 First, IGZO tends to exhibit higher hole mobility as the carrier concentration increases, as indicated by the arrows in Figure 21B. On the other hand, indium oxide tends to exhibit higher hole mobility as the carrier concentration decreases, as indicated by the arrows in Figure 21A (see Non-Patent Document 6). This trend is similar to that of silicon; the lower the dopant (impurity) concentration in the material, the less impurity scattering there is and the higher the hole mobility. In other words, the higher the purity and intrinsic the indium oxide, the higher the hole mobility. From these results, it can be said that indium oxide, unlike IGZO, is a material with physical properties closer to silicon. Note that the characteristics of indium oxide shown in Figure 21A are assumed to be single crystal. Therefore, when indium oxide is non-single crystal (e.g., polycrystalline), the characteristics may differ from those shown in Figure 21A.

 図21Aにおいて、キャリア濃度の低い範囲R1はホール移動度が極めて高いため、例えばトランジスタのチャネル形成領域に好適なキャリア濃度の範囲であるといえる。例えば、酸化インジウムの場合、範囲R1は、キャリア濃度の値が1×1015cm−3を含む範囲であり、例えば1×1014cm−3以上、1×1018cm−3以下の範囲である。キャリア濃度を十分に低減することにより、ホール移動度の値を270cm/(V・s)程度にまで高められることが期待できる。 21A , the low carrier concentration range R1 has extremely high hole mobility, and can therefore be considered a carrier concentration range suitable for, for example, a transistor channel formation region. For example, in the case of indium oxide, range R1 is a range including a carrier concentration value of 1×10 15 cm −3 , for example, a range of 1×10 14 cm −3 or more and 1×10 18 cm −3 or less. By sufficiently reducing the carrier concentration, it is expected that the hole mobility value can be increased to approximately 270 cm 2 /(V·s).

 なお、酸化インジウムにおいて、キャリア濃度が範囲R1である領域は、キャリア濃度を低める元素を含むことができる。キャリア濃度を低める元素として、例えば、マグネシウム、カルシウム、亜鉛、カドミウム、銅などが挙げられる。これらの元素がインジウムと置換することで、キャリア濃度を低くすることができる。また、キャリア濃度を低める元素として、例えば、窒素、リン、ヒ素、アンチモンなどが挙げられる。例えば、窒素、リン、ヒ素、またはアンチモンが酸素と置換することで、キャリア濃度を低くすることができる。 In addition, in indium oxide, the region where the carrier concentration is in range R1 can contain elements that lower the carrier concentration. Examples of elements that lower the carrier concentration include magnesium, calcium, zinc, cadmium, and copper. By substituting these elements for indium, the carrier concentration can be lowered. Examples of elements that lower the carrier concentration include nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, and antimony. For example, by substituting nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, or antimony for oxygen, the carrier concentration can be lowered.

 一方、キャリア濃度の高い範囲R2は電気抵抗が低く、例えばトランジスタのソース領域及びドレイン領域、または抵抗体、もしくは透明導電膜に好適なキャリア濃度の範囲であるといえる。範囲R2は、キャリア濃度の値が1×1020cm−3を含む範囲であり、例えば1×1019cm−3以上、1×1022cm−3以下の範囲である。キャリア濃度を十分に高くすることで、抵抗率を1×10−4Ω・cm以下にまで低減できることが期待できる。 On the other hand, the range R2 with a high carrier concentration has a low electrical resistance, and can be said to be a range of carrier concentrations suitable for, for example, the source and drain regions of a transistor, a resistor, or a transparent conductive film. Range R2 is a range in which the carrier concentration value includes 1×10 20 cm −3 , for example, a range of 1×10 19 cm −3 or more and 1×10 22 cm −3 or less. By sufficiently increasing the carrier concentration, it is expected that the resistivity can be reduced to 1×10 −4 Ω·cm or less.

 なお、酸化インジウムにおいて、キャリア濃度が範囲R2である領域は、キャリア濃度を高める元素を含むことができる。例えば、トランジスタのソース電極及びドレイン電極と共通の元素を含むことが好ましい。当該元素は、例えばチタン、ジルコニウム、ハフニウム、タンタル、タングステン、モリブデン、錫、シリコン、ホウ素などが挙げられる。特に、酸化物が導電性または半導体性を有する元素を用いることがより好ましい。なお、キャリア濃度を高める元素の供給方法としては、当該元素を含む膜を形成して拡散させる方法、イオン注入法、イオンドーピング法、プラズマイマージョンイオン注入法、またはプラズマ処理を用いることができる。なお、本明細書等において、特に断りがない場合、質量分離の有無は限定されない。例えば、本明細書等において、イオンを質量分離して供給する方法をイオン注入法、イオンを質量分離せずに供給する方法をイオンドーピング法と呼称する。 Indium oxide, the region with a carrier concentration in range R2 can contain an element that increases the carrier concentration. For example, it is preferable that the region contains the same element as the source electrode and drain electrode of the transistor. Examples of such elements include titanium, zirconium, hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, molybdenum, tin, silicon, and boron. It is particularly preferable to use an element whose oxide has conductive or semiconducting properties. The element that increases the carrier concentration can be supplied by forming a film containing the element and diffusing it, ion implantation, ion doping, plasma immersion ion implantation, or plasma treatment. Unless otherwise specified, the present specification does not limit the use of mass separation. For example, the present specification refers to a method of supplying ions after mass separation as the ion implantation method, and a method of supplying ions without mass separation as the ion doping method.

 このように酸化インジウムにおいて、キャリア濃度の低い領域をトランジスタのチャネル形成領域に用いて、キャリア濃度の高い領域をトランジスタのソース領域及びドレイン領域に用いる。つまり、酸化インジウムは、価電子制御が可能な酸化物ともいえる。なお、IGZOは、IGZOと接する電極の応力に起因して、ソース領域及びドレイン領域に歪が形成され、n型領域が形成される場合がある。一方で、酸化インジウムは、IGZOとは異なり、価電子制御が可能であるため、IGZOのように膜中に歪を形成しなくてもよい。膜中に歪が少ないと、信頼性を高めることが期待できる。例えば、キャリア濃度が図21Aに示す範囲R1である領域と、範囲R2である領域とを、酸化インジウム膜中で作り分けることで、所謂n−i−n接合(n型領域と、i型領域と、n型領域との接合)を作ることができる。なお、シリコンを用いるトランジスタにおける価電子制御は、一般的に知られている。一方で、酸化インジウムを用いるトランジスタにおける価電子制御は、通常は想到しえない、新規な技術思想である。 In this way, indium oxide uses a region with a low carrier concentration for the channel formation region of a transistor, and a region with a high carrier concentration for the source and drain regions of the transistor. In other words, indium oxide can be considered an oxide capable of valence electron control. Note that with IGZO, strain can form in the source and drain regions due to stress from electrodes in contact with the IGZO, resulting in the formation of n-type regions. On the other hand, unlike IGZO, indium oxide allows for valence electron control, so strain does not need to be formed in the film as with IGZO. Minimizing strain in the film is expected to improve reliability. For example, by creating regions within the indium oxide film with carrier concentrations in range R1 and range R2 shown in Figure 21A, a so-called n-i-n junction (a junction between an n-type region, an i-type region, and an n-type region) can be created. Note that valence electron control in silicon-based transistors is generally known. However, valence electron control in indium oxide-based transistors is a novel technological concept that would not normally be conceived.

 上記の技術思想を用いることで、本明細書等における酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタは、以下に示す特徴(1)~(5)のうち、2つ以上、好ましくは3つ以上、さらに好ましくは4つ以上、最も好ましくは5つを有する。(1)オン電流が高い(別言すると高移動度である)。(2)オフ電流が低い。(3)ノーマリーオフが可能である。(4)高い信頼性を有する。(5)遮断周波数(fT)が高い。例えば、本明細書等における酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタは、高移動度であり、オフ電流が低く、且つノーマリーオフが可能である。当該トランジスタは、高移動度であり、且つノーマリーオンのトランジスタとは異なる。 By using the above technical concept, the transistor containing indium oxide in this specification has two or more, preferably three or more, more preferably four or more, and most preferably five of the following characteristics (1) to (5): (1) A high on-state current (in other words, high mobility). (2) A low off-state current. (3) Normally-off operation is possible. (4) High reliability. (5) A high cutoff frequency (fT). For example, the transistor containing indium oxide in this specification has high mobility, a low off-state current, and is normally-off operation. This transistor has high mobility and is different from a normally-on transistor.

 なお、半導体がi型であるとは、フェルミ準位(Ef)と、真性フェルミ準位(Ei)とが、同じである(Ef=Ei)と言い換えることができる。図21Bに示すように、IGZOにおいては、キャリア濃度が低いほどホール移動度は小さくなる。そのため最終的にEf=Eiとなった場合には、キャリアがなくなる(言い換えると絶縁物に近い物性となる)ため、トランジスタとして動作しなくなる可能性がある。一方で、酸化インジウムにおいては、図21Aに示すように、キャリア濃度が低いほどホール移動度は大きくなり、最終的にEf=Eiとなった場合には、ホール移動度が最大となる。すなわち、酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタは、Ef=Eiとすることで、高い電界効果移動度が可能となる。なお、酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタは、キャリア濃度が低いため、ノーマリーオフとなりやすい。そのため、酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタは、ノーマリーオフであり、且つ高い電界効果移動度を実現することができる。 Note that a semiconductor being i-type can be said to have the same Fermi level (Ef) and intrinsic Fermi level (Ei) (Ef = Ei). As shown in Figure 21B, in IGZO, the lower the carrier concentration, the lower the hole mobility. Therefore, when Ef = Ei is finally achieved, there is a possibility that the carriers will disappear (in other words, the physical properties will be similar to those of an insulator), and the transistor will no longer function. On the other hand, in indium oxide, as shown in Figure 21A, the lower the carrier concentration, the higher the hole mobility. When Ef = Ei is finally achieved, the hole mobility will be maximized. In other words, a transistor containing indium oxide can achieve high field-effect mobility by setting Ef = Ei. Note that a transistor containing indium oxide is likely to be normally-off due to its low carrier concentration. Therefore, a transistor containing indium oxide can be normally-off and achieve high field-effect mobility.

 なお、ノーマリーオフとは、ゲートに電位を印加しない、またはゲート−ソース間電圧が0Vのときに、トランジスタに電流が流れない状態のことをいう。また、ノーマリーオフは、トランジスタのしきい値電圧(Vth)またはシフト値(Vsh)で評価することができる。なお、特段の説明がない限り、Vthは定電流法で算出することとする。より具体的には、Vthとは、トランジスタのId−Vg特性における、ドレイン電流(Id)×チャネル長(L)÷チャネル幅(W)の値が、1nA(1×10−9A)となるときのゲート電圧(Vg)とする。また、Vshとは、トランジスタのId−Vg特性におけるドレイン電流(Id)を対数表記した際の最大の傾きの接線とId=1pA(1×10−12A)の直線との交点のゲート電圧(Vg)、またはトランジスタのId−Vg特性におけるIdを対数表記した際の傾きが最大となる2点間から外挿した直線とId=1pAの直線との交点のVgである。例えば、Vth及びVshのいずれか一方または双方が、ゼロまたは正の値であれば、ノーマリーオフのトランジスタとみなすことができる。 Note that normally-off refers to a state in which no current flows through a transistor when no potential is applied to the gate or when the gate-source voltage is 0 V. Furthermore, normally-off can be evaluated by the threshold voltage (Vth) or shift value (Vsh) of the transistor. Unless otherwise specified, Vth is calculated by a constant current method. More specifically, Vth is defined as the gate voltage (Vg) when the value of drain current (Id) × channel length (L) ÷ channel width (W) in the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor is 1 nA (1 × 10 −9 A). Furthermore, Vsh is the gate voltage (Vg) at the intersection between the tangent to the maximum slope when the drain current (Id) in the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor is expressed logarithmically and the line of Id = 1 pA (1 × 10 -12 A), or the Vg at the intersection between the line extrapolated from between two points where the slope when Id in the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor is expressed logarithmically and the line of Id = 1 pA. For example, if either one or both of Vth and Vsh are zero or a positive value, the transistor can be considered to be normally off.

 また、酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタにおいて、半導体をi型にするため、すなわちEf=Eiを実現するためには、酸化インジウム膜に接する膜構成が重要となる。例えば、酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタにおいて、酸化インジウム膜に接する酸化シリコン膜と、酸化ハフニウム膜と、窒化シリコン膜と、を積層した膜構成が挙げられる。当該膜構成とすることで、Ef=Eiであり、且つ信頼性の高い半導体装置とすることができる。 Furthermore, in a transistor containing indium oxide, the film structure in contact with the indium oxide film is important for making the semiconductor i-type, i.e., achieving Ef = Ei. For example, in a transistor containing indium oxide, a film structure in which a silicon oxide film in contact with the indium oxide film, a hafnium oxide film, and a silicon nitride film are stacked is one example. With this film structure, a highly reliable semiconductor device with Ef = Ei can be obtained.

 なお、上記の膜構成において、酸化シリコン膜の代わりに、酸化窒化シリコン膜、窒化酸化シリコン膜、酸化アルミニウム膜、酸化ガリウム膜などの酸素を有する膜を用いることもできる。また、上記の膜構成において、窒化シリコン膜の代わりに、窒化酸化シリコン膜、酸化窒化シリコン膜などを用いることもできる。また、窒化シリコン膜よりも酸化インジウム膜側に位置する酸化ハフニウム膜は、水素のゲッタリングサイトとして機能する。 In the above film configuration, instead of the silicon oxide film, a film containing oxygen, such as a silicon oxynitride film, a silicon nitride oxide film, an aluminum oxide film, or a gallium oxide film, can also be used. Also, in the above film configuration, instead of the silicon nitride film, a silicon nitride oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film, or the like can also be used. Furthermore, the hafnium oxide film, which is located closer to the indium oxide film than the silicon nitride film, functions as a gettering site for hydrogen.

 また、上記の膜構成は、酸化インジウム膜側から、酸化インジウム膜へ酸素の供給が可能な膜(例えば、酸化シリコン膜)と、水素のゲッタリングが可能な膜(例えば、酸化ハフニウム膜)と、酸素及び水素の入り込みを抑制する膜(例えば、窒化シリコン膜)と、が積層された構成と捉えることもできる。当該構成とすることで、酸化インジウム膜中の酸素欠損は、酸化シリコン膜中の酸素により補填される。また、酸化インジウム膜中の水素は、加熱処理などにより酸化ハフニウム膜に捕獲される。また、窒化シリコン膜を設けることで、外部から酸素及び水素の入り込みが少ない膜構成となる。すなわち、上記の膜構成とすることで、酸化インジウム膜は、よりi型に近づけることが可能となる。したがって、上述の酸化インジウム膜を有するトランジスタは、高い電界効果移動度及び高い信頼性を有する。 The above film configuration can also be considered as a stacked structure of a film capable of supplying oxygen to the indium oxide film from the indium oxide film side (e.g., a silicon oxide film), a film capable of gettering hydrogen (e.g., a hafnium oxide film), and a film that suppresses the penetration of oxygen and hydrogen (e.g., a silicon nitride film). With this configuration, oxygen vacancies in the indium oxide film are filled with oxygen in the silicon oxide film. Furthermore, hydrogen in the indium oxide film is captured by the hafnium oxide film by heat treatment or the like. Furthermore, the provision of a silicon nitride film results in a film configuration that reduces the penetration of oxygen and hydrogen from the outside. In other words, the above film configuration allows the indium oxide film to become closer to i-type. Therefore, a transistor having the above-described indium oxide film has high field-effect mobility and high reliability.

 続いて、トランジスタに適用する酸化インジウム膜について説明する。酸化インジウム膜は、結晶性を有する(すなわち、結晶粒を有する)ことが好ましい。結晶粒を有する膜として、単結晶膜、多結晶膜、又は結晶粒を含む非晶質膜(微結晶膜ともいう)などが挙げられる。特に、酸化インジウム膜は、多結晶膜が好ましく、より好ましくは単結晶膜である。単結晶膜は結晶粒界(グレインバウンダリともいう)を有さない。結晶粒界には、キャリアの流れを阻害する不純物(代表的には、絶縁性の不純物、絶縁性の酸化物など)が偏析しやすい。単結晶膜を用いることで、結晶粒界におけるキャリア散乱等を抑制することができ、高い電界効果移動度を示すトランジスタを実現できる。また、当該結晶粒界に起因するトランジスタ特性のばらつきを抑制できる、といった優れた効果を奏する。 Next, we will explain indium oxide films used in transistors. It is preferable that the indium oxide film be crystalline (i.e., have crystal grains). Examples of films having crystal grains include single-crystal films, polycrystalline films, and amorphous films containing crystal grains (also known as microcrystalline films). In particular, polycrystalline indium oxide films are preferred, and single-crystal films are even more preferred. Single-crystal films do not have grain boundaries. Impurities that impede carrier flow (typically, insulating impurities, insulating oxides, etc.) tend to segregate at grain boundaries. Using a single-crystal film can suppress carrier scattering at grain boundaries, resulting in a transistor with high field-effect mobility. It also offers the excellent effect of suppressing variations in transistor characteristics due to the grain boundaries.

 また、多結晶膜は、微結晶膜または非晶質膜と比較して、キャリア散乱を低減させることが可能となり、高い電界効果移動度を示すため好ましい。多結晶膜を用いる場合には、結晶粒のサイズができるだけ大きく、結晶粒界が少ない膜を用いることが好ましい。なお、酸化インジウムの多結晶膜が適用されたトランジスタにおいて、チャネル形成領域に結晶粒界を有さない、または結晶粒界が観察されない場合は、多結晶膜に含まれる単結晶領域内にチャネル形成領域が位置するため、単結晶の酸化インジウムが適用されたトランジスタとみなすことができる。 Furthermore, polycrystalline films are preferable because they can reduce carrier scattering and exhibit high field-effect mobility compared to microcrystalline or amorphous films. When using a polycrystalline film, it is preferable to use a film with as large a crystal grain size as possible and as few crystal grain boundaries as possible. Note that in a transistor using a polycrystalline film of indium oxide, if there are no crystal grain boundaries in the channel formation region or no crystal grain boundaries are observed, the channel formation region is located within a single crystal region included in the polycrystalline film, and therefore the transistor can be considered to use single-crystal indium oxide.

 なお、酸化インジウムの結晶性は、例えば、X線回折法(XRD:X−Ray Diffractometry)、透過電子顕微鏡法(TEM:Transmission Electron Microscopy)、又は電子回折法(ED:Electron Diffraction)により解析できる。又は、これらの手法を複数組み合わせて分析を行ってもよい。 The crystallinity of indium oxide can be analyzed, for example, by X-ray diffraction (XRD), transmission electron microscopy (TEM), or electron diffraction (ED). Alternatively, analysis may be performed by combining multiple of these techniques.

 また、本明細書等において、チャネル形成領域において結晶粒界が観察されない半導体層、チャネル形成領域が1つの結晶粒に含まれる半導体層、又は、チャネル形成領域内の少なくとも2つの領域において、結晶軸の方向が同一である半導体層を、単結晶膜と呼ぶことができる。また、チャネル形成領域において、1つの結晶粒内で、ある結晶軸又はある結晶方位を回転の軸として、他の結晶軸の方向が連続的に変化する半導体層を、単結晶膜と呼ぶことができる。 Furthermore, in this specification, a semiconductor layer in which no crystal grain boundaries are observed in the channel formation region, a semiconductor layer in which the channel formation region is contained in a single crystal grain, or a semiconductor layer in which the crystal axis direction is the same in at least two regions within the channel formation region can be referred to as a single crystal film. Furthermore, a semiconductor layer in which, within a single crystal grain in the channel formation region, the direction of the other crystal axis changes continuously around a certain crystal axis or a certain crystal orientation as the axis of rotation can be referred to as a single crystal film.

 なお、チャネル形成領域とは、半導体層のうち、ゲート絶縁層を介してゲート電極と重なる(または対向する)領域であって、ソース電極と接する領域とドレイン電極と接する領域との間に位置する領域を指す。チャネル形成領域における電流経路は、ソース電極とドレイン電極との最短距離である。そのため、チャネル形成領域における、結晶粒、結晶粒界、結晶軸、結晶方位等は、半導体層、ソース電極、及びドレイン電極を含む断面観察にて確認できる。 The channel formation region refers to the region of the semiconductor layer that overlaps (or faces) the gate electrode via the gate insulating layer, and is located between the region in contact with the source electrode and the region in contact with the drain electrode. The current path in the channel formation region is the shortest distance between the source electrode and the drain electrode. Therefore, the crystal grains, crystal grain boundaries, crystal axes, crystal orientation, etc. in the channel formation region can be confirmed by observing a cross section including the semiconductor layer, source electrode, and drain electrode.

 チャネル形成領域の酸化インジウム膜は、不純物濃度が低いほど好ましい。チャネル形成領域の酸化インジウム膜中の不純物は、キャリアの散乱源となりうるため、電界効果移動度の低下の要因となりうる。また、これら不純物が酸化インジウム膜の結晶成長を阻害する要因ともなりうる。酸化インジウム膜に対する不純物としては、ホウ素、シリコンなどが挙げられる。酸化インジウム膜は、これら不純物の濃度が、それぞれ、0.1%以下であることが好ましく、0.01%(100ppm)以下であることがさらに好ましい。なお、炭素、水素などは、成膜時の成膜ガスまたはプリカーサに含まれうる元素であり、上記不純物よりも多く酸化インジウム膜中に残存する場合がある。 The lower the impurity concentration in the indium oxide film in the channel formation region, the better. Impurities in the indium oxide film in the channel formation region can act as a source of carrier scattering, which can reduce field-effect mobility. These impurities can also hinder the crystal growth of the indium oxide film. Impurities in the indium oxide film include boron and silicon. The indium oxide film preferably has a concentration of these impurities of 0.1% or less, and more preferably 0.01% (100 ppm) or less. Note that carbon, hydrogen, and other elements can be contained in the film formation gas or precursor during film formation, and may remain in the indium oxide film in greater amounts than the above impurities.

なお、チャネル形成領域の酸化インジウム膜は、その結晶が立方晶構造(ビックスバイト型)を保持する範囲で、キャリア濃度を低く維持できる元素を含むことができる。当該元素として、ガリウム、アルミニウム、スカンジウム、イットリウム、ランタノイド(ランタン、ネオジム、サマリウム、エルビウム、イッテルビウムなど)などが挙げられる。これらの元素は、酸化物中では3価の陽イオンとして主に存在するため、酸化インジウムのキャリア濃度を低く維持できる。 Note that the indium oxide film in the channel formation region can contain elements that can maintain a low carrier concentration, as long as the crystals maintain a cubic crystal structure (bixbyite type). Examples of such elements include gallium, aluminum, scandium, yttrium, and lanthanides (lanthanum, neodymium, samarium, erbium, ytterbium, etc.). These elements exist primarily as trivalent cations in the oxide, allowing the carrier concentration of the indium oxide to be maintained low.

 このような酸化インジウム膜をトランジスタに用いることで、トランジスタの電界効果移動度を、50cm/(V・s)以上、好ましくは100cm/(V・s)以上、より好ましくは150cm/(V・s)以上、さらに好ましくは200cm/(V・s)以上、さらに好ましくは250cm/(V・s)以上とすることができる。 By using such an indium oxide film in a transistor, the field-effect mobility of the transistor can be increased to 50 cm 2 /(V·s) or more, preferably 100 cm 2 /(V·s) or more, more preferably 150 cm 2 /(V·s) or more, even more preferably 200 cm 2 /(V·s) or more, and still more preferably 250 cm 2 /(V·s) or more.

 酸化インジウム膜の特徴の一つとして、IGZO膜と比較して酸素の透過性(拡散性)が高いことが挙げられる。図21Cに示すように、酸化インジウム膜(InOと表記)に拡散する酸素(O)は、酸化インジウム膜を透過し、酸素分子(O)として放出される。また、膜に含まれる水素と反応することで、水分子(HO)として放出される場合もある。また、膜中に酸素欠損(V)が存在する場合には、拡散する酸素原子が酸素欠損を補填する。酸化インジウム膜は酸素が拡散しやすいことから、IGZO膜と比較して酸素欠損を補填しやすいともいえる。 One of the features of an indium oxide film is its high oxygen permeability (diffusibility) compared to an IGZO film. As shown in FIG. 21C, oxygen (O) diffusing into an indium oxide film (denoted as InOX ) passes through the indium oxide film and is released as oxygen molecules (O 2 ). It may also react with hydrogen contained in the film and be released as water molecules (H 2 O). Furthermore, if oxygen vacancies ( VO ) exist in the film, the diffusing oxygen atoms compensate for the oxygen vacancies. Since oxygen easily diffuses into an indium oxide film, it can also be said that oxygen vacancies are more easily compensated for compared to an IGZO film.

 このように、酸化インジウム膜は、IGZO膜と比較して膜中の酸素欠損を低減しやすいため、このような酸化インジウム膜をトランジスタに適用することで、極めて高い信頼性を示すトランジスタを実現できる。 As such, indium oxide films are easier to reduce oxygen vacancies in than IGZO films, and by applying such indium oxide films to transistors, it is possible to create transistors that exhibit extremely high reliability.

 また、図21Cに示すように、酸化インジウム膜は水素を拡散する。酸化インジウム膜に外部から拡散する水素は、酸化インジウム膜を透過し、水素分子(H)として放出される。または、膜に含まれる酸素と反応することで、水分子として放出される。 21C, the indium oxide film diffuses hydrogen. Hydrogen that diffuses into the indium oxide film from the outside passes through the indium oxide film and is released as hydrogen molecules (H 2 ). Alternatively, hydrogen reacts with oxygen contained in the film and is released as water molecules.

 酸化インジウム膜を用いたトランジスタは、電子を多数キャリアとする蓄積型トランジスタである。キャリアの緩和時間が一定値であると仮定する場合、電子(キャリア)の有効質量が小さいほど、電子移動度が高くなる。つまり、電子の有効質量が小さい酸化インジウムをトランジスタに用いることで、トランジスタのオン電流、又は電界効果移動度を高めることができる。 Transistors using indium oxide film are accumulation-type transistors that use electrons as majority carriers. Assuming that the carrier relaxation time is a constant value, the smaller the effective mass of the electrons (carriers), the higher the electron mobility. In other words, using indium oxide, which has a small effective electron mass, in a transistor can increase the transistor's on-current or field-effect mobility.

 表1に、単結晶の酸化インジウム(ここでは、In)と、単結晶のシリコン(Si)について、それぞれの有効質量を示す。表1に示すように、酸化インジウムは、電子の有効質量が小さく、正孔の有効質量は大きいという特徴がある。また酸化インジウムの電子の有効質量は結晶方位にほとんど依存しないという特徴がある。そのため、結晶性を有する酸化インジウムをトランジスタに用いることで、電界効果移動度の高いトランジスタ、周波数特性(f特とも呼称する)が高いトランジスタを実現できる。さらに、正孔の有効質量が大きいため、オフ電流が極めて小さいトランジスタを実現できる。例えば、縦型のトランジスタに酸化インジウム膜を適用することで、チャネル幅1μmあたりのオフ電流が、125℃の環境下において、1fA(1×10−15A)以下、または1aA(1×10−18A)以下であり、室温(25℃)環境下において、1aA(1×10−18A)以下、または1zA(1×10−21A)以下とすることができる。また、表1に示すように、酸化インジウムはシリコンよりも電子の有効質量が小さく、正孔の有効質量が大きいため、Siトランジスタよりも電界効果移動度が高く、且つ、オフ電流の低いトランジスタを実現できる可能性がある。 Table 1 shows the effective masses of single-crystal indium oxide (here, In 2 O 3 ) and single-crystal silicon (Si). As shown in Table 1, indium oxide is characterized by a small effective mass of electrons and a large effective mass of holes. Furthermore, the effective mass of electrons in indium oxide is characterized by being almost independent of the crystal orientation. Therefore, by using crystalline indium oxide for a transistor, a transistor with high field-effect mobility and high frequency characteristics (also referred to as f characteristics) can be realized. Furthermore, since the effective mass of holes is large, a transistor with extremely low off-current can be realized. For example, by applying an indium oxide film to a vertical transistor, the off-state current per 1 μm of channel width can be 1 fA (1×10 −15 A) or less or 1 aA (1×10 −18 A) or less in an environment of 125° C., and 1 aA (1×10 −18 A) or less or 1 zA (1×10 −21 A) or less in an environment of room temperature (25° C.). Furthermore, as shown in Table 1, indium oxide has a smaller effective mass of electrons and a larger effective mass of holes than silicon, and therefore may be able to realize a transistor with higher field-effect mobility and lower off-state current than a Si transistor.

 結晶性を有する酸化インジウム膜の少なくとも一部に接する層(以下、シード層と呼ぶ)には、酸化インジウムとの格子定数の差(格子不整合ともいう)が小さい結晶を含む材料を用いることが好ましい。これにより、酸化インジウム膜の結晶性を向上させることができる。なお、結晶性を有する酸化インジウム膜の少なくとも一部に接する層の一つとして、基板(例えば単結晶基板)を用いてもよい。 For the layer (hereinafter referred to as the seed layer) that comes into contact with at least a portion of the crystalline indium oxide film, it is preferable to use a material containing crystals with a small difference in lattice constant from indium oxide (also referred to as lattice mismatch). This can improve the crystallinity of the indium oxide film. Note that a substrate (e.g., a single-crystal substrate) may also be used as one of the layers that come into contact with at least a portion of the crystalline indium oxide film.

 格子不整合の度合いを評価する方法の一つとして、以下に示す格子不整合度の値を用いる方法がある。シード層が有する結晶に対する、形成膜(ここでは酸化インジウム膜)が有する結晶の格子不整合度Δa[%]は、Δa=((L−L)/L)×100で算出される。ここでLは形成膜が有する結晶の単位格子ベクトルの長さまたは格子定数であり、Lはシード層が有する結晶の単位格子ベクトルの長さまたは格子定数である。 One method for evaluating the degree of lattice mismatch is to use the lattice mismatch value shown below. The lattice mismatch Δa [%] of the crystals of the formed film (here, an indium oxide film) with respect to the crystals of the seed layer is calculated by Δa = (( L1 - L2 ) / L2 ) × 100, where L1 is the length or lattice constant of the unit lattice vector of the crystals of the formed film, and L2 is the length or lattice constant of the unit lattice vector of the crystals of the seed layer.

 シード層と、酸化インジウム膜との格子不整合度Δaは、その絶対値が小さいほど好ましく、0であることが最も好ましい。例えばΔaは、−5%以上5%以下、好ましくは−4%以上4%以下、より好ましくは−3%以上3%以下、さらに好ましくは−2%以上2%以下とすることができる。 The smaller the absolute value of the lattice mismatch Δa between the seed layer and the indium oxide film, the better, with 0 being most preferable. For example, Δa can be set to between -5% and 5%, preferably between -4% and 4%, more preferably between -3% and 3%, and even more preferably between -2% and 2%.

 ここで、酸化インジウムの結晶は立方晶構造(ビックスバイト型)である。例えば、イットリア安定化ジルコニア(YSZ)の結晶は立方晶構造(蛍石型)とすることができる。立方晶構造のYSZの結晶に対する、酸化インジウムの結晶の格子不整合度は、−2%以上2%以下の範囲内であり、YSZ基板上に酸化インジウムの単結晶膜をエピタキシャル成長させることができる。 Here, the indium oxide crystals have a cubic crystal structure (bixbyite type). For example, yttria-stabilized zirconia (YSZ) crystals can have a cubic crystal structure (fluorite type). The lattice mismatch of the indium oxide crystals with the cubic YSZ crystals is within the range of -2% to 2%, and a single crystal film of indium oxide can be epitaxially grown on a YSZ substrate.

 なお、シード層の結晶構造と、酸化インジウム膜の結晶構造とは、晶系または結晶方位が同一でなくてもよい場合がある。例えば、立方晶構造の結晶を有する酸化インジウム膜の下に、六方晶構造または三方晶構造の結晶を有する膜を用いることもできる。例えば、シード層の表面の結晶方位を[001]とし、酸化インジウム膜の下面の結晶方位を[111]とすることで、エピタキシャル成長に必要な結晶方位に関わる要件を満たすことができる。六方晶系または三方晶系の結晶として、例えば、ウルツ鉱型構造、YbFe型構造、YbFe型構造、およびこれらの変形型構造などがある。YbFe型構造またはYbFe型構造を有する結晶の一例としては、IGZOなどが挙げられる。なお、酸化インジウムの単結晶膜は、YSZ基板上だけではなく、絶縁膜上にも形成することができる。一方で、シリコンは、絶縁膜上に単結晶膜を形成するのが困難である。なお、シリコンの結晶は、ダイヤモンド構造である。このように、単結晶という意味では、酸化インジウムと、シリコンとは、同様の性質を有する。一方で、絶縁膜上に単結晶を形成できるかという観点において、酸化インジウムとシリコンを比較すると、異なる性質を有する。 The crystal structure of the seed layer and the crystal structure of the indium oxide film may not necessarily have the same crystal system or crystal orientation. For example, a film having hexagonal or trigonal crystal structure can be used under an indium oxide film having cubic crystal structure. For example, by setting the crystal orientation of the surface of the seed layer to [001] and the crystal orientation of the underside of the indium oxide film to [111], the requirements regarding the crystal orientation necessary for epitaxial growth can be met. Examples of hexagonal or trigonal crystals include wurtzite structure, YbFe2O4 structure, Yb2Fe3O7 structure, and modified structures thereof . An example of a crystal having a YbFe2O4 structure or a Yb2Fe3O7 structure is IGZO . Note that a single crystal film of indium oxide can be formed not only on a YSZ substrate but also on an insulating film. On the other hand, it is difficult to form a single crystal film of silicon on an insulating film. Silicon crystals have a diamond structure. As such, indium oxide and silicon have similar properties in terms of single crystals. However, when comparing indium oxide and silicon from the perspective of whether they can form single crystals on an insulating film, they have different properties.

結晶性を有する膜は、例えば、高分解能透過電子顕微鏡(TEM:Transmission Electron Microscope)像で、結晶粒を確認することができる。また、結晶性を有する膜は、例えば、高分解能TEM像で、結晶粒界を確認できる場合がある。つまり、結晶粒及び結晶粒界は、結晶性を有する膜の高分解能TEM像で観察できる場合がある。 In crystalline films, for example, crystal grains can be seen in high-resolution transmission electron microscope (TEM) images. Furthermore, in crystalline films, for example, crystal grain boundaries can sometimes be seen in high-resolution TEM images. In other words, crystal grains and crystal grain boundaries can sometimes be observed in high-resolution TEM images of crystalline films.

半導体層における第1の元素の含有率は低いことが好ましい。また、半導体層における第1の元素の濃度は低いことが好ましい。特に、チャネル形成領域における第1の元素の濃度は低いことが好ましい。ここで、第1の元素は、ホウ素、炭素、アルミニウム、シリコン、亜鉛、及びガリウムの少なくとも一である。半導体層における第1の元素の濃度は、例えば、1atomic%以下であることが好ましく、0.1atomic%以下であることがより好ましく、0.01atomic%(100ppm)以下であることがさらに好ましい。 The content of the first element in the semiconductor layer is preferably low. Furthermore, the concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer is preferably low. In particular, the concentration of the first element in the channel formation region is preferably low. Here, the first element is at least one of boron, carbon, aluminum, silicon, zinc, and gallium. The concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer is preferably, for example, 1 atomic % or less, more preferably 0.1 atomic % or less, and even more preferably 0.01 atomic % (100 ppm) or less.

また、半導体層の成膜時において、1回以上の蒸留が行われたプリカーサを用いることで、半導体層における第1の元素の濃度を、0.01atomic%(100ppm)以下、0.0001%(1ppm)以下、又は0.00001%(0.1ppm又は100ppb)以下とすることも可能である。つまり、半導体層における、酸素を除いてのインジウムの含有率(純度)を、99.99atomic%以上(4N)、99.9999atomic%以上(6N)、又は99.99999atomic%以上(7N)とすることができる。 Furthermore, by using a precursor that has been distilled one or more times during deposition of the semiconductor layer, it is possible to set the concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer to 0.01 atomic% (100 ppm) or less, 0.0001% (1 ppm) or less, or 0.00001% (0.1 ppm or 100 ppb) or less. In other words, the indium content (purity) excluding oxygen in the semiconductor layer can be 99.99 atomic% or more (4N), 99.9999 atomic% or more (6N), or 99.99999 atomic% or more (7N).

半導体層における、ホウ素、炭素、アルミニウム、及びシリコンの濃度を低くすることで、半導体層の結晶性を向上させることができる。 By lowering the concentrations of boron, carbon, aluminum, and silicon in the semiconductor layer, the crystallinity of the semiconductor layer can be improved.

半導体層がガリウム原子を含む場合、当該ガリウム原子が過剰な酸素原子と結合することで、Ga−O構造が形成される。Ga−O構造は、電子をトラップするアクセプターとして機能する。したがって、ガリウム原子と過剰な酸素原子を含む半導体層を有するトランジスタでは、PBTS(Positive Bias Temperature Stress)試験におけるしきい値電圧の変動量が大きくなる。よって、半導体層におけるガリウムの濃度を低くすることで、PBTS試験におけるしきい値電圧の変動量を小さくすることができる。よって、正バイアス印加に対する信頼性が高いトランジスタとすることができる。なお、半導体層が亜鉛原子を含む場合も、ガリウム原子を含む場合と同様のことが起こり得る。 When a semiconductor layer contains gallium atoms, the gallium atoms bond with excess oxygen atoms to form a Ga-O structure. The Ga-O structure functions as an acceptor that traps electrons. Therefore, in a transistor having a semiconductor layer containing gallium atoms and excess oxygen atoms, the amount of variation in threshold voltage during PBTS (Positive Bias Temperature Stress) testing increases. Therefore, by lowering the gallium concentration in the semiconductor layer, the amount of variation in threshold voltage during PBTS testing can be reduced. This results in a transistor with high reliability when a positive bias is applied. Note that the same phenomenon as when gallium atoms are included can occur when the semiconductor layer contains zinc atoms.

なお、第1の元素の濃度は、例えば、誘導結合プラズマ質量分析法(ICP−MS:Inductively Coupled Plasma−Mass Spectrometry)、XPS、SIMS、飛行時間型二次イオン質量分析法(ToF−SIMS:Time−of−Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry)、オージェ電子分光法(AES:Auger Electron Spectroscopy)、エネルギー分散型X線分光法(EDX:Energy Dispersive X−ray Spectroscopy)、又は誘導結合高周波プラズマ発光分光法(ICP−AES:Inductively Coupled Plasma−Atomic Emission Spectroscopy)等を用いて評価することができる。 The concentration of the first element can be measured using, for example, inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS), XPS, SIMS, time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (ToF-SIMS), Auger electron spectroscopy (AES), and other methods. Evaluation can be performed using techniques such as ion beam electron spectroscopy (ELC), energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDX), or inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES).

半導体として機能する金属酸化物2.0eV以上が好ましく、2.5eV以上がより好ましい。バンドギャップの大きい金属酸化物を半導体層に用いることで、トランジスタのオフ電流を小さくでき、半導体装置の消費電力を十分に低減できる。 Metal oxides that function as semiconductors preferably have a band gap of 2.0 eV or more, and more preferably 2.5 eV or more. By using a metal oxide with a wide band gap for the semiconductor layer, the off-state current of the transistor can be reduced, and the power consumption of the semiconductor device can be significantly reduced.

金属酸化物を半導体層に用いるトランジスタにおいては、チャネル幅が1μmあたりの室温におけるオフ電流値を1×10−17A/μm以下、好ましくは1×10−18A/μm以下、より好ましくは1×10−19A/μm以下にすることが可能である。また、チャネル幅が1μmあたりの85℃におけるオフ電流値を1×10−16A/μm以下、好ましくは1×10−17A/μm以下、より好ましくは1×10−18A/μm以下にすることが可能である。 In a transistor using a metal oxide for a semiconductor layer, the off-state current per μm of channel width at room temperature can be 1×10 −17 A/μm or less, preferably 1×10 −18 A/μm or less, more preferably 1×10 −19 A/μm or less. The off-state current per μm of channel width at 85° C. can be 1×10 −16 A/μm or less, preferably 1×10 −17 A/μm or less, more preferably 1×10 −18 A/μm or less.

また、OSトランジスタを微細化することで、トランジスタの高周波特性を向上させることができる。例えば、トランジスタの遮断周波数を向上させることができる。具体的には、トランジスタの遮断周波数を、室温環境下で、50GHz以上、好ましくは100GHz以上、より好ましくは150GHz以上とすることができる。 Furthermore, miniaturization of an OS transistor can improve the high-frequency characteristics of the transistor. For example, the cutoff frequency of the transistor can be improved. Specifically, the cutoff frequency of the transistor can be set to 50 GHz or higher, preferably 100 GHz or higher, and more preferably 150 GHz or higher at room temperature.

なお、半導体層は単層としてもよいし、2層以上の積層構造としてもよい。例えば、半導体層が第1の半導体層と、第1の半導体層上の第2の半導体層の2層構造である場合、第1の半導体層として、前述した半導体層に適用可能な金属酸化物(代表的には酸化インジウム)を用い、第2の半導体層として、伝導帯下端が第1の半導体層の伝導帯下端よりも真空準位側に位置する金属酸化物を用いることが好ましい。このとき、第1の半導体層は、主に電流経路(チャネル)として機能することができる。つまり、第1の半導体層は、第2の半導体層側の表面及びその近傍にチャネル形成領域を有する。 The semiconductor layer may be a single layer or a laminated structure of two or more layers. For example, when the semiconductor layer has a two-layer structure consisting of a first semiconductor layer and a second semiconductor layer on the first semiconductor layer, it is preferable to use a metal oxide (typically indium oxide) applicable to the semiconductor layer described above as the first semiconductor layer, and a metal oxide whose conduction band minimum is located closer to the vacuum level than the conduction band minimum of the first semiconductor layer as the second semiconductor layer. In this case, the first semiconductor layer can function mainly as a current path (channel). In other words, the first semiconductor layer has a channel formation region on the surface facing the second semiconductor layer and in its vicinity.

上記のような構成にすることで、第1の半導体層の界面及びその近傍においてトラップされるキャリアを少なくすることができる。また、チャネルをゲート絶縁層の表面から遠ざけることができ、表面散乱の影響を低減することができる。これにより、トランジスタの電界効果移動度を高くすることができる。 By using the above-described structure, it is possible to reduce the number of carriers trapped at the interface of the first semiconductor layer and its vicinity. Furthermore, it is possible to move the channel away from the surface of the gate insulating layer, thereby reducing the effects of surface scattering. This increases the field-effect mobility of the transistor.

第2の半導体層に適用可能な金属酸化物として、例えば、In−Ga酸化物、In−Zn酸化物、ITO、インジウムチタン酸化物(In−Ti酸化物)、In−Al−Zn酸化物、In−Ga−Zn酸化物、In−Sn−Zn酸化物、インジウムチタン亜鉛酸化物(In−Ti−Zn酸化物)、ITSOなどを用いることができる。または、亜鉛酸化物、アルミニウム亜鉛酸化物(Al−Zn酸化物、AZOとも記す)、アルミニウム錫酸化物(Al−Sn酸化物)などを用いることができる。 Examples of metal oxides that can be used for the second semiconductor layer include In-Ga oxide, In-Zn oxide, ITO, indium titanium oxide (In-Ti oxide), In-Al-Zn oxide, In-Ga-Zn oxide, In-Sn-Zn oxide, indium titanium zinc oxide (In-Ti-Zn oxide), and ITSO. Alternatively, zinc oxide, aluminum zinc oxide (Al-Zn oxide, also referred to as AZO), and aluminum tin oxide (Al-Sn oxide) can also be used.

第2の半導体層に用いるIn−Zn酸化物は、具体的には、In:Zn=1:1[原子数比]もしくはその近傍の組成、In:Zn=2:1[原子数比]もしくはその近傍の組成、又はIn:Zn=4:1[原子数比]もしくはその近傍の組成とすることができる。また、第2の半導体層に用いるIGZOは、具体的には、In:Ga:Zn=1:1:1[原子数比]もしくはその近傍の組成、In:Ga:Zn=1:3:2[原子数比]もしくはその近傍の組成、又はIn:Ga:Zn=1:3:4[原子数比]もしくはその近傍の組成とすることができる。 Specific examples of the In-Zn oxide used in the second semiconductor layer include an In:Zn=1:1 (atomic ratio) or a composition thereabout, an In:Zn=2:1 (atomic ratio) or a composition thereabout, or an In:Zn=4:1 (atomic ratio) or a composition thereabout. Specific examples of the IGZO used in the second semiconductor layer include an In:Ga:Zn=1:1:1 (atomic ratio) or a composition thereabout, an In:Ga:Zn=1:3:2 (atomic ratio) or a composition thereabout, or an In:Ga:Zn=1:3:4 (atomic ratio) or a composition thereabout.

第2の半導体層が有する金属酸化物の結晶性は特に限定されない。例えば、第2の半導体層は、非晶質(アモルファス)半導体(非晶質構造を有する半導体)、単結晶半導体(単結晶構造を有する半導体)、または単結晶以外の結晶性を有する半導体(微結晶半導体、多結晶半導体、または一部に結晶領域を有する半導体)の一以上を含む場合がある。 The crystallinity of the metal oxide contained in the second semiconductor layer is not particularly limited. For example, the second semiconductor layer may contain one or more of an amorphous semiconductor (a semiconductor having an amorphous structure), a single-crystal semiconductor (a semiconductor having a single-crystal structure), or a semiconductor having crystallinity other than single crystal (a microcrystalline semiconductor, a polycrystalline semiconductor, or a semiconductor having a crystalline region in part).

なお、半導体層21に用いることができる半導体材料は、酸化物半導体に限定されない。例えば、単体元素よりなる半導体、または化合物半導体を用いることができる。単体元素よりなる半導体としては、シリコン(単結晶シリコン、多結晶シリコン、微結晶シリコン、非晶質シリコンを含む)またはゲルマニウムなどが挙げられる。化合物半導体として、例えば、ヒ化ガリウム、シリコンゲルマニウムが挙げられる。化合物半導体として、有機半導体、窒化物半導体、または酸化物半導体等が挙げられる。なお、これらの半導体材料に、ドーパントとして不純物が含まれてもよい。 Note that the semiconductor material that can be used for the semiconductor layer 21 is not limited to oxide semiconductors. For example, semiconductors made of single elements or compound semiconductors can be used. Examples of semiconductors made of single elements include silicon (including single crystal silicon, polycrystalline silicon, microcrystalline silicon, and amorphous silicon) and germanium. Examples of compound semiconductors include gallium arsenide and silicon germanium. Examples of compound semiconductors include organic semiconductors, nitride semiconductors, and oxide semiconductors. Note that these semiconductor materials may contain impurities as dopants.

または、半導体層21は、半導体として機能する層状物質を有してもよい。層状物質とは、層状の結晶構造を有する材料群の総称である。層状の結晶構造は、共有結合またはイオン結合によって形成される層が、ファンデルワールス結合のような、共有結合またはイオン結合よりも弱い結合を介して積層している構造である。層状物質は、単位層内における電気伝導性が高く、つまり、2次元電気伝導性が高い。半導体として機能し、かつ、2次元電気伝導性の高い材料をチャネル形成領域に用いることで、オン電流の大きいトランジスタを提供することができる。 Alternatively, the semiconductor layer 21 may include a layered material that functions as a semiconductor. A layered material is a general term for a group of materials that have a layered crystal structure. A layered crystal structure is a structure in which layers formed by covalent or ionic bonds are stacked via bonds weaker than covalent or ionic bonds, such as van der Waals bonds. A layered material has high electrical conductivity within a single layer, that is, high two-dimensional electrical conductivity. By using a material that functions as a semiconductor and has high two-dimensional electrical conductivity in the channel formation region, a transistor with a large on-current can be provided.

上記層状物質として、例えば、グラフェン、シリセン、カルコゲン化物などが挙げられる。カルコゲン化物は、カルコゲン(第16族に属する元素)を含む化合物である。また、カルコゲン化物として、遷移金属カルコゲナイド、13族カルコゲナイドなどが挙げられる。トランジスタの半導体層として適用可能な遷移金属カルコゲナイドとして、具体的には、硫化モリブデン(代表的にはMoS)、セレン化モリブデン(代表的にはMoSe)、モリブデンテルル(代表的にはMoTe)、硫化タングステン(代表的にはWS)、セレン化タングステン(代表的にはWSe)、タングステンテルル(代表的にはWTe)、硫化ハフニウム(代表的にはHfS)、セレン化ハフニウム(代表的にはHfSe)、硫化ジルコニウム(代表的にはZrS)、セレン化ジルコニウム(代表的にはZrSe)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the layered material include graphene, silicene, and chalcogenides. Chalcogenides are compounds containing chalcogen (an element belonging to Group 16). Examples of chalcogenides include transition metal chalcogenides and Group 13 chalcogenides. Specific examples of transition metal chalcogenides that can be used as the semiconductor layer of a transistor include molybdenum sulfide (typically MoS 2 ), molybdenum selenide (typically MoSe 2 ), molybdenum tellurium (typically MoTe 2 ), tungsten sulfide (typically WS 2 ), tungsten selenide (typically WSe 2 ), tungsten tellurium (typically WTe 2 ), hafnium sulfide (typically HfS 2 ), hafnium selenide (typically HfSe 2 ), zirconium sulfide (typically ZrS 2 ), and zirconium selenide (typically ZrSe 2 ).

半導体層21に用いる半導体材料の結晶性は特に限定されず、非晶質半導体、単結晶半導体、または単結晶以外の結晶性を有する半導体(多結晶半導体、微結晶半導体、または一部に結晶領域を有する半導体)のいずれを用いてもよい。結晶性を有する半導体を用いると、トランジスタ特性の劣化を抑制できるため好ましい。 The crystallinity of the semiconductor material used for the semiconductor layer 21 is not particularly limited, and any of an amorphous semiconductor, a single-crystal semiconductor, or a semiconductor having crystallinity other than single crystal (a polycrystalline semiconductor, a microcrystalline semiconductor, or a semiconductor having a crystalline region in part) may be used. Using a crystalline semiconductor is preferable because it can suppress deterioration of the transistor characteristics.

以上が、構成要素についての説明である。 This concludes the explanation of the components.

[構成例4]
図8乃至図11を用いて、本発明の一態様の記憶装置の構成例について説明する。
[Configuration Example 4]
A configuration example of a storage device of one embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.

メモリセル15に用いるトランジスタ20は薄膜法を用いて形成することができる。よて、トランジスタ20を含むメモリセル15は、他の機能層、例えばメモリセルアレイが形成された層、あるいは機能回路が形成された層などの上に積層して設けることができる。例えば、先に示す図6のように、基板91に設けられた機能回路上に積層して、複数のメモリセル15を有するメモリセルアレイを含む層を設けることができる。メモリセルアレイを含む層を機能回路上に設けることにより、回路の集積化を実現することができる。またメモリセルアレイを含む層を機能回路上に設けることにより、機能回路との間の配線長を短くすることができるため、データアクセス性の向上及び消費電力の低減を実現することができる。 The transistor 20 used in the memory cell 15 can be formed using a thin-film method. Therefore, the memory cell 15 including the transistor 20 can be stacked on another functional layer, such as a layer in which a memory cell array is formed or a layer in which a functional circuit is formed. For example, as shown in Figure 6 above, a layer including a memory cell array having multiple memory cells 15 can be stacked on a functional circuit provided on a substrate 91. By providing a layer including a memory cell array on a functional circuit, circuit integration can be achieved. Furthermore, by providing a layer including a memory cell array on a functional circuit, the wiring length between the functional circuit and the layer can be shortened, thereby improving data accessibility and reducing power consumption.

また、メモリセルアレイを積層して設けることができる。メモリセルアレイを積層して設けることにより、チップあたりのメモリ密度を高めることができる。 In addition, memory cell arrays can be stacked. By stacking memory cell arrays, the memory density per chip can be increased.

図8には、メモリセルアレイが設けられる層77を積層する例を示す。層77には複数のメモリセル15が設けられ、複数のメモリセル15は例えば、平面視においてマトリクス状に配置されている。 Figure 8 shows an example of stacking a layer 77 in which a memory cell array is provided. Layer 77 is provided with a plurality of memory cells 15, which are arranged, for example, in a matrix in plan view.

図8に示すように、層77を積層して設けることができる。なお図8には層77を2層積層する例を示すが、層77は3層以上、積層して設けることもできる。 As shown in Figure 8, layers 77 can be stacked. Note that Figure 8 shows an example in which two layers 77 are stacked, but three or more layers 77 can also be stacked.

なお、図9及び図10に示すように、基板91に形成されたトランジスタ90をトランジスタ20に替えて用いた層77_Sを形成し、層77_S上に層77を積層する構成とすることもできる。 As shown in Figures 9 and 10, a layer 77_S can be formed using transistor 90 formed on substrate 91 instead of transistor 20, and layer 77 can be stacked on layer 77_S.

図9に示す層77_Sは、複数のメモリセル15を有する。なお、メモリセル15はトランジスタ90と、トランジスタ90上に設けられる容量素子30とを有する。トランジスタ90には、図6に示すトランジスタ90を適用することができる。 The layer 77_S shown in FIG. 9 has multiple memory cells 15. Note that each memory cell 15 has a transistor 90 and a capacitor 30 provided over the transistor 90. The transistor 90 shown in FIG. 6 can be used as the transistor 90.

なお図8には層77_S上に層77を1層積層する例を示すが、層77は2層以上、積層して設けることもできる。 Note that while Figure 8 shows an example in which one layer 77 is stacked on top of layer 77_S, two or more layers 77 can also be stacked.

図10には、図9において、トランジスタ90の構成が異なる例を示す。 Figure 10 shows an example in which the configuration of transistor 90 is different from that of Figure 9.

図10に示すトランジスタ90は、基板91に形成されたトレンチ部にゲート絶縁層として機能する絶縁層93と、ゲート電極として機能する導電層94とが設けられる構成である。またトレンチ内において、導電層94上に絶縁層UI1が形成される。 The transistor 90 shown in Figure 10 has a configuration in which an insulating layer 93 functioning as a gate insulating layer and a conductive layer 94 functioning as a gate electrode are provided in a trench portion formed in a substrate 91. Furthermore, an insulating layer UI1 is formed on the conductive layer 94 within the trench.

基板91において、トレンチ部の側面及び底面にあたる領域には、半導体領域92が形成されている。半導体領域92の上方には低抵抗領域95aと、低抵抗領域95bとが形成される。 In the substrate 91, a semiconductor region 92 is formed in the region corresponding to the side and bottom of the trench portion. Low-resistance regions 95a and 95b are formed above the semiconductor region 92.

図10に示すトランジスタ20では、断面視においてU字形状の半導体領域92と、平面視又は断面視において、トレンチ部を介して対向する低抵抗領域95aと低抵抗領域95bと、を有する構成となっている。 The transistor 20 shown in Figure 10 has a semiconductor region 92 that is U-shaped in cross section, and low-resistance regions 95a and 95b that face each other across a trench portion in plan or cross section.

絶縁層UI1は、低抵抗領域95aと低抵抗領域95bとか直接接しないようにするための絶縁層としての機能を有する。 The insulating layer UI1 functions as an insulating layer to prevent direct contact between the low resistance regions 95a and 95b.

本発明の一態様の記憶装置において、強誘電性を有する絶縁層を絶縁層52に用いることにより、容量素子30を不揮発な構成とすることができる。これにより、メモリセル15に長時間、データを保持することができる。また、強誘電性を有する絶縁層を絶縁層52に用いることにより、メモリセル15の信頼性が高まる場合がある。 In the memory device of one embodiment of the present invention, by using a ferroelectric insulating layer for the insulating layer 52, the capacitor 30 can be made nonvolatile. This allows data to be retained in the memory cell 15 for a long time. Furthermore, by using a ferroelectric insulating layer for the insulating layer 52, the reliability of the memory cell 15 may be improved.

また、本発明の一態様の記憶装置において、メモリセル15のトランジスタとしてOSトランジスタを用いることにより、容量素子30に保持された電荷のリークを極めて小さくすることができる。これにより、メモリセル15に長時間、データを保持することができる。 Furthermore, in a storage device of one embodiment of the present invention, by using an OS transistor as the transistor of the memory cell 15, leakage of charge held in the capacitor 30 can be extremely reduced. As a result, data can be held in the memory cell 15 for a long time.

図11は、層77が有する容量素子30の構成が図10と異なる。図11において、層77が有する容量素子30の導電層53は、容量素子30ごと、あるいは一方向(例えば図3A等に示すY方向)に配列するひと続きの容量素子30ごとに離隔して設けられるのではなく例えば、層77が有する1つのブロック全体における容量素子30の導電層53が共通して設けられている。容量素子30の絶縁層52として例えば、強誘電性を有する絶縁層を適用しない場合には例えば、図11に示す構成とすることもできる。 In Figure 11, the configuration of the capacitance elements 30 in layer 77 differs from that in Figure 10. In Figure 11, the conductive layers 53 of the capacitance elements 30 in layer 77 are not provided separately for each capacitance element 30 or for each series of capacitance elements 30 arranged in one direction (for example, the Y direction shown in Figure 3A, etc.), but rather, for example, the conductive layers 53 of the capacitance elements 30 in an entire block of layer 77 are provided in common. If, for example, a ferroelectric insulating layer is not used as the insulating layer 52 of the capacitance element 30, the configuration shown in Figure 11 can also be used.

強誘電性を有さない絶縁層を絶縁層52に用いた構成では、メモリセル15の作製工程、及び周辺回路等を簡略化できる場合がある。また絶縁層52に用いる材料は、メモリセル15において求められる動作速度、プロセスの温度、等に合わせて適宜選択することができる。 When a non-ferroelectric insulating layer is used for the insulating layer 52, the manufacturing process of the memory cell 15 and the peripheral circuits can be simplified in some cases. Furthermore, the material used for the insulating layer 52 can be selected appropriately according to the operating speed, process temperature, etc. required for the memory cell 15.

本発明の一態様の記憶装置において例えば、層77_Sに用いる容量素子の絶縁層52に強誘電性を有する絶縁層を用い、層77に用いる容量素子の絶縁層52には、層77_Sと比較して強誘電性を有さない絶縁層を用いる構成とすることもできる。また層77_Sに強誘電性を有する絶縁層を用い、層77のトランジスタとしてOSトランジスタを用いることもできる。 In a memory device of one embodiment of the present invention, for example, a ferroelectric insulating layer can be used for the insulating layer 52 of the capacitor used in layer 77_S, and an insulating layer that is less ferroelectric than layer 77_S can be used for the insulating layer 52 of the capacitor used in layer 77. Alternatively, a ferroelectric insulating layer can be used for layer 77_S, and an OS transistor can be used as the transistor in layer 77.

層77は複数、積層することができるため、メモリの容量を大きくすることができる。よって、大容量のメモリとしても好適に用いることができる。 Multiple layers 77 can be stacked, allowing for increased memory capacity. This makes it suitable for use as a large-capacity memory.

本実施の形態は、少なくともその一部を本明細書中に記載する他の実施の形態と適宜組み合わせて実施することができる。 This embodiment can be implemented by appropriately combining at least a portion of it with other embodiments described in this specification.

(実施の形態2)
本実施の形態では、図12乃至図14Bを用いて、本発明の一態様の半導体装置である記憶装置と、記憶装置に備わる周辺回路と、の構成例について説明する。
(Embodiment 2)
In this embodiment, configuration examples of a memory device which is a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention and a peripheral circuit included in the memory device will be described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14B.

<記憶装置の構成例>
図12に記憶装置の構成の一例を示す。記憶装置1400は、周辺回路1411、およびメモリセルアレイ1470を有する。周辺回路1411は、行回路1420、列回路1430、出力回路1440、およびコントロールロジック回路1460を有する。
<Configuration example of storage device>
12 shows an example of the configuration of a memory device. The memory device 1400 includes a peripheral circuit 1411 and a memory cell array 1470. The peripheral circuit 1411 includes a row circuit 1420, a column circuit 1430, an output circuit 1440, and a control logic circuit 1460.

列回路1430は、例えば、列デコーダ、プリチャージ回路、センスアンプ、書き込み回路等を有する。プリチャージ回路は、配線をプリチャージする機能を有する。センスアンプは、メモリセルから読み出されたデータ信号を増幅する機能を有する。なお、上記配線は、メモリセルアレイ1470が有するメモリセルに接続されている配線である。増幅されたデータ信号は、出力回路1440を介して、データ信号RDATAとして記憶装置1400の外部に出力される。また、行回路1420は、例えば、行デコーダ、ワード線ドライバ回路、プレート線ドライバ回路等を有し、アクセスする行を選択することができる。 The column circuit 1430 includes, for example, a column decoder, a precharge circuit, a sense amplifier, and a write circuit. The precharge circuit has the function of precharging the wiring. The sense amplifier has the function of amplifying the data signal read from the memory cell. Note that the above wiring is connected to the memory cell in the memory cell array 1470. The amplified data signal is output to the outside of the memory device 1400 as a data signal RDATA via the output circuit 1440. The row circuit 1420 also includes, for example, a row decoder, a word line driver circuit, a plate line driver circuit, and the like, and can select the row to access.

記憶装置1400には、外部から電源電圧として低電源電圧(VSS)、周辺回路1411用の高電源電圧(VDD)、メモリセルアレイ1470用の高電源電圧(VIL)が供給される。また、記憶装置1400には、制御信号(CE、WEN、RES)、アドレス信号ADDR、データ信号WDATAが外部から入力される。アドレス信号ADDRは、行デコーダおよび列デコーダに入力され、データ信号WDATAは書き込み回路に入力される。 The memory device 1400 is supplied with a low power supply voltage (VSS), a high power supply voltage (VDD) for the peripheral circuit 1411, and a high power supply voltage (VIL) for the memory cell array 1470 from the outside. Control signals (CE, WEN, RES), an address signal ADDR, and a data signal WDATA are also input to the memory device 1400 from the outside. The address signal ADDR is input to the row decoder and column decoder, and the data signal WDATA is input to the write circuit.

コントロールロジック回路1460は、外部から入力される制御信号(CE、WEN、RES)を処理して、行デコーダ、列デコーダの制御信号を生成する。制御信号CEは、チップイネーブル信号であり、制御信号WENは、書き込みイネーブル信号であり、制御信号RESは、読み出しイネーブル信号である。コントロールロジック回路1460が処理する信号は、これに限定されるものではなく、必要に応じて、他の制御信号を入力すればよい。 The control logic circuit 1460 processes control signals (CE, WEN, RES) input from the outside to generate control signals for the row decoder and column decoder. The control signal CE is a chip enable signal, the control signal WEN is a write enable signal, and the control signal RES is a read enable signal. The signals processed by the control logic circuit 1460 are not limited to these, and other control signals can be input as needed.

メモリセルアレイ1470は、行列状に配置された、複数個のメモリセルMCと、複数の配線を有する。なお、メモリセルアレイ1470と行回路1420とを接続している配線の数は、メモリセルMCの構成、一列に有するメモリセルMCの数などによって決まる。また、メモリセルアレイ1470と列回路1430とを接続している配線の数は、メモリセルMCの構成、一行に有するメモリセルMCの数などによって決まる。 The memory cell array 1470 has a plurality of memory cells MC arranged in a matrix and a plurality of wirings. The number of wirings connecting the memory cell array 1470 and the row circuit 1420 is determined by the configuration of the memory cells MC, the number of memory cells MC in a column, etc. The number of wirings connecting the memory cell array 1470 and the column circuit 1430 is determined by the configuration of the memory cells MC, the number of memory cells MC in a row, etc.

なお、本実施の形態に示す、周辺回路1411、メモリセルアレイ1470等の構成は、上記に限定されるものではない。これらの回路、および当該回路に接続される配線、回路素子等の、配置または機能は、必要に応じて、変更、削除、または追加してもよい。本発明の一態様の記憶装置は、動作速度が速く、長期間のデータ保持が可能である。 Note that the configurations of the peripheral circuit 1411, the memory cell array 1470, and the like shown in this embodiment are not limited to those described above. The arrangement or functions of these circuits, and the wirings, circuit elements, and the like connected to the circuits may be changed, deleted, or added as necessary. The memory device of one embodiment of the present invention has high operating speed and can retain data for a long period of time.

図13に上述のメモリセルアレイ1470とメモリセルMCの構成例を示す。 Figure 13 shows an example configuration of the memory cell array 1470 and memory cells MC described above.

図13に示すメモリセルアレイ1470は、m/2行n列(mは1以上の偶数であり、nは1以上の整数である)のマトリクス状に配置されたメモリセル1480を有する。また、図13に示すメモリセル1480は、上述したメモリセルMCに適用可能な記憶回路であって、強誘電体キャパシタを用いたメモリセルの回路構成の一例である。なお、図13には、行回路1420と、列回路1430と、も示している。 The memory cell array 1470 shown in FIG. 13 has memory cells 1480 arranged in a matrix of m/2 rows and n columns (m is an even number greater than or equal to 1, and n is an integer greater than or equal to 1). The memory cell 1480 shown in FIG. 13 is a memory circuit applicable to the memory cell MC described above, and is an example of the circuit configuration of a memory cell using a ferroelectric capacitor. Also shown in FIG. 13 are a row circuit 1420 and a column circuit 1430.

図13において、メモリセル1480は、トランジスタM9と、容量素子Cfeと、を有する。ここで、メモリセル1480において、トランジスタM9は、実施の形態1で説明したトランジスタ20に、容量素子Cfeは、実施の形態1で説明した容量素子30に、それぞれ対応させることができる。 In FIG. 13, memory cell 1480 has transistor M9 and capacitance element Cfe. Here, in memory cell 1480, transistor M9 can correspond to transistor 20 described in embodiment 1, and capacitance element Cfe can correspond to capacitance element 30 described in embodiment 1.

また、図13のメモリセルアレイ1470では、1本の配線BLに、m個のメモリセル1480が接続されている。 Furthermore, in the memory cell array 1470 of Figure 13, m memory cells 1480 are connected to one wiring BL.

なお、以下では、図13に示されている複数のメモリセル1480のいずれか一に着目して説明している。 Note that the following description focuses on one of the multiple memory cells 1480 shown in Figure 13.

トランジスタM9のソース又はドレインの一方は、配線BL(例えば、配線BL[1]乃至配線BL[n]のいずれか一)に接続される。トランジスタM9のソース又はドレインの他方は、容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の一方に接続される。トランジスタM9のゲートは、配線WL(例えば、配線WL[1]乃至配線WL[m]のいずれか一)に接続される。容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の他方は、配線PL(例えば、配線PL[1]乃至配線PL[m]のいずれか一)に接続される。 One of the source and drain of transistor M9 is connected to wiring BL (e.g., one of wirings BL[1] to BL[n]). The other of the source and drain of transistor M9 is connected to one of a pair of electrodes of capacitor Cfe. The gate of transistor M9 is connected to wiring WL (e.g., one of wirings WL[1] to WL[m]). The other of the pair of electrodes of capacitor Cfe is connected to wiring PL (e.g., one of wirings PL[1] to PL[m]).

配線WLは、ワード線としての機能を有し、配線WLに選択信号又は非選択信号として電位を与えることにより、トランジスタM9のオン状態とオフ状態との切り替えを制御することができる。例えば、配線WLに与えられる選択信号を高電位(H)とすることにより、トランジスタM9をオン状態にし、また、配線WLに与えられる非選択信号を低電位(L)とすることにより、トランジスタM9をオフ状態にすることができる。配線WLは、行回路1420に含まれるワード線ドライバ回路に接続され、ワード線ドライバ回路により、配線WLに選択信号又は非選択信号を与えることができる。 The wiring WL functions as a word line, and can control the on/off switching of the transistor M9 by applying a potential to the wiring WL as a selection signal or non-selection signal. For example, the transistor M9 can be turned on by setting the selection signal applied to the wiring WL to a high potential (H), and the transistor M9 can be turned off by setting the non-selection signal applied to the wiring WL to a low potential (L). The wiring WL is connected to a word line driver circuit included in the row circuit 1420, and the word line driver circuit can apply a selection signal or non-selection signal to the wiring WL.

配線BLは、ビット線としての機能を有し、トランジスタM9がオン状態である場合において、配線BLに与えられるデータ信号に対応する電位が、容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の一方に与えられる。配線BLは、列回路1430に含まれるビット線ドライバ回路に接続される。ビット線ドライバ回路は、メモリセルMCへ書き込まれるデータ信号を生成する機能を有する。また、ビット線ドライバ回路は、メモリセルMCから出力されたデータを読み出す機能を有する。具体的には、ビット線ドライバ回路にはセンスアンプが設けられ、メモリセルMCから出力された当該データを、センスアンプを用いて読み出すことができる。 The wiring BL functions as a bit line, and when the transistor M9 is on, a potential corresponding to a data signal applied to the wiring BL is applied to one of a pair of electrodes of the capacitor Cfe. The wiring BL is connected to a bit line driver circuit included in the column circuit 1430. The bit line driver circuit has a function of generating a data signal to be written to the memory cell MC. The bit line driver circuit also has a function of reading data output from the memory cell MC. Specifically, the bit line driver circuit is provided with a sense amplifier, and the data output from the memory cell MC can be read using the sense amplifier.

配線PLは、プレート線としての機能を有する。容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の他方には、配線PLに与えられる所定の電位が供給される。配線PLは、行回路1420に含まれるプレート線ドライバ回路に接続されており、プレート線ドライバ回路は、一例として、書き込み動作時、又は読み出し動作時において、配線PLに対して、当該電位を与えることができる回路である。 The wiring PL functions as a plate line. A predetermined potential is applied to the wiring PL and is supplied to the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe. The wiring PL is connected to a plate line driver circuit included in the row circuit 1420, and the plate line driver circuit is a circuit that can apply the potential to the wiring PL, for example, during a write operation or a read operation.

容量素子Cfeは、2つの電極の間に、誘電体層として強誘電性を有し得る材料を有する。容量素子の誘電体層として薄膜化することができる強誘電体層を用い、微細化されたトランジスタと組み合わせることにより、集積度の高い記憶装置とすることができる。以下では、容量素子Cfeが有する誘電体層を、強誘電体層と呼ぶ。 The capacitance element Cfe has a dielectric layer between two electrodes made of a material that can have ferroelectric properties. By using a ferroelectric layer that can be thinned as the dielectric layer of the capacitance element and combining it with miniaturized transistors, a highly integrated memory device can be created. Hereinafter, the dielectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe will be referred to as the ferroelectric layer.

容量素子Cfeが有する強誘電体層は、ヒステリシス特性を有する。図14Aは、当該ヒステリシス特性の一例を示すグラフである。図14Aにおいて、横軸は強誘電体層に印加する電圧を示す。当該電圧は、例えば容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の一方の電位と、容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の他方の電位と、の差とすることができる。 The ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe has a hysteresis characteristic. Figure 14A is a graph showing an example of this hysteresis characteristic. In Figure 14A, the horizontal axis represents the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer. This voltage can be, for example, the difference between the potential of one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe and the potential of the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe.

また、図14Aにおいて、縦軸は強誘電体層の分極を示し、正の値の場合は、正電荷が容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の一方側に偏り、負電荷が容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の他方の電極側に偏っていることを示す。一方、分極が負の値の場合は、正電荷が容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の他方側に偏り、負電荷が容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の一方側に偏っていることを示す。 In addition, in Figure 14A, the vertical axis represents the polarization of the ferroelectric layer, and a positive value indicates that positive charges are biased toward one side of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe, and negative charges are biased toward the other side of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe. On the other hand, a negative value for polarization indicates that positive charges are biased toward the other side of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe, and negative charges are biased toward one side of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe.

なお、図14Aのグラフの横軸に示す電圧を、容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の他方の電極の電位と、容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の一方の電極の電位と、の差としてもよい。また、図14Aのグラフの縦軸に示す分極を、正電荷が容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の他方の電極側に偏り、負電荷が容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の一方の電極側に偏っている場合に正の値とし、正電荷が容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の一方の電極側に偏り、負電荷が容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の他方の電極側に偏っている場合に負の値としてもよい。 The voltage shown on the horizontal axis of the graph in FIG. 14A may be the difference between the potential of the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe and the potential of one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe. Furthermore, the polarization shown on the vertical axis of the graph in FIG. 14A may be a positive value when positive charges are biased toward the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe and negative charges are biased toward one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe, and a negative value when positive charges are biased toward one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe and negative charges are biased toward the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe.

図14Aに示すように、強誘電体層のヒステリシス特性は、曲線61と、曲線62と、により表すことができる。曲線61と、曲線62と、の交点における電圧を、VSP、及び−VSPとする。VSPと−VSPは、極性が異なるということができる。 As shown in Figure 14A, the hysteresis characteristics of the ferroelectric layer can be represented by curve 61 and curve 62. The voltages at the intersections of curve 61 and curve 62 are VSP and -VSP. VSP and -VSP can be said to have opposite polarities.

強誘電体層に−VSP以下の電圧を印加した後に、強誘電体層に印加する電圧を高くしていくと、強誘電体層の分極は、曲線61に従って増加する。一方、強誘電体層にVSP以上の電圧を印加した後に、強誘電体層に印加する電圧を低くしていくと、強誘電体層の分極は、曲線62に従って減少する。よって、VSP、及び−VSPは、それぞれ飽和分極電圧ということができる。なお、例えば、VSPを第1の飽和分極電圧と呼び、−VSPを第2の飽和分極電圧と呼ぶ場合がある。また、図14Aでは、第1の飽和分極電圧の絶対値と、第2の飽和分極電圧の絶対値と、が等しい場合を示しているが、両者の絶対値は異なっていてもよい。 After applying a voltage equal to or less than -VSP to the ferroelectric layer, if the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer is increased, the polarization of the ferroelectric layer increases according to curve 61. On the other hand, after applying a voltage equal to or greater than VSP to the ferroelectric layer, if the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer is decreased, the polarization of the ferroelectric layer decreases according to curve 62. Therefore, VSP and -VSP can each be referred to as saturation polarization voltages. Note that, for example, VSP may be referred to as the first saturation polarization voltage, and -VSP may be referred to as the second saturation polarization voltage. Furthermore, while Figure 14A shows a case where the absolute values of the first and second saturation polarization voltages are equal, the absolute values of the two may be different.

ここで、強誘電体層の分極が曲線61に従って変化する際の、強誘電体層の分極が0である場合における、強誘電体層に印加される電圧をVcとする。また、強誘電体層の分極が曲線62に従って変化する際の、強誘電体層の分極が0である場合における、強誘電体層に印加される電圧を−Vcとする。Vc、及び−Vcは、それぞれ抗電圧ということができる。Vcの値、及び−Vcの値は、−VSPとVSPの間の値であるということができる。なお、例えば、Vcを第1の抗電圧と呼び、−Vcを第2の抗電圧と呼ぶ場合がある。また、図14Aでは、第1の抗電圧の絶対値と、第2の抗電圧の絶対値と、が等しいとしているが、両者の絶対値は異なってもよい。 Here, Vc denotes the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer when the polarization of the ferroelectric layer changes according to curve 61 and the polarization of the ferroelectric layer is 0. Furthermore, -Vc denotes the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer when the polarization of the ferroelectric layer changes according to curve 62 and the polarization of the ferroelectric layer is 0. Vc and -Vc can each be referred to as coercive voltages. The values of Vc and -Vc can be said to be values between -VSP and VSP. For example, Vc may be referred to as the first coercive voltage, and -Vc may be referred to as the second coercive voltage. Furthermore, although Figure 14A shows that the absolute values of the first coercive voltage and the second coercive voltage are equal, their absolute values may be different.

また、強誘電体層に電圧が印加されていない時の、分極の最大値を「残留分極Pr」と呼び、最小値を「残留分極−Pr」と呼ぶ。また、残留分極Prと、残留分極−Prと、の差を、「残留分極2Pr」と呼ぶ。 Furthermore, when no voltage is applied to the ferroelectric layer, the maximum value of polarization is called the "remanent polarization Pr" and the minimum value is called the "remanent polarization -Pr." Furthermore, the difference between the remanent polarization Pr and the remanent polarization -Pr is called the "remanent polarization 2Pr."

上述のように、容量素子Cfeが有する強誘電体層に印加される電圧は、容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の一方の電位と、容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の他方の電極の電位と、の差により表すことができる。また、上述のように、容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の他方の電極は、配線PLに接続される。よって、配線PLの電位を制御することにより、容量素子Cfeが有する強誘電体層に印加される電圧を制御することができる。 As described above, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe can be expressed as the difference between the potential of one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe and the potential of the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe. Also, as described above, the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe is connected to the wiring PL. Therefore, by controlling the potential of the wiring PL, it is possible to control the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe.

図13に示すメモリセル1480の駆動方法の一例を説明する。以下の説明において、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧とは、容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の一方の電極の電位と、容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の他方の電極(配線PL)の電位と、の差(電位差)である。また、トランジスタM9は、nチャネル型トランジスタとする。 An example of a method for driving the memory cell 1480 shown in Figure 13 will be described. In the following description, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe is the difference (potential difference) between the potential of one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe and the potential of the other of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe (wiring PL). Furthermore, the transistor M9 is an n-channel transistor.

図14Bは、メモリセル1480の駆動方法例を示すタイミングチャートである。図14Bでは、メモリセル1480に2値のデジタルデータを書き込み、読み出す例を示している。具体的には、図14Bでは、時刻T01乃至時刻T02においてメモリセル1480にデータ“1”を書き込み、時刻T03乃至時刻T05において読み出し及び再書き込みを行い、時刻T11乃至時刻T13において読み出し、及びメモリセル1480へのデータ“0”の書き込みを行い、時刻T14乃至時刻T16において読み出し及び再書き込みを行い、時刻T17乃至時刻T19において読み出し、及びメモリセル1480へのデータ“1”の書き込みを行う例を示している。 Figure 14B is a timing chart showing an example of a method for driving memory cell 1480. Figure 14B shows an example of writing and reading binary digital data to memory cell 1480. Specifically, Figure 14B shows an example in which data "1" is written to memory cell 1480 from time T01 to time T02, read and rewrite are performed from time T03 to time T05, read and write data "0" to memory cell 1480 from time T11 to time T13, read and rewrite are performed from time T14 to time T16, and read and write data "1" to memory cell 1480 from time T17 to time T19.

配線BLと電気的に接続されるセンスアンプには、基準電位としてVrefが供給されるものとする。図14Bに示す読み出し動作において、配線BLの電位がVrefより高い場合は、ビット線ドライバ回路により、データ“1”が読み出されるものとする。一方、配線BLの電位がVrefより低い場合は、ビット線ドライバ回路により、データ“0”が読み出されるものとする。 The sense amplifier electrically connected to the wiring BL is supplied with Vref as a reference potential. In the read operation shown in Figure 14B, if the potential of the wiring BL is higher than Vref, data "1" is read by the bit line driver circuit. On the other hand, if the potential of the wiring BL is lower than Vref, data "0" is read by the bit line driver circuit.

時刻T01乃至時刻T02において、ワード線ドライバ回路によって配線WLに選択信号として高電位を与える。これにより、トランジスタM9がオン状態となる。また、配線BLの電位をVwとする。トランジスタM9はオン状態であるため、容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の一方の電位はVwとなる。さらに、プレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLにGNDを与える。以上より、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧は、“Vw−GND”となる。これにより、メモリセル1480にデータ“1”を書き込むことができる。よって、時刻T01乃至時刻T02は、書き込み動作を行う期間であるということができる。 From time T01 to time T02, the word line driver circuit applies a high potential to the wiring WL as a selection signal. This turns on transistor M9. The potential of the wiring BL is also set to Vw. Because transistor M9 is on, the potential of one of the pair of electrodes of capacitance element Cfe becomes Vw. Furthermore, GND is applied to the wiring PL by the plate line driver circuit. As a result, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of capacitance element Cfe becomes "Vw-GND." This allows data "1" to be written to memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T01 to time T02 can be said to be the period during which the write operation is performed.

ここで、Vwは、VSP以上とすることが好ましく、例えば、VSPと等しくすることが好ましい。また、本明細書において、GNDは接地電位であるが、メモリセル1480を本発明の一態様の趣旨を充足するように駆動させることが可能であれば、必ずしも接地電位としなくてもよい。例えば、第1の飽和分極電圧の絶対値と、第2の飽和分極電圧の絶対値と、が異なり、第1の抗電圧の絶対値と、第2の抗電圧の絶対値と、が異なる場合は、GNDは接地以外の電位とすることができる。 Here, Vw is preferably equal to or greater than VSP, for example, and is preferably equal to VSP. Furthermore, in this specification, GND is the ground potential, but it does not necessarily have to be the ground potential as long as the memory cell 1480 can be driven in a manner that satisfies the spirit of one aspect of the present invention. For example, if the absolute value of the first saturation polarization voltage is different from the absolute value of the second saturation polarization voltage, and the absolute value of the first coercive voltage is different from the absolute value of the second coercive voltage, GND can be a potential other than ground.

時刻T02乃至時刻T03において、ビット線ドライバ回路によって配線BLにGNDを与え、且つプレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLにGNDを与える。これにより、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧は、0Vとなる。時刻T01乃至時刻T02において、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧“Vw−GND”をVSP以上とすることができることから、時刻T02乃至時刻T03において、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層の分極量は図14Aに示す曲線62に従って変化する。以上より、時刻T02乃至時刻T03では、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層において分極反転は発生しない。 From time T02 to time T03, the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the line BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies GND to the line PL. As a result, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe becomes 0V. From time T01 to time T02, the voltage "Vw-GND" applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe can be set to VSP or higher, so from time T02 to time T03, the polarization amount of the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe changes according to curve 62 shown in FIG. 14A. As a result, from time T02 to time T03, no polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe.

配線BL及び配線PLのそれぞれにGNDを与えた後、ワード線ドライバ回路によって、配線WLに非選択信号として低電位を与える。これにより、トランジスタM9がオフ状態となる。以上により、書き込み動作が完了し、メモリセル1480へデータ“1”が保持される。なお、配線BL及び配線PLのそれぞれの電位は、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層において分極反転が発生しない、つまり容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧が第2の抗電圧である−Vc以上となるのであれば任意の電位とすることができる。 After applying GND to both the wiring BL and the wiring PL, the word line driver circuit applies a low potential to the wiring WL as a non-selection signal. This turns off transistor M9. This completes the write operation, and data "1" is stored in memory cell 1480. Note that the potentials of the wiring BL and the wiring PL can be set to any potential as long as no polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe, i.e., as long as the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe is equal to or greater than the second coercive voltage, -Vc.

時刻T03乃至時刻T04において、ワード線ドライバ回路によって、配線WLに選択信号として高電位を与える。これにより、トランジスタM9がオン状態となる。また、プレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLにVwを与える。配線PLの電位をVwにすることにより、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧が、“GND−Vw”となる。上述のように、時刻T01乃至時刻T02において容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧は“Vw−GND”である。よって、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層において分極反転が発生する。分極反転の際に、配線BLに電流が流れ、配線BLの電位はVrefより高くなる。よって、ビット線ドライバ回路が、メモリセル1480に保持されたデータ“1”を読み出すことができる。したがって、時刻T03乃至時刻T04は、読み出し動作を行う期間であるということができる。なお、VrefはGNDより高く、Vwより低いものとしているが、例えばVwより高くてもよい。 From time T03 to time T04, the word line driver circuit applies a high potential to the line WL as a selection signal. This turns on transistor M9. Furthermore, the plate line driver circuit applies Vw to the line PL. By setting the potential of line PL to Vw, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe becomes "GND-Vw." As described above, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe is "Vw-GND" from time T01 to time T02. Therefore, polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe. During polarization reversal, current flows through the line BL, and the potential of the line BL becomes higher than Vref. This allows the bit line driver circuit to read the data "1" stored in memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T03 to time T04 can be considered a period during which a read operation is performed. Note that although Vref is higher than GND and lower than Vw, it may also be higher than Vw, for example.

上記読み出しは、破壊読み出しであるため、メモリセル1480に保持されたデータ“1”は失われる。そこで、時刻T04乃至時刻T05において、ビット線ドライバ回路によって配線BLにVwを与え、且つプレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLにGNDを与える。これにより、メモリセル1480にデータ“1”を再書き込みする。よって、時刻T04乃至時刻T05は、再書き込み動作を行う期間であるということができる。 Because the above read is a destructive read, the data "1" held in memory cell 1480 is lost. Therefore, from time T04 to time T05, the bit line driver circuit applies Vw to the wiring BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies GND to the wiring PL. This rewrites the data "1" to memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T04 to time T05 can be said to be the period during which the rewrite operation is performed.

時刻T05乃至時刻T11において、ビット線ドライバ回路によって配線BLにGNDを与え、且つ且つプレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLにGNDを与える。その後、ワード線ドライバ回路によって、配線WLに非選択信号として低電位を与える。以上により、再書き込み動作が完了し、メモリセル1480にデータ“1”が保持される。 From time T05 to time T11, the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the wiring BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies GND to the wiring PL. Then, the word line driver circuit applies a low potential to the wiring WL as a non-selection signal. This completes the rewrite operation, and data "1" is retained in memory cell 1480.

時刻T11乃至時刻T12において、ワード線ドライバ回路によって、配線WLに選択信号として高電位を与える。また、プレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLに電位Vwを与える。メモリセル1480にはデータ“1”が保持されているため、配線BLの電位がVrefより高くなり、メモリセル1480に保持されているデータ“1”が読み出される。よって、時刻T11乃至時刻T12は、読み出し動作を行う期間であるということができる。 From time T11 to time T12, the word line driver circuit applies a high potential to the wiring WL as a selection signal. Furthermore, the plate line driver circuit applies a potential Vw to the wiring PL. Because data "1" is stored in memory cell 1480, the potential of wiring BL becomes higher than Vref, and the data "1" stored in memory cell 1480 is read out. Therefore, the period from time T11 to time T12 can be considered a period during which a read operation is performed.

時刻T12乃至時刻T13において、ビット線ドライバ回路によって配線BLにGNDを与える。トランジスタM9はオン状態であるため、容量素子Cfeの一対の電極の一方の電位はGNDとなる。また、プレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLに電位Vwを与える。以上より、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧は、“GND−Vw”となる。これにより、メモリセル1480にデータ“0”を書き込むことができる。よって、時刻T12乃至時刻T13は、書き込み動作を行う期間であるということができる。 From time T12 to time T13, the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the wiring BL. Because transistor M9 is on, the potential of one of the pair of electrodes of the capacitance element Cfe becomes GND. In addition, the plate line driver circuit applies a potential Vw to the wiring PL. As a result, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe becomes "GND-Vw". This allows data "0" to be written to memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T12 to time T13 can be said to be the period during which the write operation is performed.

時刻T13乃至時刻T14において、ビット線ドライバ回路によって配線BLにGNDを与え、且つプレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLにGNDを与える。これにより、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧は、0Vとなる。時刻T12乃至時刻T13において容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧“GND−Vw”は−VSP以下とすることができることから、時刻T13乃至時刻T14において、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層の分極量は図14Aに示す曲線61に従って変化する。以上より、時刻T13乃至時刻T14では、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層において分極反転は発生しない。 From time T13 to time T14, the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the line BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies GND to the line PL. As a result, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe becomes 0V. Since the voltage "GND-Vw" applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe from time T12 to time T13 can be set to -VSP or less, the polarization amount of the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe changes according to curve 61 shown in FIG. 14A from time T13 to time T14. As a result, no polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe from time T13 to time T14.

配線BL及び配線PLのそれぞれにGNDを与えた後、ワード線ドライバ回路によって、配線WLに非選択信号として低電位を与える。これにより、トランジスタM9がオフ状態となる。以上により、書き込み動作が完了し、メモリセル1480へデータ“0”が保持される。なお、配線BL及び配線PLの電位は、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層において分極反転が発生しない、つまり容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧が第1の抗電圧であるVc以下となるのであれば任意の電位とすることができる。 After applying GND to both the wiring BL and the wiring PL, the word line driver circuit applies a low potential to the wiring WL as a non-selection signal. This turns off transistor M9. This completes the write operation, and data "0" is stored in memory cell 1480. Note that the potentials of the wiring BL and the wiring PL can be set to any potential as long as no polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe, i.e., as long as the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe is equal to or lower than the first coercive voltage Vc.

時刻T14乃至時刻T15において、ワード線ドライバ回路によって、配線WLに選択信号として高電位を与える。これにより、トランジスタM9がオン状態となる。また、プレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLに電位Vwを与える。配線PLの電位をVwとすることにより、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧が、“GND−Vw”となる。上述のように、時刻T12乃至時刻T13において容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧は“GND−Vw”である。よって、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層において分極反転が発生しない。よって、配線BLに流れる電流量は、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層において分極反転が発生する場合より小さい。これにより、配線BLの電位の上昇幅は、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層において分極反転が発生する場合より小さくなり、具体的には配線BLの電位はVref以下となる。よって、ビット線ドライバ回路が、メモリセル1480に保持されたデータ“0”を読み出すことができる。したがって、時刻T14乃至時刻T15は、読み出し動作を行う期間であるということができる。 From time T14 to time T15, the word line driver circuit applies a high potential to the line WL as a selection signal. This turns on transistor M9. Furthermore, the plate line driver circuit applies a potential Vw to the line PL. By setting the potential of line PL to Vw, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe becomes "GND-Vw." As described above, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe is "GND-Vw" from time T12 to time T13. Therefore, no polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe. Therefore, the amount of current flowing through the line BL is smaller than when polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe. As a result, the increase in the potential of the line BL is smaller than when polarization reversal occurs in the ferroelectric layer of the capacitance element Cfe; specifically, the potential of the line BL becomes Vref or lower. Therefore, the bit line driver circuit can read the data "0" stored in memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T14 to time T15 can be said to be the period during which the read operation is performed.

時刻T15乃至時刻T16において、ビット線ドライバ回路によって配線BLにGNDを与え、且つプレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLに電位Vwを与える。これにより、メモリセル1480にデータ“0”を再書き込みする。よって、時刻T15乃至時刻T16は、再書き込み動作を行う期間であるということができる。 From time T15 to time T16, the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the wiring BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies potential Vw to the wiring PL. This rewrites data "0" to memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T15 to time T16 can be considered the period during which the rewrite operation is performed.

時刻T16乃至時刻T17において、ビット線ドライバ回路によって配線BLにGNDを与え、且つプレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLにGNDを与える。その後、ワード線ドライバ回路によって、配線WLに非選択信号として低電位を与える。以上により、再書き込み動作が完了し、メモリセル1480にデータ“0”が保持される。 Between time T16 and time T17, the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the line BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies GND to the line PL. Then, the word line driver circuit applies a low potential to the line WL as a non-select signal. This completes the rewrite operation, and data "0" is retained in memory cell 1480.

時刻T17乃至時刻T18において、ワード線ドライバ回路によって、配線WLに選択信号として高電位を与える。また、プレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLに電位Vwを与える。メモリセル1480にはデータ“0”が保持されているため、配線BLの電位がVrefより低くなり、メモリセル1480に保持されているデータ“0”が読み出される。よって、時刻T17乃至時刻T18は、読み出し動作を行う期間であるということができる。 From time T17 to time T18, the word line driver circuit applies a high potential to the wiring WL as a selection signal. Furthermore, the plate line driver circuit applies a potential Vw to the wiring PL. Because data "0" is stored in memory cell 1480, the potential of wiring BL becomes lower than Vref, and the data "0" stored in memory cell 1480 is read out. Therefore, the period from time T17 to time T18 can be considered a period during which a read operation is performed.

時刻T18乃至時刻T19において、ビット線ドライバ回路によって配線BLに電位Vwを与える。トランジスタM9はオン状態であるため、容量素子Cfeの一方の電極の電位はVwとなる。また、プレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLに電位GNDを与える。以上より、容量素子Cfeの強誘電体層に印加される電圧は、“Vw−GND”となる。これにより、メモリセル1480にデータ“1”を書き込むことができる。よって、時刻T18乃至時刻T19は、書き込み動作を行う期間であるということができる。 From time T18 to time T19, the bit line driver circuit applies a potential Vw to the wiring BL. Because transistor M9 is on, the potential of one electrode of capacitance element Cfe becomes Vw. In addition, the plate line driver circuit applies a potential GND to the wiring PL. As a result, the voltage applied to the ferroelectric layer of capacitance element Cfe becomes "Vw-GND." This allows data "1" to be written to memory cell 1480. Therefore, the period from time T18 to time T19 can be said to be the period during which the write operation is performed.

時刻T19以降において、ビット線ドライバ回路によって配線BLにGNDを与え、且つプレート線ドライバ回路によって配線PLにGNDを与える。その後、ワード線ドライバ回路によって、配線WLに非選択信号として低電位を与える。以上により、書き込み動作が完了し、メモリセル1480にデータ“1”が保持される。 From time T19 onwards, the bit line driver circuit applies GND to the line BL, and the plate line driver circuit applies GND to the line PL. Then, the word line driver circuit applies a low potential to the line WL as a non-select signal. This completes the write operation, and data "1" is stored in memory cell 1480.

容量素子Cfeに強誘電体層を用いた半導体装置は、電力供給が停止しても書き込まれた情報を保持可能な、不揮発性の記憶素子として機能する。 A semiconductor device that uses a ferroelectric layer for the capacitance element Cfe functions as a non-volatile memory element that can retain written information even when the power supply is interrupted.

また、DRAMでは、定期的なリフレッシュ動作が必要になるため、消費電力が増加する。容量素子Cfeに強誘電体層を用いた半導体装置は、リフレッシュ動作が不要であるため、消費電力を低減できる。 Furthermore, DRAM requires periodic refresh operations, which increases power consumption. A semiconductor device that uses a ferroelectric layer for the capacitance element Cfe does not require refresh operations, thereby reducing power consumption.

本明細書等において、強誘電体層を含む記憶素子又は記憶回路を、「強誘電体メモリ」又は「FEメモリ」と呼ぶ場合がある。よって、本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、強誘電体メモリであり、FEメモリでもある。FEメモリは、1×1010以上、好ましくは1×1012以上、より好ましくは1×1015以上の書き換え回数の実現を期待することができる。また、FEメモリは、10MHz以上、好ましくは1GHz以上の動作周波数の実現を期待することができる。 In this specification and the like, a memory element or a memory circuit including a ferroelectric layer may be referred to as a "ferroelectric memory" or an "FE memory." Therefore, a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention is both a ferroelectric memory and an FE memory. The FE memory can be expected to achieve an rewrite count of 1×10 10 or more, preferably 1×10 12 or more, and more preferably 1×10 15 or more. Furthermore, the FE memory can be expected to achieve an operating frequency of 10 MHz or more, preferably 1 GHz or more.

また、FEメモリにおいて、残留分極2Prとデータ保持能力には相関があり、残留分極2Prが小さくなると、データの保持能力が低下する。本明細書等では、残留分極2Prが5%低下する(データの保持能力が5%低下する)までの期間を「メモリ保持期間」と呼ぶ。FEメモリは、150℃又は200℃の温度環境下において、1以上、好ましくは10日以上、より好ましくは1年以上、更に好ましくは10年以上のメモリ保持期間の実現を期待することができる。 Furthermore, in FE memory, there is a correlation between the remnant polarization 2Pr and data retention capacity, and as the remnant polarization 2Pr decreases, the data retention capacity decreases. In this specification, the period until the remnant polarization 2Pr decreases by 5% (the data retention capacity decreases by 5%) is referred to as the "memory retention period." FE memory can be expected to achieve a memory retention period of one day or more, preferably ten days or more, more preferably one year or more, and even more preferably ten years or more in a temperature environment of 150°C or 200°C.

また、FEメモリは、CPU(Central Processing Unit)、GPU(Graphics Processing Unit)などの、キャッシュメモリ及びレジスタなどにも適用可能である。CPUのキャッシュメモリ及びレジスタなどにFEメモリを組み合わせることで、ノーマリーオフCPU(NoffCPU(登録商標))を実現できる。GPUのキャッシュメモリ及びレジスタなどにFEメモリを組み合わせることで、ノーマリーオフGPU(NoffGPU(登録商標))を実現できる。 FE memory can also be applied to cache memory and registers of CPUs (Central Processing Units) and GPUs (Graphics Processing Units). By combining FE memory with CPU cache memory and registers, a normally-off CPU (NoffCPU (registered trademark)) can be realized. By combining FE memory with GPU cache memory and registers, a normally-off GPU (NoffGPU (registered trademark)) can be realized.

なお、本実施の形態は、本明細書で示す、同一の、又は他の実施の形態と適宜組み合わせることができる。例えば、本実施の形態に示す構成、構造、方法などは、その本実施の形態で示す別の構成、別の構造、別の方法などと適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。また、例えば、本実施の形態に示す構成、構造、方法などは、他の実施の形態などに示す構成、構造、方法などと適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 Note that this embodiment can be combined as appropriate with the same or other embodiments described in this specification. For example, the configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment can be used in appropriate combination with another configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment. Furthermore, for example, the configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment can be used in appropriate combination with another configuration, structure, method, etc. described in another embodiment, etc.

(実施の形態3)
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の半導体装置の適用可能な範囲の一例について、図15を用いて説明する。本発明の一態様の記憶装置には、酸化物を半導体に用いたトランジスタ(以下、OSトランジスタと呼ぶ場合がある)、および容量素子が適用されている。OSトランジスタのオフ電流は極めて小さいため、OSトランジスタを用いた記憶装置は優れた保持特性をもち、不揮発性メモリとして機能させることができる。
(Embodiment 3)
In this embodiment, an example of the applicability of a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 15 A transistor including an oxide as a semiconductor (hereinafter also referred to as an OS transistor) and a capacitor are used in a memory device of one embodiment of the present invention. Because the off-state current of an OS transistor is extremely small, a memory device including an OS transistor has excellent data retention characteristics and can function as a nonvolatile memory.

コンピュータなどの半導体装置では、用途に応じて様々な記憶装置が用いられる。図15に、半導体装置に用いられる記憶装置の階層を説明する概念図を示す。図15において、記憶装置の階層を説明する概念図は、三角形で示しており、三角形の上層に位置する記憶装置ほど速い動作速度が求められ、三角形の下層に位置する記憶装置ほど大きな記憶容量と高い記録密度が求められる。 Semiconductor devices such as computers use a variety of memory devices depending on the application. Figure 15 shows a conceptual diagram explaining the hierarchy of memory devices used in semiconductor devices. In Figure 15, the conceptual diagram explaining the hierarchy of memory devices is represented by a triangle, with memory devices located higher in the triangle requiring faster operating speeds, and memory devices located lower in the triangle requiring larger memory capacities and higher recording densities.

図15では、三角形の最上層から順に、CPU、GPU、NPU(Neural Processing Unit)の演算処理装置にレジスタとして混載されるメモリ、キャッシュメモリ(単にcacheと表す場合もある。また、代表的には、L1、L2、L3キャッシュ)、DRAMに代表されるメインメモリ、3D NAND及びHard Disk(HDD:Hard Disk Driveともいう)に代表されるストレージメモリを示している。 In Figure 15, from the top layer of the triangle, there are memories integrated as registers into the CPU, GPU, and NPU (Neural Processing Unit) processing units, cache memory (sometimes simply referred to as cache, and typically L1, L2, and L3 caches), main memory such as DRAM, and storage memory such as 3D NAND and hard disks (also known as HDDs: hard disk drives).

CPU、GPU、NPUなどの演算処理装置にレジスタとして混載されるメモリは、演算結果の一時保存などに用いられるため、演算処理装置からのアクセス頻度が高い。よって、大きな記憶容量よりも速い動作速度が求められる。また、レジスタは演算処理装置の設定情報などを保持する機能も有する。 Memory integrated as registers into arithmetic processing units such as CPUs, GPUs, and NPUs is used for temporary storage of calculation results, and is therefore frequently accessed by the arithmetic processing unit. Therefore, fast operating speeds are required rather than large storage capacities. Registers also have the function of storing setting information for the arithmetic processing unit.

キャッシュメモリは、DRAMに保持されているデータの一部を複製して保持する機能を有する。使用頻繁が高いデータを複製してキャッシュメモリに保持しておくことで、データへのアクセス速度を高めることができる。キャッシュメモリに求められる記憶容量はDRAMより少ないが、DRAMよりも速い動作速度が求められる。また、キャッシュメモリで書き換えられたデータは複製されてDRAMに供給される。 Cache memory has the function of duplicating and storing a portion of the data stored in DRAM. By duplicating frequently used data and storing it in cache memory, it is possible to increase the speed of access to the data. Cache memory requires less storage capacity than DRAM, but is required to operate at a faster speed than DRAM. In addition, data rewritten in cache memory is duplicated and supplied to DRAM.

本発明の一態様の記憶装置は、DRAMとして適用することができる。 A memory device according to one embodiment of the present invention can be used as a DRAM.

なお、図15において、キャッシュメモリは、L3キャッシュまでしか図示していないが、これに限定されない。例えば、キャッシュのうち、最も下位に位置するLLC(Last Level cache)、またはFLC(Final Level cache)として、本発明の一態様の記憶装置を用いることができる。 Note that in Figure 15, the cache memory is illustrated only up to the L3 cache, but this is not limited to this. For example, a storage device according to one embodiment of the present invention can be used as the LLC (Last Level cache) or FLC (Final Level cache), which are the lowest level caches.

DRAMは、3D NANDから読み出されたプログラム、データなどを保持する機能を有する。 DRAM has the function of storing programs, data, etc. read from 3D NAND.

3D NANDは、長期保存が必要なデータ、演算装置で使用する各種のプログラム(例えば、人工ニューラルネットワークのモデル)などを保持する機能を有する。よって、3D NANDには速い動作速度よりも大きな記憶容量と高い記録密度が求められる。 3D NAND has the ability to store data that requires long-term storage, various programs used in computing devices (for example, artificial neural network models), and more. Therefore, 3D NAND requires large storage capacity and high recording density rather than fast operating speeds.

Hard Diskは、大容量、且つ不揮発性の機能を有する。また、Hard Diskの代わりとして、SSD(Solid State Drive)などを用いることができる。 Hard disks have large storage capacity and are non-volatile. Alternatively, solid-state drives (SSDs) can be used instead of hard disks.

本発明の一態様の記憶装置は、OSトランジスタを用いることにより、周辺回路とモノリシックの構成とすることができる。さらに、OSトランジスタを用いることにより、周辺回路へのモノリシック積層も可能である。よって、周辺回路とのデータアクセスの点で利点を有する。また周辺回路と積層して設けることができるため、集積度を高めることができる。また本発明の一態様の記憶装置は、OSトランジスタを用いることにより長期間のデータ保持が可能である。よってDRAMとして用いる場合には、リフレッシュの頻度を低減することができる。 By using OS transistors, the memory device of one embodiment of the present invention can be monolithically structured with peripheral circuits. Furthermore, by using OS transistors, the memory device can be monolithically stacked with the peripheral circuits. This is advantageous in terms of data access with the peripheral circuits. Furthermore, since the memory device can be stacked with the peripheral circuits, the degree of integration can be increased. Furthermore, by using OS transistors, the memory device of one embodiment of the present invention can retain data for a long period of time. Therefore, when used as a DRAM, the frequency of refresh can be reduced.

また、本発明の一態様の記憶装置は、OSトランジスタを用いることによりリーク電流を低減することができる。したがって、例えば、容量素子の容量値を小さくしても充分に保持を行うことができる。よって例えば、本発明の一態様の記憶装置をDRAMとして用いることにより、DRAMの動作速度、例えば書き換えにおける速度が高まる場合がある。 Furthermore, the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention can reduce leakage current by using an OS transistor. Therefore, for example, data can be sufficiently stored even if the capacitance value of a capacitor is small. Therefore, for example, by using the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention as a DRAM, the operation speed of the DRAM, for example, the speed at which data is rewritten, can be increased in some cases.

また、本発明の一態様の記憶装置は、強誘電体を含む容量素子を有することで、長時間のデータ保持が可能である。よってDRAMとして用いる場合には、リフレッシュの頻度を低減することができる。また、記憶装置の信頼性を高めることができる。 Furthermore, the memory device of one embodiment of the present invention can retain data for a long time by including a capacitor element containing a ferroelectric material. Therefore, when used as a DRAM, the frequency of refresh can be reduced. Furthermore, the reliability of the memory device can be improved.

本発明の一態様の記憶装置は、図15に示すTarget2の領域、及びTarget1の領域に用いることができる。特に、Target1の領域に、好適に用いることができる。 A storage device of one embodiment of the present invention can be used for the Target2 area and the Target1 area shown in FIG. 15. In particular, it can be suitably used for the Target1 area.

なお、図15の斜線のハッチングで示すように、Target1は、DRAM及び3D NANDの境界領域(Target1_1)と、DRAM及びcache(L1、L2、L3)の境界領域(Target1_2)と、を含む。Target1_2として、先に述べたLLC、FLCなどが挙げられる。 As shown by the diagonal hatching in Figure 15, Target1 includes the boundary area (Target1_1) between DRAM and 3D NAND, and the boundary area (Target1_2) between DRAM and cache (L1, L2, L3). Examples of Target1_2 include the LLC and FLC mentioned above.

本発明の一態様の記憶装置をDRAMに置き換えることで、消費電力の削減を図ることができる。当該構成とすることで、DRAMを用いた構成と比較して、2分の1以下、好ましくは10分の1以下、より好ましくは100分の1、更に好ましくは1000分の1以下まで消費電力を低減することができる。よって、本発明の一態様の記憶装置をTarget1に好適に用いることができる。 By replacing the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention with a DRAM, power consumption can be reduced. With this configuration, power consumption can be reduced to half or less, preferably one-tenth or less, more preferably one-hundredth, and even more preferably one-thousandth or less, compared to a configuration using DRAM. Therefore, the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used for Target 1.

また本発明の一態様の記憶装置は、長時間のデータ保持が可能であり、さらに、データアクセスの面でも利点を有する。よって、本発明の一態様の記憶装置は、Target1のうち特に、書き換え頻度の比較的低い領域である、Target1_1に好適に用いることができる。本発明の一態様の記憶装置をTarget1_1に適用することにより、記憶装置の信頼性を高めることができる。また、記憶装置の集積度が高まる場合がある。また、記憶装置の消費電力が低減される場合がある。 Furthermore, the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention can retain data for a long time and has advantages in terms of data access. Therefore, the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used for Target1_1, which is a region of Target1 that is rewritten relatively infrequently. By applying the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention to Target1_1, the reliability of the storage device can be improved. Furthermore, the degree of integration of the storage device can be increased. Furthermore, the power consumption of the storage device can be reduced.

また、本発明の一態様の記憶装置は動作速度が速く、データアクセスの面でも利点を有することから、Target1のうち、書き替えの頻度がより高いTarget1_2にも好適に用いることができる。Target1_2に本発明の一態様の記憶装置を適用することにより、記憶装置の計算効率を高め、消費電力を低減することができる。 Furthermore, the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention has high operating speed and is advantageous in terms of data access, and therefore can be suitably used for Target1_2, which is a part of Target1 that is rewritten more frequently. By applying the storage device of one embodiment of the present invention to Target1_2, the computational efficiency of the storage device can be improved and its power consumption can be reduced.

また、消費電力の削減を図る別の手段としては、CPU、GPU、NPUなどの演算処理装置の上にDRAM、FeRAMなどの記憶装置(本発明の一態様の半導体装置も含む)を積層した構成が挙げられる。また、演算処理装置と記憶装置が積層された構成は、モノリシック積層と呼称される。演算処理装置と記憶装置とをモノリシック積層の構成とすることで、例えば、演算処理装置と記憶装置との間のデータアクセスに要する消費電力を大幅に下げることができる。そのため、このような構成が適用されたスーパーコンピュータ(HPC(High Performance Computer)ともいう)、コンピュータ、サーバなどを含む情報処理装置を全世界に展開することにより、地球温暖化の抑制を図ることができる。 Another means for reducing power consumption is a configuration in which a memory device such as a DRAM or FeRAM (including a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention) is stacked on a processor such as a CPU, GPU, or NPU. A configuration in which a processor and a memory device are stacked is called a monolithic stack. By configuring the processor and the memory device as a monolithic stack, it is possible to significantly reduce the power consumption required for data access between the processor and the memory device, for example. Therefore, by deploying information processing devices including supercomputers (also called HPCs (High Performance Computers)), computers, servers, etc. that employ such a configuration worldwide, it is possible to mitigate global warming.

このように、本発明の一態様に係る、酸化物半導体を用いた記憶装置は、CPU、GPU、NPUなどの演算処理装置にレジスタとして混載されるメモリから、DRAMと3D NANDとの境界領域のメモリまで、幅広い範囲のメモリに適用することができる。 In this way, a memory device using an oxide semiconductor according to one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to a wide range of memories, from memories integrated as registers in arithmetic processing units such as CPUs, GPUs, and NPUs, to memories located in the boundary area between DRAM and 3D NAND.

なお、本実施の形態は、本明細書で示す、同一の、又は他の実施の形態と適宜組み合わせることができる。例えば、本実施の形態に示す構成、構造、方法などは、その本実施の形態で示す別の構成、別の構造、別の方法などと適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。また、例えば、本実施の形態に示す構成、構造、方法などは、他の実施の形態などに示す構成、構造、方法などと適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 Note that this embodiment can be combined as appropriate with the same or other embodiments described in this specification. For example, the configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment can be used in appropriate combination with another configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment. Furthermore, for example, the configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment can be used in appropriate combination with another configuration, structure, method, etc. described in another embodiment, etc.

(実施の形態4)
本実施の形態では、図16Aおよび図16Bを用いて、本発明の半導体装置が実装されたチップ1200の一例を示す。チップ1200には、複数の回路(システム)が実装されている。このように、複数の回路(システム)を一つのチップに集積する技術を、システムオンチップ(System on Chip:SoC)と呼ぶ場合がある。
(Embodiment 4)
16A and 16B show an example of a chip 1200 on which a semiconductor device of the present invention is mounted. A plurality of circuits (systems) are mounted on the chip 1200. A technology for integrating a plurality of circuits (systems) on a single chip in this manner is sometimes called a system on chip (SoC).

図16Aに示すように、チップ1200は、CPU1211、GPU1212、一又は複数のアナログ演算部1213、一又は複数のメモリコントローラ1214、一又は複数のインターフェース1215、一又は複数のネットワーク回路1216を有する。 As shown in FIG. 16A, the chip 1200 has a CPU 1211, a GPU 1212, one or more analog arithmetic units 1213, one or more memory controllers 1214, one or more interfaces 1215, and one or more network circuits 1216.

チップ1200には、バンプ(図示しない)が設けられ、図16Bに示すように、パッケージ基板1201の第1の面と接続する。また、パッケージ基板1201の第1の面と対向する裏面には、複数のバンプ1202が設けられており、マザーボード1203と接続する。 Bumps (not shown) are provided on the chip 1200, which connect to the first surface of the package substrate 1201, as shown in FIG. 16B. Furthermore, multiple bumps 1202 are provided on the back surface opposite the first surface of the package substrate 1201, which connects to the motherboard 1203.

マザーボード1203には、DRAM1221、フラッシュメモリ1222等の記憶装置が設けられていてもよい。例えば、DRAM1221及びフラッシュメモリ1222には、代替として先の実施の形態1で説明した記憶装置10を用いることができる。 The motherboard 1203 may be provided with storage devices such as DRAM 1221 and flash memory 1222. For example, the storage device 10 described in the first embodiment can be used instead of the DRAM 1221 and flash memory 1222.

CPU1211は、複数のCPUコアを有することが好ましい。また、GPU1212は、複数のGPUコアを有することが好ましい。また、CPU1211、およびGPU1212は、それぞれ一時的にデータを格納するメモリを有していてもよい。または、CPU1211及びGPU1212に共通のメモリが、チップ1200に設けられていてもよい。該メモリには、上述した記憶装置10を用いることができる。また、GPU1212は、多数のデータの並列計算に適しており、画像処理または積和演算に用いることができる。 It is preferable that the CPU 1211 has multiple CPU cores. It is also preferable that the GPU 1212 has multiple GPU cores. The CPU 1211 and GPU 1212 may each have memory for temporarily storing data. Alternatively, a memory common to the CPU 1211 and GPU 1212 may be provided on the chip 1200. The memory can be the storage device 10 described above. The GPU 1212 is also suitable for parallel calculation of a large amount of data, and can be used for image processing or multiply-and-accumulate operations.

また、CPU1211及びGPU1212が同一チップに設けられていることで、CPU1211及びGPU1212間の配線を短くすることができ、CPU1211からGPU1212へのデータ転送、CPU1211及びGPU1212が有するメモリ間のデータ転送、およびGPU1212での演算後に、GPU1212からCPU1211への演算結果の転送を高速に行うことができる。 Furthermore, by providing the CPU 1211 and GPU 1212 on the same chip, the wiring between the CPU 1211 and GPU 1212 can be shortened, enabling high-speed data transfer from the CPU 1211 to the GPU 1212, data transfer between the memories of the CPU 1211 and GPU 1212, and transfer of calculation results from the GPU 1212 to the CPU 1211 after calculation in the GPU 1212.

アナログ演算部1213はAD(アナログデジタル)変換回路、およびDA(デジタルアナログ)変換回路の一方又は双方を有する。また、アナログ演算部1213に上記積和演算回路を設けてもよい。 The analog calculation unit 1213 has either an AD (analog-digital) conversion circuit or a DA (digital-analog) conversion circuit, or both. The analog calculation unit 1213 may also be provided with the above-mentioned product-sum calculation circuit.

メモリコントローラ1214は、DRAM1221のコントローラとして機能する回路、及びフラッシュメモリ1222のインターフェースとして機能する回路を有する。 The memory controller 1214 has a circuit that functions as a controller for the DRAM 1221 and a circuit that functions as an interface for the flash memory 1222.

インターフェース1215は、表示装置、スピーカ、マイクロフォン、カメラ、コントローラなどの外部接続機器とのインターフェース回路を有する。コントローラとは、マウス、キーボード、ゲーム用コントローラなどを含む。このようなインターフェースとして、USB(Universal Serial Bus)、HDMI(登録商標)(High−Definition Multimedia Interface)などを用いることができる。 Interface 1215 has interface circuits with externally connected devices such as a display device, speaker, microphone, camera, and controller. Controllers include mice, keyboards, and game controllers. Examples of such interfaces that can be used include USB (Universal Serial Bus) and HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface, registered trademark).

ネットワーク回路1216は、LAN(Local Area Network)などのネットワーク回路を有する。また、ネットワークセキュリティ用の回路を有してもよい。 Network circuit 1216 includes a network circuit such as a LAN (Local Area Network). It may also include a circuit for network security.

チップ1200には、上記回路(システム)を同一の製造プロセスで形成することが可能である。そのため、チップ1200に必要な回路の数が増えても、製造プロセスを増やす必要が無く、チップ1200を低コストで作製できる。 The above circuits (systems) can be formed on chip 1200 using the same manufacturing process. Therefore, even if the number of circuits required for chip 1200 increases, there is no need to increase the manufacturing process, and chip 1200 can be manufactured at low cost.

GPU1212を有するチップ1200が設けられたパッケージ基板1201、DRAM1221、およびフラッシュメモリ1222が設けられたマザーボード1203は、GPUモジュール1204と呼ぶことができる。 The package substrate 1201 on which the chip 1200 having the GPU 1212 is mounted, the motherboard 1203 on which the DRAM 1221 and the flash memory 1222 are mounted can be called the GPU module 1204.

GPUモジュール1204は、SoC技術を用いたチップ1200を有しているため、そのサイズを小さくすることができる。また、画像処理に優れていることから、スマートフォン、タブレット端末、ラップトップPC、携帯型(持ち出し可能な)ゲーム機などの携帯型電子機器に用いることが好適である。また、GPU1212に含まれる積和演算回路により、AIモデルであるディープニューラルネットワーク(DNN)などの演算を行うことができる。AIモデルの代表例としては、例えば、畳み込みニューラルネットワーク(CNN)、再帰型ニューラルネットワーク(RNN)、自己符号化器、深層ボルツマンマシン(DBM)、深層信念ネットワーク(DBN)などが挙げられる。このため、チップ1200をAIチップ、またはGPUモジュール1204をAIシステムモジュールとして用いることができる。 GPU module 1204 includes chip 1200 using SoC technology, allowing for a small size. Furthermore, due to its superior image processing capabilities, it is suitable for use in portable electronic devices such as smartphones, tablet devices, laptop PCs, and portable (portable) game consoles. Furthermore, the product-sum operation circuit included in GPU 1212 allows for calculations such as deep neural networks (DNNs), which are AI models. Representative examples of AI models include convolutional neural networks (CNNs), recurrent neural networks (RNNs), autoencoders, deep Boltzmann machines (DBMs), and deep belief networks (DBNs). Therefore, chip 1200 can be used as an AI chip, and GPU module 1204 can be used as an AI system module.

なお、本実施の形態は、本明細書で示す、同一の、又は他の実施の形態と適宜組み合わせることができる。例えば、本実施の形態に示す構成、構造、方法などは、その本実施の形態で示す別の構成、別の構造、別の方法などと適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。また、例えば、本実施の形態に示す構成、構造、方法などは、他の実施の形態などに示す構成、構造、方法などと適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 Note that this embodiment can be combined as appropriate with the same or other embodiments described in this specification. For example, the configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment can be used in appropriate combination with another configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment. Furthermore, for example, the configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment can be used in appropriate combination with another configuration, structure, method, etc. described in another embodiment, etc.

(実施の形態5)
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の記憶装置を用いた半導体装置の応用例について説明する。先の実施の形態に示す記憶装置10はキャッシュメモリ、メインメモリとして、メモリカード(例えば、SDカード)、USBメモリ、SSD(ソリッド・ステート・ドライブ)等の各種のリムーバブル記憶装置に適用できる。図17A乃至図17Eにリムーバブル記憶装置の幾つかの構成例を模式的に示す。本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、パッケージングされたメモリチップに加工され、様々なストレージ装置、リムーバブルメモリに用いられる。
Fifth Embodiment
In this embodiment, an application example of a semiconductor device using a storage device of one embodiment of the present invention will be described. The storage device 10 described in the above embodiment can be applied to various removable storage devices such as a memory card (e.g., an SD card), a USB memory, and an SSD (solid-state drive) as a cache memory or a main memory. Several configuration examples of removable storage devices are schematically shown in FIGS. 17A to 17E . The semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention is processed into a packaged memory chip and used in various storage devices and removable memories.

図17AはUSBメモリの模式図である。USBメモリ1100は、筐体1101、キャップ1102、USBコネクタ1103および基板1104を有する。基板1104は、筐体1101に収納されている。例えば、基板1104には、メモリチップ1105、コントローラチップ1106が取り付けられている。メモリチップ1105などに本発明の一態様の半導体装置を組み込むことができる。 Figure 17A is a schematic diagram of a USB memory. The USB memory 1100 has a housing 1101, a cap 1102, a USB connector 1103, and a board 1104. The board 1104 is housed in the housing 1101. For example, a memory chip 1105 and a controller chip 1106 are attached to the board 1104. A semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be incorporated into the memory chip 1105 or the like.

図17BはSDカードの外観の模式図であり、図17Cは、SDカードの内部構造の模式図である。SDカード1110は、筐体1111、コネクタ1112および基板1113を有する。基板1113は筐体1111に収納されている。例えば、基板1113には、メモリチップ1114、コントローラチップ1115が取り付けられている。基板1113の裏面側にもメモリチップ1114を設けることで、SDカード1110の容量を増やすことができる。また、無線通信機能を備えた無線チップを基板1113に設けてもよい。これによって、ホスト装置とSDカード1110間の無線通信によって、メモリチップ1114のデータの読み出し、書き込みが可能となる。メモリチップ1114などに本発明の一態様の半導体装置を組み込むことができる。 Figure 17B is a schematic diagram of the appearance of an SD card, and Figure 17C is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of an SD card. The SD card 1110 has a housing 1111, a connector 1112, and a substrate 1113. The substrate 1113 is housed in the housing 1111. For example, a memory chip 1114 and a controller chip 1115 are attached to the substrate 1113. By providing a memory chip 1114 on the back side of the substrate 1113, the capacity of the SD card 1110 can be increased. A wireless chip with wireless communication function may also be provided on the substrate 1113. This enables data to be read from and written to the memory chip 1114 through wireless communication between a host device and the SD card 1110. A semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be incorporated into the memory chip 1114 or the like.

図17DはSSDの外観の模式図であり、図17Eは、SSDの内部構造の模式図である。SSD1150は、筐体1151、コネクタ1152および基板1153を有する。基板1153は筐体1151に収納されている。例えば、基板1153には、メモリチップ1154、メモリチップ1155、コントローラチップ1156が取り付けられている。メモリチップ1155はコントローラチップ1156のワークメモリであり、例えばDOSRAMチップを用いればよい。基板1153の裏面側にもメモリチップ1154を設けることで、SSD1150の容量を増やすことができる。メモリチップ1154などに本発明の一態様の半導体装置を組み込むことができる。 Figure 17D is a schematic diagram of the appearance of an SSD, and Figure 17E is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the SSD. SSD 1150 has a housing 1151, a connector 1152, and a board 1153. Board 1153 is housed in housing 1151. For example, memory chip 1154, memory chip 1155, and controller chip 1156 are attached to board 1153. Memory chip 1155 is a work memory for controller chip 1156, and may be, for example, a DOSRAM chip. By providing memory chip 1154 on the back side of board 1153 as well, the capacity of SSD 1150 can be increased. A semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be incorporated into memory chip 1154 or the like.

なお、本実施の形態は、本明細書で示す、同一の、又は他の実施の形態と適宜組み合わせることができる。例えば、本実施の形態に示す構成、構造、方法などは、その本実施の形態で示す別の構成、別の構造、別の方法などと適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。また、例えば、本実施の形態に示す構成、構造、方法などは、他の実施の形態などに示す構成、構造、方法などと適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 Note that this embodiment can be combined as appropriate with the same or other embodiments described in this specification. For example, the configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment can be used in appropriate combination with another configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment. Furthermore, for example, the configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment can be used in appropriate combination with another configuration, structure, method, etc. described in another embodiment, etc.

(実施の形態6)
本実施の形態では、上記実施の形態で説明した半導体装置を用いることができる、電子部品、電子機器、大型計算機、宇宙用機器、およびデータセンター(Data Center:DCとも呼称する)について説明する。本発明の一態様の半導体装置を用いた、電子部品、電子機器、大型計算機、宇宙用機器、およびデータセンターは、低消費電力化といった高性能化に有効である。
(Embodiment 6)
This embodiment will describe electronic components, electronic devices, mainframes, space equipment, and data centers (also referred to as data centers (DCs)) that can use the semiconductor device described in the above embodiment. The electronic components, electronic devices, mainframes, space equipment, and data centers that use the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention are effective in achieving high performance, such as low power consumption.

[電子部品]
電子部品700の斜視図を、図18Aに示す。図18Aに示す電子部品700は、基板701と、基板701上の半導体装置710と、モールド711と、を有する。特に半導体装置710は、モールド711によって封止されている。なお、図18Aでは、電子部品700の内部を示すために、一部の記載を省略している。
[Electronic Components]
Fig. 18A shows a perspective view of electronic component 700. Electronic component 700 shown in Fig. 18A has a substrate 701, a semiconductor device 710 on substrate 701, and a mold 711. In particular, semiconductor device 710 is sealed by mold 711. Note that Fig. 18A omits some parts in order to show the inside of electronic component 700.

基板701には、例えば、セラミック基板、プラスチック基板又はガラスエポキシ基板を用いることができる。 The substrate 701 can be, for example, a ceramic substrate, a plastic substrate, or a glass epoxy substrate.

電子部品700には、例えば、リードフレーム712が設けられている。基板701上に位置するリードフレーム712の一部は、モールド711に覆われており、また、リードフレーム712の別の一部は、モールド711の外側に露出している。特に、モールド711の外側に露出しているリードフレーム712は、例えば、電子部品700をプリント基板に実装するための端子としての機能を有する。 Electronic component 700 is provided with, for example, a lead frame 712. A portion of lead frame 712 located on substrate 701 is covered by mold 711, and another portion of lead frame 712 is exposed outside mold 711. In particular, the lead frame 712 exposed outside mold 711 functions as, for example, a terminal for mounting electronic component 700 to a printed circuit board.

モールド711内において、リードフレーム712上には、電極パッド713が設けられており、電極パッド713は、半導体装置710とワイヤ714を介して接続されている。電子部品700は、例えば、リードフレーム712をプリント基板側の配線に接触することによって、プリント基板への実装がなされる。このように、電子部品が複数組み合わされて、それぞれがプリント基板上で接続されることで実装基板が完成する。 In the mold 711, electrode pads 713 are provided on a lead frame 712, and the electrode pads 713 are connected to the semiconductor device 710 via wires 714. The electronic component 700 is mounted on a printed circuit board, for example, by contacting the lead frame 712 with wiring on the printed circuit board. In this way, a mounted board is completed by combining multiple electronic components and connecting them on the printed circuit board.

次に、半導体装置710について説明する。例えば、半導体装置710は、図18Bに示す通り、駆動回路層715と、記憶層716と、を有する。なお、記憶層716は、複数のメモリセルアレイが積層された構成とすることができる。駆動回路層715と、記憶層716と、が積層された構成は、モノリシック積層の構成とすることができる。モノリシック積層以外の構成では、貫通電極技術(例えば、TSV(Through Silicon Via)など)及びCu−Cu直接接合といった技術を用いて、記憶層716を複数積層した構成が挙げられる。駆動回路層715と記憶層716とを積層の構成とすることで、例えば、プロセッサ上にメモリが直接形成される、いわゆるオンチップメモリの構成とすることができる。オンチップメモリの構成とすることで、プロセッサと、メモリとのインターフェース部分の動作を高速にすることが可能となる。 Next, the semiconductor device 710 will be described. For example, as shown in FIG. 18B, the semiconductor device 710 has a drive circuit layer 715 and a memory layer 716. The memory layer 716 can be configured with multiple memory cell arrays stacked together. The stacked drive circuit layer 715 and memory layer 716 can be configured as a monolithic stack. Configurations other than monolithic stacks include stacking multiple memory layers 716 using through-electrode technology (e.g., TSV (Through Silicon Via)) and Cu-Cu direct bonding. By stacking the drive circuit layer 715 and memory layer 716, for example, a so-called on-chip memory configuration can be achieved, in which the memory is formed directly on the processor. Using an on-chip memory configuration enables faster operation of the interface between the processor and memory.

また、半導体装置710が、複数のメモリセルアレイが積層された構成を有することで、メモリのバンド幅、及びメモリのアクセスレイテンシのいずれか一方又は双方を向上させることができる。なお、バンド幅とは、単位時間あたりのデータ転送量であり、アクセスレイテンシとは、アクセスしてからデータのやり取りが始まるまでの時間である。 Furthermore, the semiconductor device 710 has a configuration in which multiple memory cell arrays are stacked, which can improve either or both the memory bandwidth and memory access latency. Note that bandwidth refers to the amount of data transferred per unit time, and access latency refers to the time from access to the start of data exchange.

また、半導体装置710を、ダイと呼称してもよい。なお、本明細書等において、ダイとは、半導体チップの製造工程で、例えば円盤状の基板(ウエハともいう)などに回路パターンを形成し、さいの目状に切り分けて得られたチップ片を表す。なお、ダイに用いることのできる半導体材料として、例えば、シリコン(Si)、炭化ケイ素(SiC)、窒化ガリウム(GaN)などが挙げられる。例えば、シリコン基板(シリコンウエハともいう)から得られたダイを、シリコンダイという場合がある。 The semiconductor device 710 may also be referred to as a die. In this specification, a die refers to a chip piece obtained during the semiconductor chip manufacturing process by forming a circuit pattern on, for example, a disk-shaped substrate (also called a wafer) and dicing it into cubes. Semiconductor materials that can be used for the die include, for example, silicon (Si), silicon carbide (SiC), and gallium nitride (GaN). For example, a die obtained from a silicon substrate (also called a silicon wafer) may be called a silicon die.

次に、電子部品700の変更例を図18Cに示す。図18Cに示す電子部品700Aは、電子部品700と異なり、リードフレーム712を用いず、基板701の底部に、電極733を設けた構成となっている。電極733は、電子部品700Aをプリント基板に実装するための接続端子としての機能を有する。 Next, a modified example of electronic component 700 is shown in Figure 18C. Electronic component 700A shown in Figure 18C differs from electronic component 700 in that it does not use lead frame 712, but has electrodes 733 provided on the bottom of substrate 701. Electrodes 733 function as connection terminals for mounting electronic component 700A on a printed circuit board.

図18Cでは、電極733を半田ボールで形成する例を示している。基板701の底部に半田ボールをマトリクス状に設けることで、BGA(Ball Grid Array)実装を実現できる。また、このため、基板701には、スルーホールビア(貫通ビア)が設けられており、このビアには配線として機能する導電層732が設けられている。基板701上において、導電層732の上方には、電極パッド713が接触するように設けられており、また、基板701下において、導電層732の下方には電極733が接触するように設けられている。 Figure 18C shows an example in which electrodes 733 are formed using solder balls. By arranging solder balls in a matrix on the bottom of substrate 701, BGA (Ball Grid Array) mounting can be achieved. For this purpose, substrate 701 is provided with through-hole vias, and these vias are provided with conductive layers 732 that function as wiring. Electrode pads 713 are provided above conductive layer 732 on substrate 701 so as to be in contact with them, and electrodes 733 are provided below conductive layer 732 below substrate 701 so as to be in contact with them.

また、電極733を、半田ボールではなく、導電性のピンで形成してもよい。基板701の底部に導電性のピンをマトリクス状に設けることで、PGA(Pin Grid Array)実装を実現できる。 Also, the electrodes 733 may be formed using conductive pins instead of solder balls. By arranging conductive pins in a matrix on the bottom of the substrate 701, PGA (Pin Grid Array) mounting can be achieved.

また、電子部品700Aは、BGA及びPGAに限らず様々な実装方法を用いて他の基板に実装することができる。実装方法としては、例えば、SPGA(Staggered Pin Grid Array)、LGA(Land Grid Array)、QFP(Quad Flat Package)、QFJ(Quad Flat J−leaded package)及びQFN(Quad Flat Non−leaded package)が挙げられる。 Furthermore, the electronic component 700A can be mounted on other substrates using various mounting methods, not limited to BGA and PGA. Examples of mounting methods include SPGA (Staggered Pin Grid Array), LGA (Land Grid Array), QFP (Quad Flat Package), QFJ (Quad Flat J-leaded package), and QFN (Quad Flat Non-leaded package).

また、本発明の一態様の電子部品は、SiP(System in Package)又はMCM(Multi Chip Module)の形態としてもよい。例えば、図18Dに示す電子部品700Cは、パッケージ基板734(プリント基板)上にインターポーザ731が設けられ、インターポーザ731上に半導体装置735と、複数の半導体装置710と、が設けられている。 Furthermore, an electronic component according to one embodiment of the present invention may be in the form of a SiP (System in Package) or an MCM (Multi-Chip Module). For example, an electronic component 700C shown in FIG. 18D has an interposer 731 provided on a package substrate 734 (printed circuit board), and a semiconductor device 735 and multiple semiconductor devices 710 provided on the interposer 731.

図18Dの電子部品700Cでは、一例として、半導体装置710を広帯域メモリ(HBM:High Bandwidth Memory)として用いる例を示している。例えば、半導体装置735は、演算回路として、例えば、CPU、GPU又はFPGA(Field Programmable Gate Array)といった集積回路に用いることができる。 In the electronic component 700C of Figure 18D, as an example, the semiconductor device 710 is used as a high bandwidth memory (HBM). For example, the semiconductor device 735 can be used as an arithmetic circuit in an integrated circuit such as a CPU, GPU, or FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array).

パッケージ基板734は、基板701と同様に、例えば、セラミック基板、プラスチック基板又はガラスエポキシ基板を用いることができる。インターポーザ731は、例えば、シリコンインターポーザ又は樹脂インターポーザを用いることができる。 Similar to the substrate 701, the package substrate 734 can be, for example, a ceramic substrate, a plastic substrate, or a glass epoxy substrate. The interposer 731 can be, for example, a silicon interposer or a resin interposer.

インターポーザ731は、複数の配線を有し、端子ピッチの異なる複数の集積回路を接続する機能を有する。複数の配線は、単層又は多層で設けられる。また、インターポーザ731は、インターポーザ731上に設けられた集積回路をパッケージ基板734に設けられた電極と接続する機能を有する。これらのことから、インターポーザを「再配線基板」又は「中間基板」と呼ぶ場合がある。また、インターポーザ731に貫通電極を設けて、当該貫通電極を用いて集積回路とパッケージ基板734を接続する場合もある。また、シリコンインターポーザでは、貫通電極として、TSVを用いることもできる。 The interposer 731 has multiple wirings and functions to connect multiple integrated circuits with different terminal pitches. The multiple wirings are provided in a single layer or multiple layers. The interposer 731 also functions to connect the integrated circuits provided on the interposer 731 to electrodes provided on the package substrate 734. For these reasons, the interposer is sometimes called a "rewiring substrate" or "intermediate substrate." In some cases, through electrodes are provided in the interposer 731, and the integrated circuits and package substrate 734 are connected using these through electrodes. In addition, with silicon interposers, TSVs can also be used as through electrodes.

HBMでは、広いメモリバンド幅を実現するために多くの配線を接続する必要がある。このため、HBMを実装するインターポーザには、微細且つ高密度の配線形成が求められる。よって、HBMを実装するインターポーザには、シリコンインターポーザを用いることが好ましい。 HBM requires the connection of many wires to achieve a wide memory bandwidth. For this reason, the interposer on which the HBM is mounted must have fine, high-density wiring. Therefore, it is preferable to use a silicon interposer for the interposer on which the HBM is mounted.

また、シリコンインターポーザを用いた、SiP及びMCMでは、集積回路とインターポーザ間の膨張係数の違いによる信頼性の低下が生じにくい。また、シリコンインターポーザは表面の平坦性が高いため、シリコンインターポーザ上に設ける集積回路とシリコンインターポーザ間の接続不良が生じにくい。特に、インターポーザ上に複数の集積回路を横に並べて配置する2.5Dパッケージ(2.5次元実装)では、シリコンインターポーザを用いることが好ましい。 Furthermore, SiP and MCM using silicon interposers are less likely to experience a decrease in reliability due to differences in the expansion coefficient between the integrated circuit and the interposer. Furthermore, because silicon interposers have a highly flat surface, poor connections between the integrated circuit mounted on the silicon interposer and the silicon interposer are less likely to occur. It is particularly preferable to use silicon interposers in 2.5D packages (2.5-dimensional packaging), in which multiple integrated circuits are arranged horizontally on an interposer.

また、電流熱などによって電子部品700Cの温度が高くなると、電子部品700Cに備わる回路素子(例えばトランジスタなど)の諸特性が低下することがあるため、電子部品700Cには、ヒートシンク(放熱板)を重ねるように設けることが好ましい。ヒートシンクを設ける場合は、インターポーザ731上に設ける集積回路の高さを揃えることが好ましい。例えば、本実施の形態に示す電子部品700Cでは、半導体装置710と半導体装置735の高さを揃えることが好ましい。 Furthermore, if the temperature of the electronic component 700C increases due to heat generated by electric current or the like, the characteristics of the circuit elements (e.g., transistors) included in the electronic component 700C may deteriorate. Therefore, it is preferable to provide a heat sink (heat sink) on top of the electronic component 700C. When providing a heat sink, it is preferable to align the height of the integrated circuit provided on the interposer 731. For example, in the electronic component 700C shown in this embodiment, it is preferable to align the height of the semiconductor device 710 and the semiconductor device 735.

[電子機器]
次に、電子機器6500の斜視図を図19Aに示す。図19Aに示す電子機器6500は、スマートフォンとして用いることができる携帯情報端末機である。電子機器6500は、筐体6501、表示部6502、電源ボタン6503、ボタン6504、スピーカ6505、マイク6506、カメラ6507、光源6508及び制御装置6509を有する。なお、制御装置6509としては、例えば、CPU、GPU及び記憶回路の中から選ばれる一又は複数を有する。本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、メインメモリとして電子機器6500に備えることができる。また、本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、例えば、表示部6502、制御装置6509などにも備えることができる。
[Electronic equipment]
Next, a perspective view of an electronic device 6500 is shown in FIG. 19A . The electronic device 6500 shown in FIG. 19A is a portable information terminal that can be used as a smartphone. The electronic device 6500 includes a housing 6501, a display portion 6502, a power button 6503, a button 6504, a speaker 6505, a microphone 6506, a camera 6507, a light source 6508, and a control device 6509. Note that the control device 6509 includes, for example, one or more selected from a CPU, a GPU, and a memory circuit. The semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be included in the electronic device 6500 as a main memory. The semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can also be included in, for example, the display portion 6502, the control device 6509, or the like.

図19Bに示す電子機器6600は、ノート型コンピュータとして用いることのできる情報端末機である。電子機器6600は、筐体6611、キーボード6612、ポインティングデバイス6613、外部接続ポート6614、表示部6615及び制御装置6616を有する。なお、制御装置6616としては、例えば、CPU、GPU及び記憶回路の中から選ばれる一又は複数を有する。本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、メインメモリとして電子機器6600に備えることができる。また、本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、表示部6615、制御装置6616などにも備えることができる。 The electronic device 6600 shown in FIG. 19B is an information terminal that can be used as a notebook computer. The electronic device 6600 includes a housing 6611, a keyboard 6612, a pointing device 6613, an external connection port 6614, a display portion 6615, and a control device 6616. Note that the control device 6616 includes, for example, one or more selected from a CPU, a GPU, and a memory circuit. The semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be included in the electronic device 6600 as a main memory. The semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can also be included in the display portion 6615, the control device 6616, etc.

本発明の一態様の半導体装置を、上記の電子機器6500及び電子機器6600に備えることで、消費電力を低減させることができるため好適である。 By including a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention in the electronic devices 6500 and 6600, power consumption can be reduced, which is preferable.

[大型計算機]
次に、大型計算機5600の斜視図を図19Cに示す。図19Cに示す大型計算機5600には、ラック5610にラックマウント型の計算機5620が複数格納されている。なお、大型計算機5600を、スーパーコンピュータと呼称してもよい。
[Large computer]
Next, Fig. 19C shows a perspective view of the mainframe 5600. The mainframe 5600 shown in Fig. 19C has a rack 5610 housing a plurality of rack-mounted computers 5620. The mainframe 5600 may also be called a supercomputer.

計算機5620は、例えば、図19Dに示す斜視図の構成とすることができる。図19Dにおいて、計算機5620は、マザーボード5630を有し、マザーボード5630は、複数のスロット5631、複数の接続端子を有する。スロット5631には、PCカード5621が挿入されている。加えて、PCカード5621は、接続端子5623、接続端子5624、接続端子5625を有し、それぞれ、マザーボード5630に接続されている。 The computer 5620 can have the configuration shown in the perspective view in Figure 19D, for example. In Figure 19D, the computer 5620 has a motherboard 5630, which has multiple slots 5631 and multiple connection terminals. A PC card 5621 is inserted into the slot 5631. In addition, the PC card 5621 has connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625, which are each connected to the motherboard 5630.

図19Eに示すPCカード5621は、CPU、GPU、記憶装置などを備えた処理ボードの一例である。PCカード5621は、ボード5622を有する。また、ボード5622は、接続端子5623と、接続端子5624と、接続端子5625と、半導体装置5626と、半導体装置5627と、半導体装置5628と、接続端子5629と、を有する。なお、図19Eには、半導体装置5626、半導体装置5627及び半導体装置5628以外の半導体装置を図示しているが、それらの半導体装置については、以下に記載する半導体装置5626、半導体装置5627及び半導体装置5628の説明を参照すればよい。 PC card 5621 shown in Figure 19E is an example of a processing board equipped with a CPU, GPU, memory device, etc. PC card 5621 has board 5622. Board 5622 also has connection terminal 5623, connection terminal 5624, connection terminal 5625, semiconductor device 5626, semiconductor device 5627, semiconductor device 5628, and connection terminal 5629. Note that Figure 19E illustrates semiconductor devices other than semiconductor device 5626, semiconductor device 5627, and semiconductor device 5628, but for these semiconductor devices, please refer to the descriptions of semiconductor device 5626, semiconductor device 5627, and semiconductor device 5628 described below.

接続端子5629は、マザーボード5630のスロット5631に挿入することができる形状を有しており、接続端子5629は、PCカード5621とマザーボード5630とを接続するためのインターフェースとして機能する。接続端子5629の規格としては、例えば、PCIeなどが挙げられる。 The connection terminal 5629 has a shape that allows it to be inserted into the slot 5631 of the motherboard 5630, and functions as an interface for connecting the PC card 5621 and the motherboard 5630. The connection terminal 5629 may conform to, for example, PCIe.

接続端子5623、接続端子5624、接続端子5625は、例えば、PCカード5621に対して電力供給、信号入力などを行うためのインターフェースとすることができる。また、例えば、PCカード5621によって計算された信号の出力などを行うためのインターフェースとすることができる。接続端子5623、接続端子5624、接続端子5625のそれぞれの規格としては、例えば、USB(Universal Serial Bus)、SATA(Serial ATA)、SCSI(Small Computer System Interface)などが挙げられる。また、接続端子5623、接続端子5624、接続端子5625から映像信号を出力する場合、それぞれの規格としては、HDMI(登録商標)などが挙げられる。 Connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625 can be, for example, interfaces for supplying power to PC card 5621, inputting signals, etc. They can also be, for example, interfaces for outputting signals calculated by PC card 5621. Examples of standards for connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625 include USB (Universal Serial Bus), SATA (Serial ATA), and SCSI (Small Computer System Interface). Also, when outputting video signals from connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625, examples of standards for each include HDMI (registered trademark).

半導体装置5626は、信号の入出力を行う端子(図示しない)を有しており、当該端子をボード5622が備えるソケット(図示しない)に対して差し込むことで、半導体装置5626とボード5622を電気的に接続することができる。 The semiconductor device 5626 has terminals (not shown) for inputting and outputting signals, and the semiconductor device 5626 and the board 5622 can be electrically connected by inserting these terminals into sockets (not shown) provided on the board 5622.

半導体装置5627は、複数の端子を有しており、当該端子をボード5622が備える配線に対して、例えば、リフロー方式のはんだ付けを行うことで、半導体装置5627とボード5622を電気的に接続することができる。半導体装置5627としては、例えば、FPGA、GPU、CPUなどが挙げられる。半導体装置5627として、例えば、電子部品700を用いることができる。 The semiconductor device 5627 has multiple terminals, and the semiconductor device 5627 can be electrically connected to the board 5622 by, for example, reflow soldering the terminals to wiring on the board 5622. Examples of the semiconductor device 5627 include FPGAs, GPUs, and CPUs. For example, the electronic component 700 can be used as the semiconductor device 5627.

半導体装置5628は、複数の端子を有しており、当該端子をボード5622が備える配線に対して、例えば、リフロー方式のはんだ付けを行うことで、半導体装置5628とボード5622を電気的に接続することができる。半導体装置5628としては、例えば、本発明の一態様の半導体装置である記憶装置を用いることができる。半導体装置5628には例えば、上記で説明した電子部品700を用いることができる。 The semiconductor device 5628 has multiple terminals, and the semiconductor device 5628 can be electrically connected to the board 5622 by, for example, reflow soldering the terminals to wiring on the board 5622. The semiconductor device 5628 can be, for example, a memory device that is a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention. The semiconductor device 5628 can be, for example, the electronic component 700 described above.

大型計算機5600は並列計算機としても機能できる。大型計算機5600を並列計算機として用いることで、例えば、人工知能の学習、および推論に必要な大規模の計算を行うことができる。 The mainframe computer 5600 can also function as a parallel computer. By using the mainframe computer 5600 as a parallel computer, it is possible to perform large-scale calculations required for, for example, artificial intelligence learning and inference.

[宇宙用機器]
本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、情報を処理および記憶する機器などの宇宙用機器に好適に用いることができる。
[Space equipment]
The semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used in space equipment such as equipment for processing and storing information.

図20Aには、宇宙用機器の一例として、人工衛星6800を示している。人工衛星6800は、機体6801と、ソーラーパネル6802と、アンテナ6803と、二次電池6805と、制御装置6807と、を有する。なお、図20Aにおいては、宇宙空間に惑星6804を例示している。なお、宇宙空間とは、例えば、高度100km以上を指すが、本明細書に記載の宇宙空間は、熱圏、中間圏、及び成層圏を含む場合がある。 Figure 20A shows an artificial satellite 6800 as an example of space equipment. The artificial satellite 6800 has a body 6801, a solar panel 6802, an antenna 6803, a secondary battery 6805, and a control device 6807. Note that Figure 20A also shows a planet 6804 in outer space. Note that outer space refers to, for example, an altitude of 100 km or higher, but the outer space described in this specification may also include the thermosphere, mesosphere, and stratosphere.

また、図20Aには、図示していないが、二次電池6805に、バッテリマネジメントシステム(BMSともいう)、またはバッテリ制御回路を設けてもよい。 Furthermore, although not shown in Figure 20A, the secondary battery 6805 may be provided with a battery management system (also known as BMS) or a battery control circuit.

また、宇宙空間は、地上に比べて100倍以上、放射線量の高い環境である。なお、放射線として、例えば、X線、及びガンマ線に代表される電磁波(電磁放射線)、並びにアルファ線、ベータ線、中性子線、陽子線、重イオン線、中間子線などに代表される粒子放射線が挙げられる。 In addition, outer space is an environment with radiation levels more than 100 times higher than on Earth. Examples of radiation include electromagnetic waves (electromagnetic radiation) such as X-rays and gamma rays, as well as particle radiation such as alpha rays, beta rays, neutron rays, proton rays, heavy ion rays, and meson rays.

ソーラーパネル6802に太陽光が照射されることにより、人工衛星6800が動作するために必要な電力が生成される。しかしながら、例えばソーラーパネルに太陽光が照射されない状況、またはソーラーパネルに照射される太陽光の光量が少ない状況では、生成される電力が少なくなる。よって、人工衛星6800が動作するために必要な電力が生成されない可能性がある。生成される電力が少ない状況下であっても人工衛星6800を動作させるために、人工衛星6800に二次電池6805を設けるとよい。なお、ソーラーパネルは、太陽電池モジュールと呼ばれる場合がある。 When sunlight is irradiated onto the solar panel 6802, the power required for the satellite 6800 to operate is generated. However, for example, in situations where sunlight is not irradiated onto the solar panel, or where the amount of sunlight irradiating the solar panel is low, the amount of power generated is small. Therefore, there is a possibility that the power required for the satellite 6800 to operate will not be generated. In order to operate the satellite 6800 even in situations where the amount of power generated is low, it is recommended that a secondary battery 6805 be provided on the satellite 6800. Note that the solar panel is sometimes called a solar cell module.

人工衛星6800は、信号を生成することができる。当該信号は、アンテナ6803を介して送信され、たとえば地上に設けられた受信機、または他の人工衛星が当該信号を受信することができる。人工衛星6800が送信した信号を受信することにより、当該信号を受信した受信機の位置を測定することができる。以上より、人工衛星6800は、衛星測位システムを構成することができる。 Satellite 6800 can generate a signal. The signal is transmitted via antenna 6803, and can be received, for example, by a receiver located on the ground or by another satellite. By receiving the signal transmitted by satellite 6800, the position of the receiver that received the signal can be determined. As described above, satellite 6800 can constitute a satellite positioning system.

また、制御装置6807は、人工衛星6800を制御する機能を有する。制御装置6807としては、例えば、CPU、GPU及び記憶装置の中から選ばれた一以上を用いて構成される。なお、制御装置6807には、本発明の一態様である半導体装置を用いると好適である。 The control device 6807 also has a function of controlling the satellite 6800. The control device 6807 is configured using, for example, one or more selected from a CPU, a GPU, and a storage device. Note that the control device 6807 is preferably configured using a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention.

また、人工衛星6800は、センサを有する構成とすることができる。たとえば、可視光センサを有する構成とすることにより、人工衛星6800は、地上に設けられている物体に当たって反射された太陽光を検出する機能を有することができる。または、熱赤外センサを有する構成とすることにより、人工衛星6800は、地表から放出される熱赤外線を検出する機能を有することができる。以上より、人工衛星6800は、たとえば地球観測衛星としての機能を有することができる。 Furthermore, the artificial satellite 6800 can be configured to include a sensor. For example, by configuring the artificial satellite 6800 with a visible light sensor, the artificial satellite 6800 can have the function of detecting sunlight reflected off an object on the ground. Or, by configuring the artificial satellite 6800 with a thermal infrared sensor, the artificial satellite 6800 can have the function of detecting thermal infrared rays emitted from the earth's surface. As described above, the artificial satellite 6800 can function as, for example, an Earth observation satellite.

なお、本実施の形態においては、宇宙用機器の一例として、人工衛星について例示したがこれに限定されない。例えば、本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、宇宙船、宇宙カプセル、宇宙探査機などの宇宙用機器に好適に用いることができる。 Note that although an artificial satellite is used as an example of space equipment in this embodiment, the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used in space equipment such as a spaceship, a space capsule, or a space probe.

[データセンター]
本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、例えば、データセンターなどに適用されるストレージシステムに好適に用いることができる。データセンターは、データの不変性を保障するなど、データの長期的な管理を行うことが求められる。長期的なデータを管理する場合、膨大なデータを記憶するためのストレージおよびサーバの設置、データを保持するための安定した電源の確保、あるいはデータの保持に要する冷却設備の確保、など建屋の大型化が必要となる。
[Data Center]
The semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used in a storage system applied to, for example, a data center. The data center is required to perform long-term data management, such as ensuring data immutability. To manage long-term data, the building must be large enough to accommodate the installation of storage devices and servers for storing a huge amount of data, a stable power source for storing the data, or cooling equipment required for storing the data.

データセンターに適用されるストレージシステムに本発明の一態様の半導体装置を用いることにより、データの保持に要する電力の低減、データを保持する半導体装置の小型化を図ることができる。そのため、ストレージシステムの小型化、データを保持するための電源の小型化、冷却設備の小規模化、などを図ることができる。そのため、データセンターの省スペース化を図ることができる。 By using a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention in a storage system applied to a data center, the power required to store data can be reduced and the semiconductor device that stores data can be made smaller. This allows for the storage system to be made smaller, the power supply for storing data to be made smaller, and the cooling equipment to be made smaller. This allows for space savings in the data center.

また、本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、消費電力が低いため、回路からの発熱を低減することができる。よって、当該発熱によるその回路自体、周辺回路、およびモジュールへの悪影響を低減できる。また、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を用いることにより、高温環境下においても動作が安定したデータセンターを実現できる。よってデータセンターの信頼性を高めることができる。 Furthermore, the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention has low power consumption, which allows for reduced heat generation from the circuit. Therefore, adverse effects of the heat generation on the circuit itself, peripheral circuits, and modules can be reduced. Furthermore, by using the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention, a data center that operates stably even in a high-temperature environment can be realized. Therefore, the reliability of the data center can be improved.

図20Bにデータセンターに適用可能なストレージシステムを示す。図20Bに示すストレージシステム7000は、ホスト7001(Host Computerと図示)として複数のサーバ7001sbを有する。また、ストレージ7003(Storageと図示)として複数の記憶装置7003mdを有する。ホスト7001とストレージ7003とは、ストレージエリアネットワーク7004(SAN:Storage Area Networkと図示)およびストレージ制御回路7002(Storage Controllerと図示)を介して接続されている形態を図示している。 Figure 20B shows a storage system applicable to a data center. The storage system 7000 shown in Figure 20B has multiple servers 7001sb as hosts 7001 (illustrated as Host Computers). It also has multiple storage devices 7003md as storage 7003 (illustrated as Storage). The host 7001 and storage 7003 are shown connected via a storage area network 7004 (illustrated as SAN: Storage Area Network) and a storage control circuit 7002 (illustrated as Storage Controller).

ホスト7001は、ストレージ7003に記憶されたデータにアクセスするコンピュータに相当する。ホスト7001同士は、ネットワークで互いに接続されていてもよい。 The host 7001 corresponds to a computer that accesses data stored in the storage 7003. The hosts 7001 may be connected to each other via a network.

ストレージ7003は、フラッシュメモリを用いることで、データのアクセススピード、つまりデータの記憶及び出力に要する時間を短くしているものの、当該時間は、ストレージ内のキャッシュメモリとして用いることのできるDRAMが要する時間に比べて格段に長い。ストレージシステムでは、ストレージ7003のアクセススピードの長さの問題を解決するために、通常ストレージ内にキャッシュメモリを設けてデータの記憶及び出力に要する時間を短くしている。 Storage 7003 uses flash memory to reduce data access speed, i.e., the time required to store and output data, but this time is significantly longer than the time required for DRAM, which can be used as cache memory within the storage. In order to solve the problem of the slow access speed of storage 7003, storage systems typically provide cache memory within the storage to reduce the time required to store and output data.

上述のキャッシュメモリは、ストレージ制御回路7002およびストレージ7003内に用いられる。ホスト7001とストレージ7003との間でやり取りされるデータは、ストレージ制御回路7002およびストレージ7003内の当該キャッシュメモリに記憶されたのち、ホスト7001またはストレージ7003に出力される。 The above-mentioned cache memory is used in the storage control circuit 7002 and storage 7003. Data exchanged between the host 7001 and storage 7003 is stored in the cache memory in the storage control circuit 7002 and storage 7003, and then output to the host 7001 or storage 7003.

上述のキャッシュメモリのデータを記憶するためのトランジスタとして、OSトランジスタを用いてデータに応じた電位を保持する構成とすることで、リフレッシュする頻度を減らし、消費電力を低くすることができる。またメモリセルアレイを積層する構成とすることで小型化が可能である。 By using OS transistors as transistors for storing data in the cache memory and maintaining a potential corresponding to the data, the frequency of refreshes can be reduced, and power consumption can be lowered. Furthermore, by stacking the memory cell array, miniaturization is possible.

なお、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を、電子部品、電子機器、大型計算機、宇宙用機器、およびデータセンターの中から選ばれるいずれか一または複数に適用することで、消費電力を低減させる効果が期待される。そのため、半導体装置の高性能化、または高集積化に伴うエネルギー需要の増加が見込まれる中、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を用いることで、二酸化炭素(CO)に代表される、温室効果ガスの排出量を低減させることも可能となる。また、本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、低消費電力であるため地球温暖化対策としても有効である。 Note that by applying the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention to one or more selected from electronic components, electronic devices, mainframe computers, space equipment, and data centers, it is expected that power consumption can be reduced. Therefore, while energy demand is expected to increase with the improvement in performance or high integration of semiconductor devices, the use of the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can also reduce emissions of greenhouse gases, typified by carbon dioxide (CO 2 ). Furthermore, the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention is effective as a measure against global warming due to its low power consumption.

なお、本実施の形態は、本明細書で示す、同一の、又は他の実施の形態と適宜組み合わせることができる。例えば、本実施の形態に示す構成、構造、方法などは、その本実施の形態で示す別の構成、別の構造、別の方法などと適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。また、例えば、本実施の形態に示す構成、構造、方法などは、他の実施の形態などに示す構成、構造、方法などと適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 Note that this embodiment can be combined as appropriate with the same or other embodiments described in this specification. For example, the configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment can be used in appropriate combination with another configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment. Furthermore, for example, the configuration, structure, method, etc. described in this embodiment can be used in appropriate combination with another configuration, structure, method, etc. described in another embodiment, etc.

ADDR:アドレス信号、BL[1]:配線、BL[n]:配線、BL:配線、CE:制御信号、Cfe:容量素子、dm:容量素子、GND:電位、MC:メモリセル、PL:配線、Pr:残留分極、RDATA:データ信号、RES:制御信号、TrP:トランジスタ、TrQ:トランジスタ、Vw:電位、WDATA:データ信号、WEN:制御信号、WL:配線、10:記憶装置、11:絶縁層、15:メモリセル、20:トランジスタ、21:半導体層、22:絶縁層、23:導電層、24:導電層、25a:導電層、25b:導電層、25c:導電層、30:容量素子、43:絶縁層、44:絶縁層、45:絶縁層、46:絶縁層、46b:導電層、47:絶縁層、48:絶縁層、51:導電層、52:絶縁層、53:導電層、53f:導電膜、61:曲線、62:曲線、79:絶縁層、80:領域、81:導電層、82:プラグ、83:プラグ、85:絶縁層、86:絶縁層、87:絶縁層、88a:導電層、88b:導電層、88c:導電層、90:トランジスタ、91:基板、92:半導体領域、93:絶縁層、94:導電層、95a:低抵抗領域、95b:低抵抗領域、98:素子分離層、99:直線、700:電子部品、700A:電子部品、700C:電子部品、701:基板、710:半導体装置、711:モールド、712:リードフレーム、713:電極パッド、714:ワイヤ、715:駆動回路層、716:記憶層、731:インターポーザ、732:導電層、733:電極、734:パッケージ基板、735:半導体装置、1100:USBメモリ、1101:筐体、1102:キャップ、1103:USBコネクタ、1104:基板、1105:メモリチップ、1106:コントローラチップ、1110:SDカード、1111:筐体、1112:コネクタ、1113:基板、1114:メモリチップ、1115:コントローラチップ、1150:SSD、1151:筐体、1152:コネクタ、1153:基板、1154:メモリチップ、1155:メモリチップ、1156:コントローラチップ、1200:チップ、1201:パッケージ基板、1202:バンプ、1203:マザーボード、1204:GPUモジュール、1211:CPU、1212:GPU、1213:アナログ演算部、1214:メモリコントローラ、1215:インターフェース、1216:ネットワーク回路、1221:DRAM、1222:フラッシュメモリ、1400:記憶装置、1411:周辺回路、1420:行回路、1430:列回路、1440:出力回路、1460:コントロールロジック回路、1470:メモリセルアレイ、1480:メモリセル、5600:大型計算機、5610:ラック、5620:計算機、5621:PCカード、5622:ボード、5623:接続端子、5624:接続端子、5625:接続端子、5626:半導体装置、5627:半導体装置、5628:半導体装置、5629:接続端子、5630:マザーボード、5631:スロット、6500:電子機器、6501:筐体、6502:表示部、6503:電源ボタン、6504:ボタン、6505:スピーカ、6506:マイク、6507:カメラ、6508:光源、6509:制御装置、6600:電子機器、6611:筐体、6612:キーボード、6613:ポインティングデバイス、6614:外部接続ポート、6615:表示部、6616:制御装置、6800:人工衛星、6801:機体、6802:ソーラーパネル、6803:アンテナ、6804:惑星、6805:二次電池、6807:制御装置、7000:ストレージシステム、7001:ホスト、7001sb:サーバ、7002:ストレージ制御回路、7003:ストレージ、7003md:記憶装置、7004:ストレージエリアネットワーク ADDR: address signal, BL[1]: wiring, BL[n]: wiring, BL: wiring, CE: control signal, Cfe: capacitance element, dm: capacitance element, GND: potential, MC: memory cell, PL: wiring, Pr: remnant polarization, RDATA: data signal, RES: control signal, TrP: transistor, TrQ: transistor, Vw: potential, WDATA: data signal, WEN: control signal, WL: wiring, 10: memory device, 11: insulating layer, 15: memory cell, 20: transistor , 21: semiconductor layer, 22: insulating layer, 23: conductive layer, 24: conductive layer, 25a: conductive layer, 25b: conductive layer, 25c: conductive layer, 30: capacitance element, 43: insulating layer, 44: insulating layer, 45: insulating layer, 46: insulating layer, 46b: conductive layer, 47: insulating layer, 48: insulating layer, 51: conductive layer, 52: insulating layer, 53: conductive layer, 53f: conductive film, 61: curve, 62: curve, 79: insulating layer, 80: region, 81: conductive layer, 82: plug, 83: plug, 85: insulating layer, 86: insulation layer, 87: insulating layer, 88a: conductive layer, 88b: conductive layer, 88c: conductive layer, 90: transistor, 91: substrate, 92: semiconductor region, 93: insulating layer, 94: conductive layer, 95a: low resistance region, 95b: low resistance region, 98: element isolation layer, 99: line, 700: electronic component, 700A: electronic component, 700C: electronic component, 701: substrate, 710: semiconductor device, 711: mold, 712: lead frame, 713: electrode pad, 714: wire, 715: drive circuit path layer, 716: memory layer, 731: interposer, 732: conductive layer, 733: electrode, 734: package substrate, 735: semiconductor device, 1100: USB memory, 1101: housing, 1102: cap, 1103: USB connector, 1104: substrate, 1105: memory chip, 1106: controller chip, 1110: SD card, 1111: housing, 1112: connector, 1113: substrate, 1114: memory chip, 1115: controller chip 1150: SSD, 1151: housing, 1152: connector, 1153: substrate, 1154: memory chip, 1155: memory chip, 1156: controller chip, 1200: chip, 1201: package substrate, 1202: bump, 1203: motherboard, 1204: GPU module, 1211: CPU, 1212: GPU, 1213: analog calculation unit, 1214: memory controller, 1215: interface, 1216: network circuit, 1221: DRAM, 1222: flash memory, 1400: storage device, 1411: peripheral circuit, 1420: row circuit, 1430: column circuit, 1440: output circuit, 1460: control logic circuit, 1470: memory cell array, 1480: memory cell, 5600: mainframe computer, 5610: rack, 5620: computer, 5621: PC card, 5622: board, 5623: connection terminal, 5624: connection terminal, 5625: connection end child, 5626: semiconductor device, 5627: semiconductor device, 5628: semiconductor device, 5629: connection terminal, 5630: motherboard, 5631: slot, 6500: electronic device, 6501: housing, 6502: display unit, 6503: power button, 6504: button, 6505: speaker, 6506: microphone, 6507: camera, 6508: light source, 6509: control device, 6600: electronic device, 6611: housing, 6612: keyboard, 6613: pointing Device, 6614: External connection port, 6615: Display unit, 6616: Control unit, 6800: Satellite, 6801: Airframe, 6802: Solar panel, 6803: Antenna, 6804: Planet, 6805: Secondary battery, 6807: Control unit, 7000: Storage system, 7001: Host, 7001sb: Server, 7002: Storage control circuit, 7003: Storage, 7003md: Storage device, 7004: Storage area network

Claims (7)

 第1のトランジスタと、第2のトランジスタと、第1の容量素子と、第2の容量素子と、第1の絶縁層と、第2の絶縁層と、第3の絶縁層と、ビット線と、を有し、
 前記第1のトランジスタ、前記第2のトランジスタ及び前記第2の絶縁層はそれぞれ、前記第1の絶縁層上に位置し、
 前記第3の絶縁層は、前記第1のトランジスタ上及び前記第2のトランジスタ上に位置し、
 前記第1の容量素子、前記第2の容量素子及び前記ビット線はそれぞれ、前記第3の絶縁層上に位置し、
 前記第2の絶縁層は、前記第1の絶縁層に達する第1の開口部と、前記第1の絶縁層に達する第2の開口部とを有し、
 前記第1のトランジスタは、前記第1の開口部内に位置する部分を有し、
 前記第2のトランジスタは、前記第2の開口部内に位置する部分を有し、
 前記第1のトランジスタは、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方として機能する第1の電極と、他方として機能する第2の電極と、を有し、
 前記第2のトランジスタは、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方として機能する前記第1の電極と、他方として機能する第3の電極と、を有し、
 前記第1の電極は前記ビット線と接続され、
 前記第1の容量素子は、柱状の形状を有する第5の電極と、前記第5の電極の柱状の側面の少なくとも一部を覆う第4の絶縁層と、第6の電極とを有し、
 前記第2の容量素子は、柱状の形状を有する第7の電極と、前記第7の電極の柱状の側面の少なくとも一部を覆う第5の絶縁層と、第8の電極とを有し、
 前記第4の絶縁層は、前記第5の電極と前記第6の電極の間に位置する部分を有し、
 前記第5の絶縁層は、前記第7の電極と前記第8の電極の間に位置する部分を有し、
 前記第4の絶縁層及び前記第5の絶縁層は、強誘電性を有しうる材料を含み、
 前記第2の電極は、前記第1の容量素子の前記第5の電極と接続され、
 前記第3の電極は、前記第2の容量素子の前記第7の電極と接続される、記憶装置。
a first transistor, a second transistor, a first capacitance element, a second capacitance element, a first insulating layer, a second insulating layer, a third insulating layer, and a bit line;
the first transistor, the second transistor, and the second insulating layer are each located on the first insulating layer;
the third insulating layer is located on the first transistor and the second transistor;
the first capacitance element, the second capacitance element, and the bit line are each located on the third insulating layer;
the second insulating layer has a first opening reaching the first insulating layer and a second opening reaching the first insulating layer;
the first transistor has a portion located within the first opening;
the second transistor has a portion located within the second opening;
the first transistor has a first electrode functioning as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode, and a second electrode functioning as the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode;
the second transistor has the first electrode functioning as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode, and a third electrode functioning as the other of the first electrode and the drain electrode;
the first electrode is connected to the bit line;
the first capacitance element includes a fifth electrode having a columnar shape, a fourth insulating layer covering at least a part of a side surface of the columnar shape of the fifth electrode, and a sixth electrode;
the second capacitance element includes a seventh electrode having a columnar shape, a fifth insulating layer covering at least a part of a side surface of the columnar shape of the seventh electrode, and an eighth electrode;
the fourth insulating layer has a portion located between the fifth electrode and the sixth electrode,
the fifth insulating layer has a portion located between the seventh electrode and the eighth electrode,
the fourth insulating layer and the fifth insulating layer contain a material that may have ferroelectric properties,
the second electrode is connected to the fifth electrode of the first capacitance element;
The third electrode is connected to the seventh electrode of the second capacitance element.
 請求項1において、
 第1のプラグと、第2のプラグと、第3のプラグと、を有し、
 前記第1のプラグ乃至前記第3のプラグはそれぞれ、前記第3の絶縁層内に設けられる部分を有し、
 前記第1の電極乃至前記第3の電極はそれぞれ、前記第2の絶縁層上に位置し、
 前記第1の電極は、前記第1のプラグを介して前記ビット線と接続され、
 前記第2の電極は、前記第3のプラグを介して前記第1の容量素子の前記第5の電極と接続され、
 前記第3の電極は、前記第3のプラグを介して前記第2の容量素子の前記第7の電極と接続される、記憶装置。
In claim 1,
a first plug, a second plug, and a third plug;
each of the first plug to the third plug has a portion provided in the third insulating layer;
the first electrode to the third electrode are each located on the second insulating layer;
the first electrode is connected to the bit line via the first plug;
the second electrode is connected to the fifth electrode of the first capacitance element via the third plug;
the third electrode is connected to the seventh electrode of the second capacitive element via the third plug.
 請求項2において、
 前記第1のトランジスタと、前記第2のトランジスタに共有される半導体層を有し、
 前記第1のトランジスタは、第1のゲート線を有し、
 前記第2のトランジスタは、第2のゲート線を有し、
 前記半導体層は、前記第1の開口部の第1の側面に接する第1の部分と、前記第1の開口部内において前記第1の絶縁層の上面と接する第2の部分と、前記第1の開口部の第2の側面に接する第3の部分と、前記第2の開口部の第3の側面に接する第4の部分と、前記第2の開口部内において前記第1の絶縁層の上面と接する第5の部分と、前記第2の開口部の第4の側面に接する第6の部分と、を有し、
 前記第1の部分と前記第3の部分は、前記第1のゲート線を間に挟んで配置され、
 前記第4の部分と前記第6の部分は、前記第2のゲート線を間に挟んで配置される、記憶装置。
In claim 2,
a semiconductor layer shared by the first transistor and the second transistor;
the first transistor has a first gate line;
the second transistor has a second gate line;
the semiconductor layer has a first portion in contact with a first side surface of the first opening, a second portion in contact with an upper surface of the first insulating layer within the first opening, a third portion in contact with the second side surface of the first opening, a fourth portion in contact with the third side surface of the second opening, a fifth portion in contact with the upper surface of the first insulating layer within the second opening, and a sixth portion in contact with the fourth side surface of the second opening;
the first portion and the third portion are disposed with the first gate line interposed therebetween,
The fourth portion and the sixth portion are disposed with the second gate line interposed therebetween.
 請求項3において、
 前記半導体層は金属酸化物を有し、
 前記金属酸化物は、インジウムを含む、記憶装置。
In claim 3,
the semiconductor layer comprises a metal oxide;
The memory device, wherein the metal oxide includes indium.
 第1の複数のトランジスタと、第2の複数のトランジスタと、第1の複数の容量素子と、第2の複数の容量素子と、第1の絶縁層と、第2の絶縁層と、第3の絶縁層と、ビット線と、を有し、
 前記第1の複数のトランジスタ、前記第2の複数のトランジスタ及び前記第2の絶縁層はそれぞれ、前記第1の絶縁層上に位置し、
 前記第3の絶縁層は、前記第1の複数のトランジスタ上及び前記第2の複数のトランジスタ上に位置し、
 前記第1の複数の容量素子、前記第2の複数の容量素子及び前記ビット線はそれぞれ、前記第3の絶縁層上に位置し、
 前記第2の絶縁層は、前記第1の絶縁層に達する第1の開口部と、前記第1の絶縁層に達する第2の開口部とを有し、
 前記第1の複数のトランジスタのそれぞれは、前記第1の開口部内に位置する部分を有し、
 前記第2の複数のトランジスタのそれぞれは、前記第2の開口部内に位置する部分を有し、
 前記第1の複数の容量素子は、前記第1の複数の容量素子に共有して設けられる第1のプレート線を有し、
 前記第2の複数の容量素子は、前記第2の複数の容量素子に共有して設けられる第2のプレート線を有し、
 前記第1のプレート線と、前記第2のプレート線は、離隔して設けられ、
 前記第1の複数のトランジスタの一である、第1のトランジスタは、ソース及びドレインの一方が前記ビット線と接続され、他方が、前記第1の複数の容量素子の一に接続され、
 前記第2の複数のトランジスタの一である、第2のトランジスタは、ソース及びドレインの一方が前記ビット線と接続され、他方が、前記第2の複数の容量素子の一に接続され、
 前記第1の複数の容量素子のそれぞれは、柱状の形状を有する第5の電極を有し、
 前記第2の複数の容量素子のそれぞれは、柱状の形状を有する第6の電極を有し、
 前記第1の複数の容量素子のそれぞれは、前記第5の電極と前記第1のプレート線の間に挟まれる第4の絶縁層を有し、
 前記第2の複数の容量素子のそれぞれは、前記第6の電極と前記第2のプレート線の間に挟まれる第5の絶縁層を有し、
 前記第4の絶縁層及び前記第5の絶縁層は、強誘電性を有しうる材料を含む記憶装置。
a first plurality of transistors, a second plurality of transistors, a first plurality of capacitance elements, a second plurality of capacitance elements, a first insulating layer, a second insulating layer, a third insulating layer, and a bit line;
the first plurality of transistors, the second plurality of transistors, and the second insulating layer are each located on the first insulating layer;
the third insulating layer is located on the first plurality of transistors and on the second plurality of transistors;
the first plurality of capacitive elements, the second plurality of capacitive elements, and the bit lines are each located on the third insulating layer;
the second insulating layer has a first opening reaching the first insulating layer and a second opening reaching the first insulating layer;
each of the first plurality of transistors has a portion located within the first opening;
each of the second plurality of transistors has a portion located within the second opening;
the first plurality of capacitive elements have a first plate line provided in common to the first plurality of capacitive elements;
the second plurality of capacitive elements have a second plate line provided in common to the second plurality of capacitive elements;
the first plate line and the second plate line are spaced apart from each other,
a first transistor, which is one of the first plurality of transistors, has one of a source and a drain connected to the bit line and the other connected to one of the first plurality of capacitance elements;
a second transistor, which is one of the second plurality of transistors, has one of a source and a drain connected to the bit line and the other connected to one of the second plurality of capacitance elements;
each of the first plurality of capacitance elements has a fifth electrode having a columnar shape;
each of the second plurality of capacitance elements has a sixth electrode having a columnar shape;
each of the first plurality of capacitive elements has a fourth insulating layer sandwiched between the fifth electrode and the first plate line;
each of the second plurality of capacitive elements has a fifth insulating layer sandwiched between the sixth electrode and the second plate line;
The fourth insulating layer and the fifth insulating layer include a material that can have ferroelectric properties.
 請求項5において、
 前記第1の複数のトランジスタはそれぞれ、第1の半導体層を有し、
 前記第1の開口部内において、前記第1の複数のトランジスタが有するそれぞれの前記第1の半導体層は、第1の方向に沿って、順に配列して設けられ、
 前記第2の複数のトランジスタはそれぞれ、第2の半導体層を有し、
 前記第2の開口部内において、前記第2の複数のトランジスタが有するそれぞれの前記第2の半導体層は、第2の方向に沿って、順に配列して設けられ、
 前記ビット線は、第3の方向に延在し、
 前記第1の方向及び前記第2の方向のそれぞれは、前記第3の方向と交差する、記憶装置。
In claim 5,
each of the first plurality of transistors has a first semiconductor layer;
In the first opening, the first semiconductor layers of the first plurality of transistors are arranged in order along a first direction,
each of the second plurality of transistors has a second semiconductor layer;
In the second opening, the second semiconductor layers of the second plurality of transistors are arranged in order along a second direction,
the bit lines extend in a third direction;
The storage device, wherein the first direction and the second direction each intersect with the third direction.
 請求項6において、
 前記第1の複数のトランジスタは、前記第1の複数のトランジスタに共有して設けられる第1のゲート線を有し、
 前記第1の複数のトランジスタのそれぞれにおいて、前記第1の半導体層は、前記第1の開口部の第1の側面に接する第1の部分と、前記第1の開口部内において前記第1の絶縁層の上面と接する第2の部分と、前記第1の開口部の第2の側面に接する第3の部分と、を有し、
 前記第1の部分と前記第3の部分は、前記第1のゲート線を間に挟んで配置され、
 前記第2の複数のトランジスタは、前記第2の複数のトランジスタに共有して設けられる第2のゲート線を有し、
 前記第2の複数のトランジスタのそれぞれにおいて、前記第2の半導体層は、前記第2の開口部の第3の側面に接する第4の部分と、前記第2の開口部内において前記第1の絶縁層の上面と接する第5の部分と、前記第2の開口部の第4の側面に接する第6の部分と、を有し、
 前記第4の部分と前記第6の部分は、前記第2のゲート線を間に挟んで配置される、記憶装置。
In claim 6,
the first plurality of transistors have a first gate line shared by the first plurality of transistors;
In each of the first plurality of transistors, the first semiconductor layer has a first portion in contact with a first side surface of the first opening, a second portion in contact with an upper surface of the first insulating layer within the first opening, and a third portion in contact with a second side surface of the first opening;
the first portion and the third portion are disposed with the first gate line interposed therebetween,
the second plurality of transistors have a second gate line provided in common with the second plurality of transistors;
In each of the second plurality of transistors, the second semiconductor layer has a fourth portion in contact with a third side surface of the second opening, a fifth portion in contact with an upper surface of the first insulating layer within the second opening, and a sixth portion in contact with the fourth side surface of the second opening;
The fourth portion and the sixth portion are disposed with the second gate line interposed therebetween.
PCT/IB2025/053870 2024-04-19 2025-04-14 Storage device Pending WO2025219844A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2024-068459 2024-04-19
JP2024068459 2024-04-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025219844A1 true WO2025219844A1 (en) 2025-10-23

Family

ID=97403100

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2025/053870 Pending WO2025219844A1 (en) 2024-04-19 2025-04-14 Storage device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025219844A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10189906A (en) * 1996-11-05 1998-07-21 Sony Corp Capacitor structure of semiconductor memory cell and method of manufacturing the same
JP2000315778A (en) * 1999-04-30 2000-11-14 Hitachi Ltd Semiconductor integrated circuit device and method of manufacturing the same
JP2001085632A (en) * 1999-09-14 2001-03-30 Matsushita Electronics Industry Corp Ferroelectric memory device
JP2003051584A (en) * 2001-06-26 2003-02-21 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Ferroelectric memory device having extended plate line and method of manufacturing the same
JP2012195574A (en) * 2011-03-03 2012-10-11 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Semiconductor storage device and manufacturing method for the same
US20220149166A1 (en) * 2020-11-11 2022-05-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Field-effect transistor, field-effect transistor array structure and method of manufacturing field-effect transistor

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10189906A (en) * 1996-11-05 1998-07-21 Sony Corp Capacitor structure of semiconductor memory cell and method of manufacturing the same
JP2000315778A (en) * 1999-04-30 2000-11-14 Hitachi Ltd Semiconductor integrated circuit device and method of manufacturing the same
JP2001085632A (en) * 1999-09-14 2001-03-30 Matsushita Electronics Industry Corp Ferroelectric memory device
JP2003051584A (en) * 2001-06-26 2003-02-21 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Ferroelectric memory device having extended plate line and method of manufacturing the same
JP2012195574A (en) * 2011-03-03 2012-10-11 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Semiconductor storage device and manufacturing method for the same
US20220149166A1 (en) * 2020-11-11 2022-05-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Field-effect transistor, field-effect transistor array structure and method of manufacturing field-effect transistor

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240113138A1 (en) Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing semiconductor device, and electronic apparatus
WO2025219844A1 (en) Storage device
WO2025224597A1 (en) Semiconductor device
US20250267898A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025243155A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025186691A1 (en) Semiconductor device
US20250149446A1 (en) Semiconductor device
US20250016973A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for manufacturing the semiconductor device
TW202533701A (en) semiconductor devices
TW202539410A (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025083532A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025248409A1 (en) Storage device and method for driving storage device
WO2025046390A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2025219842A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025243161A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025253231A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025224593A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for driving semiconductor device
WO2025153928A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025253232A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2024095110A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2025046435A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2024180432A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2024194726A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2025172811A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025163448A1 (en) Semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25790226

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1